As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2021
Registration No. 333-256950
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware |
2834 |
85-41777213 |
||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
55 Claverick St., Room 325
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
(401) 444-7375
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
Elizabeth Ng
Chief Executive Officer
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
55 Claverick St., Room 325
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
(401) 444-7375
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Kristopher D. Brown
James Xu Goodwin Procter LLP 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 02109 (212) 813-8800 |
Gurinder Kalra Chief Financial Officer Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 55 Claverick St., Room 325 Providence, Rhode Island 02903 |
David Boles
Joshua A. Kaufman
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ | |||
Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||||||
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount to be
|
Proposed
Maximum Offering Price Per Share(2) |
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(3) |
Amount of Registration Fee(4) |
||||
Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share |
3,709,676 |
$17.00 | $63,064,492 | $6,880.34 | ||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) |
Includes 483,870 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. |
(2) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(3) |
Includes the aggregate offering price of 483,870 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. |
(4) |
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This registration fee was previously paid by the Registrant in connection with the initial filing of its Registration Statement on Form S-1 on June 9, 2021. |
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 14, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
3,225,806 Shares
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
Common Stock
$ per share
This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling 3,225,806 shares of common stock. Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our shares. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $14.00 and $17.00 per share of common stock.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 483,870 additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol OCEA.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 15.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
Under current Nasdaq rules, we anticipate qualifying as a controlled company wherein at least 50% of the voting power of our company immediately following this initial public offering is anticipated to be held by Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to this initial public offering, and the Concurrent Private Placement (defined below) Poseidon Bio, LLC, or Poseidon, holds 98% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our executive chairman and co-founder, holds a majority share (69%) in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. Following this initial public offering, and the Concurrent Private Placement Poseidon will hold 87% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Kathuria will continue to hold 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company will own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. We do not intend to rely on any Nasdaq or Securities and Exchange Commission corporate governance exemptions that are available to controlled companies.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Public Offering Price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (before expenses) |
$ | $ |
(1) |
See Underwriting for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation. |
The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan, or the UC Regents, has agreed to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price (or 329,749 shares based on the initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), in a private placement transaction that would close concurrently with, and be contingent and conditioned upon consummation of, this offering. The sale of such shares to the UC Regents will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and these shares will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to applicable securities laws and are subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters in this offering. The closing of this offering is not conditioned upon the closing of the proposed Concurrent Private Placement. The underwriters will not receive any fees in connection with the sale of shares to the UC Regents in the proposed Concurrent Private Placement.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about , 2021 through book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
Berenberg | Oppenheimer & Co. |
LifeSci Capital
|
Ladenburg Thalmann |
Brookline Capital Markets
|
Roth Capital Partners | |||
a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC |
, 2021
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
11 | ||||
15 | ||||
84 | ||||
86 | ||||
87 | ||||
89 | ||||
90 | ||||
92 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
94 | |||
109 | ||||
178 | ||||
188 | ||||
195 | ||||
197 | ||||
200 | ||||
201 | ||||
205 | ||||
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. holders |
207 | |||
211 | ||||
218 | ||||
218 | ||||
218 | ||||
F-1 |
We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Unless context requires otherwise, references to we, us, our, Ocean, or the Company refer to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Our mission is to solve unmet medical needs by commercializing discoveries
from research universities and medical centers
We are a biopharmaceutical company that seeks to bridge the bench-to-bedside gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs brings together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the networks of our leadership team, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development processincluding through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOsin order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital.
Our Therapeutic Programs
We are currently pursuing programs in oncology, fibrosis, infectious disease, and inflammation. Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on exclusive licenses with Brown University. Our programs in infectious disease are based on exclusive licenses with Rhode Island Hospital. Our program in inflammation is based on a nonexclusive license with Stanford University. We are not aware of any other licensee for these programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease programs into the clinic in the next 12 to 18 months. We also expect our anti-inflammatory product candidate, OPS-172 targeting angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, to commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of COVID-19 in the second half of 2021.
1
Oncology
Non-small cell lung cancer: Non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, accounts for about 85% of all lung cancers globally and affects approximately 460,000 people in the United States and 595,000 people in Europe. With approximately 135,000 U.S. deaths annually, it is the leading cause of cancer death for men and women globally. Currently available therapies for NSCLC include chemotherapy, targeted therapies and immune checkpoint inhibitors; all of which have limited response rates, high resistance development, potentially severe side effects and in the case of the checkpoint inhibitors rare fatal allergic and inflammation-related reactions. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective and durable drug therapies.
Glioblastoma multiforme: Glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, is a brain cancer that kills approximately 60% of patients within 12 to 18 months from the time of diagnosis. It accounts for approximately 17% of all tumors of the brain and affects approximately 28,000 people in the United States. The median survival rate for individuals diagnosed with GBM is approximately 15 months and the five year survival is just 8% for those aged 45-54 and 5% for those aged 55-64. There is no currently approved therapy for GBM and it is a disease with one of the highest levels of unmet need in all of oncology.
Our product candidates in oncology are based on a drug target pioneered by our scientific co-founder, Dr. Jack A. Elias, former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University. His research demonstrated that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways, including those involved in primary and metastatic tumor development. Neutralizing antibodies against Chi3l1 have been developed that are highly avid, specific, react with mouse, human and monkey Chi3l1 and are effectively expressed and humanized. In animal models of both lung cancer and glioblastoma, inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in statistically significant tumor reduction, and the reduction was even greater when the inhibition of Chi3l1 was combined with immunotherapies to stimulate the bodys own immune response.
Fibrosis
Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis: Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, is a debilitating lung disease that occurs when the bodys normal healing responses become overactive, resulting in scarring of lung tissue that progressively inhibits breathing. Approximately 160,000 people in the United States and 64,000 people in Europe suffer from IPF. There is no cure for IPF and while the current therapies may slow the progression of the disease, the response to those therapies is heterogenous and may be limited by side-effects. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective and tolerable IPF therapies.
Hermanksy-Pudlak syndrome: Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, or HPS, is an ultra-rare disease affecting approximately 1,800 people in the United States, mostly in Puerto Rico. Most patients with HPS develop lung fibrosis that progresses rapidly and is typically lethal within ten years of diagnosis. No therapeutic interventions are currently approved by the FDA for the treatment of HPS and lung transplantation remains the only potentially life-prolonging treatment.
There is a significant unmet need for any therapeutics that treat HPS.
Our product candidate in fibrosis is based on a drug target also investigated by Dr. Elias and closely related to the Chi3l1 oncology target described above. Dr. Elias found that an enzyme called chitinase 1, or Chit1, is a key driver of fibrosis. Fibrosis is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. Fibrosis in the lungs tends to be progressive and can reduce their function. In animal models of IPF and HPS, inhibition of Chit1 showed statistically significant reduced levels of fibrotic markers.
Infectious Disease
Malaria: Approximately 500,000 children under the age of five globally die each year from malaria, a mosquito-borne infectious disease for which 3.4 billion people on earth are at risk. Malaria infects 200 to
2
300 million people annually worldwide. Mosquito control remains limited in scope, and drug resistance threatens the effectiveness of current anti-malaria drugs. Clinical studies of the malaria vaccine candidate, RTS,S, which is currently furthest along in clinical development, show limited efficacy and serious safety concerns. There is a significant unmet medical need for more effective therapeutics to treat malaria and for more effective vaccines to immunize against it.
Whole Proteome Differential Screening Platform: Our scientific co-founder, Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, Chair of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine and Director of the M.D./Ph.D. Program at Brown University, developed the Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform, or the WPDS platform. The WPDS platform enabled Dr. Kurtis to discover the novel targets against malaria described below. The WPDS platform leverages the fact that the immune systems of humans who are exposed to an infectious disease (such as malaria) will often naturally produce a wide array of antibodies to try fighting the infection. Only a small subset of these antibodies may prove effective, and the WPDS platform is designed to identify these antibodies and their corresponding antigens. We believe that such antibodies and antigens could inform the development of therapeutic and/or vaccine candidates against the particular infectious disease.
Our product candidates in malaria are based on the discovery by Dr. Kurtis of two novel malaria antigens, Plasmodium falciparum schizont egress antigen, or PfSEA-1, and Plasmodium falciparum glutamic-acid-rich protein, or PfGARP. In non-human primate models of malaria, vaccination with PfGARP resulted in an 11.5-fold reduction of parasites in blood compared to controls. In in-vitro models, our therapeutic antibody candidate against PfGARP reduced parasite count by 99% compared to controls.
Inflammation
COVID-19: As of June 1, 2021, approximately 170 million people worldwide had been diagnosed with COVID-19, the disease caused by the SARS-COV-2 virus. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, data suggest that 14%-19% of cases are hospitalized and 3%-5% will need intense care unit admission. Despite the development of vaccines against COVID-19, there is a need for more effective treatments of the disease and its co-morbidities which include inflammation.
We have one anti-inflammatory product candidate: Angiotensin 1-7 or Ang 1-7 (OPS-172). Our licensor Stanford University has an active investigational new drug, or IND, application with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for this candidate, and they expect to commence a clinical trial to evaluate its potential in combination with standard of care in addressing inflammation in COVID-19 patients. Angtensin 1-7, produced by ACE-2, has anti-inflammatory activity and acts to decrease the levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines.
Our Pipeline
Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on discoveries of disease pathways and of related drug targets emerging from pioneering work in the field of chitinase biology by our scientific co-founder, Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University at Brown.
In oncology, we are developing a mono-specific and two bi-specific humanized monoclonal antibodies, or mAb, product candidates targeting Chi3l1 for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC and of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM. We refer to our mono-specific mAb product candidate as OCX-253, and our two bi-specific mAB product candidates as OCX-410 and OCX-909, respectively. In fibrosis, we are developing a small molecule product candidate targeting Chit1 for the treatment of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis, or IPF, and Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome, or HPS. We refer to this candidate for the treatment of IPF and HPS as OCF-203.
3
Our product candidates in infectious disease derive from the WPDS platform, which was pioneered by Dr. Kurtis, and which led to his discoveries of novel targets to treat and to immunize against malaria. We believe that the WPDS platform also holds promise to be used to discover targets for other infectious diseases. We have three product candidates based on these novel target discoveries: (1) a malaria vaccine candidate targeting either or both of PfSEA-1, and parasite antigen PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-570 candidate; (2) a humanized mAb malaria therapeutic candidate targeting PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-611 candidate; and (3) a small molecule malaria therapeutic candidate targeting PfGARP, which we refer to as our ODA-579 candidate. Prior to in-licensing our product candidates, the preclinical developments of the oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs described above have, to date, been funded through grants totaling $105.6 million.
In our inflammation program, which is currently focused on COVID-19, an IND application has been filed by our licensor Stanford University and is in effect with the FDA for Ang 1-7. Stanford expects to commence a clinical trial of this product candidate for the treatment of COVID-19 in hospitalized patients, in the second half of 2021.
We believe that each of these product candidates holds the potential to transform current treatment protocols and meaningfully improve patients lives.
The table below summarizes our product candidate pipeline, target indications, estimated addressable patient populations, and stage of development.
Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths
Our goal is to facilitate the flow of academic discoveries from bench-to-bedside by efficiently carrying out the translational and clinical development required to advance them commercially. The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:
|
Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers. We search for opportunities wherever they can be found, and we believe hidden gems can be uncovered by our team. We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. We know how to assess and test their scientific merits and commercial relevance, and we have extensive experience working with these institutions and licensing their assets. For example, our leadership team has evaluated thousands of innovations, taken multiple products through IND filings and into clinical development, and been involved in the launch of 10 biotech companies. |
4
|
Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone-driven approach. Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, and other drug development experts and consultants. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet our performance thresholds. We are skilled at objectively directing internal resources, and at leveraging external resources (such as CROs, and CMOs), in order to progress product candidates in accordance with well-defined criteria for advancement within a lean cost structure. |
|
Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates. We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel. Our success is not dependent on any one particular program, disease area or indication, which mitigates business risk, and allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe that this model ensures that we remain focused on assets with the most promise. The unifying theme in our portfolio is to address significant unmet medical needs by commercializing innovative therapeutic products, if approved. |
|
Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers. We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers. Our subsidiary structure is intended to enable us to offer equity in future programs to the licensing institution and the researchers who discover our product candidates. We believe this structure will make us a partner of choice for both institutions and researchers and aligns our interests with theirs toward the goal of maximum returns. |
|
Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs. Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas. Common ties between many diseases are becoming apparent and similar therapeutic strategies are increasingly being applied to different diseases. For example, our oncology and fibrosis programs are both based upon chitinase biology. Another example is the confluence of thinking about immunology and oncology therapeutic approaches which led to the advent of immune checkpoint inhibitors. |
|
Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each programs value. Throughout the development of our product candidates, we continually assess that programs potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to assess and pursue the course that maximizes outcomes for patients and value for our shareholders. |
|
Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators. We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization. Although our company has not yet developed or commercialized any biopharmaceutical products, key members of our management team have experience doing so in previous endeavors. |
5
We believe our differentiated business model enables us to advance the commercialization of our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.
Our Structure: Supporting Innovation
We are structured in a manner where our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We currently house our programs in four wholly-owned subsidiaries and intend to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in future subsidiaries, typically 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the relevant researchers. This anticipated organizational structure for future subsidiaries is unique in the market and we believe it will make us the partner of choice for institutions and inventors.
Currently, research universities and medical centers (institutions) have two primary options to commercialize their biomedical innovations and technologies: licensing to pharma, or licensing to startups that are usually founded or co-founded by the researchers (the inventors) behind the innovations.
We believe institutions and their researchers will prefer Ocean to launching a startup because Ocean eliminates the challenge of needing to raise capital and hire a team, and provides a greater share in the upside. Likewise, we believe Ocean will be a preferred choice as opposed to licensing to large pharmaceutical companies because receiving a percentage of any economic value, regardless of how it is derived, is often more attractive than relying on fixed milestone payments or single-digit royalties.
We believe our approach will give us preferred access to innovations at research universities and medical centers, and that this in turn will benefit our shareholders.
Concurrent Private Placement
The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan, or the UC Regents, has agreed to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price, in a private placement transaction that would close concurrently with, and be contingent and conditioned upon consummation of, this offering, or the Concurrent Private Placement. The sale of such shares to the UC Regents will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and these shares will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to applicable securities laws and are subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters in this offering. The closing of this offering is not conditioned upon the closing of the Concurrent Private Placement.
Our Corporate History and Leadership Team
Our leadership team has a track record of creating successful biopharma companies, with expertise in science, medicine, agile drug development, pharma strategy, and innovation management. Collectively, members of the team have evaluated more than 3,500 innovations; been involved in more than 350 drug discovery / development programs, 21 clinical development programs, and 9 approved drugs; are listed as inventors in more than 70 patents; have secured more than $120 million in venture capital funding; and have been involved in the launch of six biotech or life sciences companies and three IPOs. In addition, beyond our day-to-day leadership team, our scientific co-founders and members of our scientific advisory board, Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis, have authored or co-authored more than 350 papers, secured more than $100 million in grant funding, and are listed as inventors in more than 50 patents.
Our scientific co-founders are Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. Drs. Elias and Kurtis are highly recognized and well-published physician-scientists who not only discovered novel disease targets and therapeutic candidates that form the basis for most of our current programs, but also will bring their broad clinical and research expertise and their extensive networks to bear as we assess new opportunities in the future. While
6
the involvement of Drs. Elias and Kurtis in the management of our company is anticipated to be substantial, such involvement will not be full-time given the continuation of their research activities at Brown University. Our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, is a biopharma executive with over 25 years of experience in portfolio strategy and management, including the identification and evaluation of promising assets and the execution of value-creating strategic transactions for companies such as Merck & Co., Gilead Sciences, Inc. and BioMarin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our executive chairman, Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D. is an entrepreneur who most recently co-founded and is executive chairman of UpHealth, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction worth $1.35B in the fourth quarter of 2020. Dr. Kathuria is also co-founder and chairman of New Generation Power and he previously co-founded American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. which merged with NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc. and subsequently went public on Nasdaq.
The mark Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and our corporate logo are our common law trademarks. All other service marks, trademarks and tradenames appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.
Summary of Material Risks Associated with Our Business
|
We are a preclinical and clinical stage therapeutics development company with no history of commercial success, revenues or profits, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability. We anticipate that we will incur losses for the foreseeable future. Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate our success to date and to assess our future viability. |
|
Even if this offering is successful, we anticipate needing to raise additional funding before we can expect to become profitable from any potential future sales of our products. |
|
If we lose key management personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to develop current product candidates or identify and develop new product candidates will be impaired and could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive. |
|
We may not be successful in our efforts to use our differentiated business model to build a pipeline of product candidates with commercial value. |
|
Our ability to realize value from our subsidiaries may be impacted if we reduce our ownership to a minority interest or otherwise cede control to other investors through contractual agreements or otherwise. |
|
Our business is dependent on our ability to advance our current and future product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtain marketing approval and ultimately commercialize them. |
|
Preclinical and clinical development involve lengthy and expensive processes with uncertain outcomes. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our current product candidates or of any future product candidates. |
|
We are working on biological targets that have not been proven to be effective for the treatment of disorders we seek, and we may ultimately find that these biological targets are not viable. |
|
Our product candidates may cause undesirable and unforeseen side effects, which could delay or prevent their advancement into clinical trials or regulatory approval, limit the commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences. |
7
|
If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected. |
|
Certain of our product candidates may be complex and difficult to manufacture. We could experience manufacturing problems that result in delays in our development or commercialization programs or otherwise harm our business. |
|
Our license with Stanford University in connection with our anti-inflammatory candidate for COVID-19 is nonexclusive, and as a result we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford. |
|
We operate in a highly competitive environment with rapid technological change and there is the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies or technologies that are more advanced or effective than ours. |
|
We expect to rely on third-party research organizations to conduct our preclinical studies and our clinical trials. |
|
We expect to rely on third-party manufacturers to produce clinical supply of our product candidates. |
|
Our current product candidates are being developed under licensing agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University. These licensing agreements could be terminated by the licensors if we fail to meet obligations set forth in such agreements. Our relationships with these institutions are critical to our success. Our co-founders are affiliated with these institutions. If our co-founders depart our company, our relationships with these institutions could be jeopardized. |
|
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and/or maintain patent protection or other necessary rights for our products and technology and to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection. In addition, if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad or our rights under licensed patents is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products and technology may be adversely affected. |
|
The outbreak and continued course of the coronavirus disease, COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our preclinical studies and clinical trials. |
The summary risk factors described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors below, in the section entitled Risk Factors and the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as in other documents that we file with the SEC. The risks summarized above or described in full below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future, growth prospects.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 2, 2019. Our principal corporate office is located at 55 Claverick St., Room 325, Providence, Rhode Island 02903 and our telephone number is (401) 444-7375. Our website address is www.oceanbiomedical.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.
8
We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including, without limitation, our corporate name and logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company
As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:
|
being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus; |
|
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting; |
|
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditors report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; |
|
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements; and |
|
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
We have elected to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Until the date that we are no longer an emerging growth company or affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the exemption provided by Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, upon issuance of a new or revised accounting standard that applies to our financial statements and that has a different effective date for public and private companies, we will disclose the date on which adoption is required for non-emerging growth companies and the date on which we will adopt the recently issued accounting standard.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the last day of 2026.
9
We are also a smaller reporting company, meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the point when we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
Under current Nasdaq rules we anticipate qualifying as a controlled company wherein at least 50% of the voting power of our company immediately following this initial public offering and the Concurrent Private Placement is anticipated to be held by Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to this initial public offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, Poseidon Bio, LLC holds 98% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our executive chairman and co-founder, holds a majority share (69%) in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. Following this initial public offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, Poseidon Bio, LLC will hold 87% of the voting power of our company and Dr. Kathuria will continue to hold 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon and other directors and executive officers of our company will own an aggregate of 31% of the equity interests in Poseidon. We do not intend to rely on any Nasdaq or Securities and Exchange Commission corporate governance exemptions that are available to controlled companies.
10
Common stock offered by us |
3,225,806 shares. |
Option to purchase additional shares |
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 483,870 additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. |
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
32,610,891 shares (or 33,094,761 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of approximately $44.1 million, or $51.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, we expect to receive net proceeds of $4,599,999 from the sale of shares of our common stock to the UC Regents in the Concurrent Private Placement. |
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private to fund the preclinical development of each of OCX-253, OCX-410, OCX-909, OCF-203, ODA-570, ODA-611 and ODA-579 through IND filing for Phase 1 clinical trials, to prepare for and partially fund the Phase 2 clinical development of OPS-172, for the in-licensing or other acquisition of additional product candidates to expand our pipeline and for business development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including $12.3 million toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments due. See the section entitled Use of Proceeds for additional information.
Concurrent Private Placement |
The UC Regents has agreed to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price (or 329,749 shares assuming an initial public offering price of $15.50, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), in the Concurrent Private Placement that would close concurrently with, and be contingent and conditioned upon consummation of, this offering. The sale of such shares to the UC Regents will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and these shares will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to applicable securities laws and are subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters in this offering. |
11
The closing of this offering is not conditioned upon the closing of the Concurrent Private Placement. |
Risk factors |
You should read carefully the section entitled Risk Factors and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
Nadaq Global Market symbol |
OCEA |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement is based on 29,055,336 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:
|
2,254,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; |
|
161,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
|
14,740 shares of our common stock issued to certain persons consisting of friends and family through July 2021. |
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 483,870 additional shares of our common stock in this offering; |
|
the issuance of a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, in the Concurrent Private Placement, which is to be completed concurrently with, and be contingent and conditioned upon consummation of, the closing of this offering; |
|
a 4-for-1 stock split of our common stock, effected on July 13, 2021; and |
|
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement. |
12
Summary Financial Data
The following tables present summary financial data for our business. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the period from our inception at January 2, 2019 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section entitled Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2020 |
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2021 |
For the Period
from January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||
Statements of Operations: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
| 25,413 | 35 | 49 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
12 | 18,526 | 197 | 1,603 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
12 | 43,939 | 232 | 1,652 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating loss |
(12 | ) | (43,939 | ) | (232 | ) | (1,652 | ) | ||||||||
Other (expense) |
| | | (1 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (12 | ) | $ | (43,939 | ) | $ | (232 | ) | $ | (1,653 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
29,000,000 | 29,009,228 | 29,000,000 | 29,000,000 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
$ | 0.00 | $ | (1.51 | ) | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.00 | $ | (1.51 | ) | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.00 | $ | (1.51 | ) | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.06 | ) |
(In thousands) | As of March 31, 2021 | |||||||
Actual |
Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)(2)(3) |
|||||||
Balance Sheets Data: |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 785 | $ | 51,367 | ||||
Working capital (deficit)(4) |
(2,095 | ) | 40,022 | |||||
Total assets |
1,731 | 53,249 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(45,824 | ) | (52,407 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders equity (deficit) |
(2,095 | ) | 40,022 |
(1) |
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to (i) the issuance and sale of 3,225,806 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering |
13
expenses payable by us and (ii) our sale of a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (1) $15,000,000 and (b) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price in a Concurrent Private Placement to the UC Regents. |
(2) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders (deficit) equity by approximately $3.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders (deficit) equity by approximately $15.7 million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
(3) |
We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties. |
(4) |
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our current assets and current liabilities. |
14
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the section entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.
Risks Related to Our Operating History
We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future.
We have incurred significant net losses since our inception and have financed our operations principally through personal payments made by our executive chairman and founder and by executing contracts with contingent payment plans that will require the use of proceeds from the IPO. We anticipate continuing to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations, and we do not expect to generate income, profits, or positive cash flow for the foreseeable future. For the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we reported a net loss of $0.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, we reported a net loss of $12 thousand and $43.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $0.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $45.8 million. We are still in the early stages of development of our product candidates and have not yet completed any clinical trials. As a result, we expect that it will be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized product and generate revenue from product sales. Even if we succeed in receiving marketing approval for and commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we expect that we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenses in order to discover, develop and market additional potential products.
We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:
|
advance the development of our current product candidates (OCX-253, OCX-410, OCX-909, OCF-203, ODA-570, ODA-611, ODA-579, and OPS-172) through clinical development, and, if successful, later-stage clinical trials; |
|
identify, in-license, invest in, or discover and develop new product candidates; |
|
advance our preclinical development programs into clinical development; |
|
experience delays or interruptions with our preclinical studies or clinical trials, our receipt of services from our third-party service providers on whom we rely, our supply chain or other regulatory challenges, including those due to the COVID-19 pandemic or to other unforeseen global events; |
|
seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials; |
|
commercialize any one or more of our product candidates and any future product candidates, if approved; |
|
increase the amount of research and development activities to identify and develop product candidates; |
|
hire additional clinical development, quality control, scientific and management personnel, including personnel to support our clinical development and manufacturing efforts and our operations as a public company; |
15
|
expand our operational, financial and management systems and establish office, research and manufacturing space; |
|
establish a business development, partnering, sales, marketing, medical affairs and/or distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize on our own or jointly with third parties; and |
|
maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio. |
To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining marketing approval for product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling products for which we may obtain marketing approval and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. Such failure could result in the loss of all or part of your investment.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its audit report included in this prospectus. Even if we consummate this offering, we will need additional funding to complete the development of our product candidates. A failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts.
Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its audit report on our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 stating that our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows and our need to raise additional funding to finance our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have insufficient committed sources of additional capital to fund our operations as described in this prospectus for more than a limited period of time. We will require substantial additional funding to meet our financial needs and to pursue our business objectives. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or altogether cease our product development programs or commercialization efforts.
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the next three years. However, this funding will not be sufficient for us to fund any of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates and in connection with our continuing operations and other planned activities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
|
the scope, progress, results and costs of discovery, laboratory testing, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical development for our current and future product candidates; |
|
the development requirements of other product candidates that we may pursue; |
|
the timing and amounts of any milestone or royalty payments we may be required to make or may be entitled to receive under license agreements; |
|
the costs of building out our infrastructure including hiring additional clinical, quality control and manufacturing personnel; |
|
the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates; |
16
|
the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval; |
|
the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval; |
|
the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims; |
|
the costs of operating as a public company; and |
|
the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies. |
We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our product candidates or other research and development initiatives. Any of our current or future license agreements may also be terminated if we are unable to meet the payment or other obligations under the agreements.
Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure
We may not be successful in our efforts to use our differentiated business model to build a pipeline of product candidates with commercial value.
A key element of our strategy is to use our differentiated business model to form or seek strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations, or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties for programs, product candidates, technologies or intellectual property that we believe are novel, employ differentiated mechanisms of action, are more advanced in development than competitors, or have a combination of these attributes. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and licensing and acquisition opportunities, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. We may not be successful in our efforts in building a pipeline of product candidates through acquisitions, licensing or through internal development or in progressing these product candidates through clinical development. Although our research and development efforts to date have resulted in our identification, discovery and preclinical and clinical development of certain of our product candidates, these product candidates may not be safe or effective as cancer treatments, and we may not be able to develop any other product candidates. Although we analyze whether we can replicate scientific results observed prior to our acquisition or investment in a product candidate, we may not be successful in doing so after our investment. Our differentiated business model is evolving and may not succeed in building a pipeline of product candidates. Even if we are successful in building our pipeline of product candidates, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development or generate acceptable clinical data, including as a result of unacceptable toxicity or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to receive marketing approval from the FDA or other regulatory authorities or achieve market acceptance. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates, we will not be able to generate product revenue in the future, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.
Additionally, we may pursue additional in-licenses or acquisitions of development-stage assets or programs, which entails additional risk to us. While we believe our subsidiary model offers an attractive platform for these transactions and for potential partners, our model is unique and we may not be able to attract or execute transactions with licensors or collaborators who may choose to partner with companies that employ more traditional licensing and collaboration approaches. Identifying, selecting, and acquiring promising product candidates requires substantial technical, financial and human resources expertise. Efforts to do so may not result in the actual acquisition or license of a successful product candidate, potentially resulting in a diversion of our managements time and the expenditure of our resources with no resulting benefit. For example, if we are unable to identify programs that ultimately result in approved
17
products, we may spend material amounts of our capital and other resources evaluating, acquiring, and developing products that ultimately do not provide a return on our investment. We expect to terminate programs in the future if they do not meet our criteria for advancement.
Our subsidiaries are party to certain agreements that provide our licensors, collaborators or other shareholders in our subsidiaries with rights that could delay or impact the potential sale of our subsidiaries or could impact the ability of our subsidiaries to sell assets, or enter into strategic alliances, collaborations or licensing arrangements with other third parties.
Each of our subsidiaries directly or indirectly licenses intellectual property from third parties and, future subsidiaries may be partially owned by third party investors. These third parties may have certain rights that could delay collaboration, licensing or other arrangement with another third party, and the existence of these rights may adversely impact the ability to attract an acquirer or partner.
We may form additional subsidiaries and enter into similar agreements with future partners or investors, or our subsidiaries may enter into further agreements, that in each case may contain similar provisions or other terms that are not favorable to us.
Our ability to realize value from our subsidiaries may be impacted if we reduce our ownership to a minority interest or otherwise cede control to other investors through contractual agreements or otherwise.
We currently wholly own all of our subsidiaries, and plan to remain majority owners of future subsidiaries. However, in the event that any of our subsidiaries require additional capital and its respective board of directors authorizes the transaction, our equity interest in our subsidiaries may be reduced to the extent such additional capital is obtained from third party investors rather than from us. Such transactions would still need to be approved by the board of directors of our respective subsidiary over which we maintain full control.
However, if we do not wish to or cannot provide additional capital to any of our subsidiaries, we may approve of an issuance of equity by a subsidiary that dilutes our ownership and may lose control over the subsidiary. In addition, if the affairs of such minority-owned subsidiaries were to be conducted in a manner detrimental to the interests or intentions of the Company, our business, reputation, and prospects may be adversely affected. For example, other shareholders in a minority-owned subsidiary could take actions without our consent, which could have an adverse impact on our investment in the subsidiary.
A single or limited number of subsidiaries may comprise a large proportion of our value.
A large proportion of our value may at any time reside in one or two of our subsidiaries, including intellectual property rights and the value ascribed to the product candidate or program that it is developing. Our consolidated financial condition and prospects may be materially diminished if the clinical development or potential commercialization prospects of a subsidiarys product candidate or program or one or more of the intellectual property rights held by a specific subsidiary becomes impaired. Furthermore, a large proportion of our consolidated revenue may at any time be derived from one, or a small number of, licensed technologies, and termination or expiration of licenses to these technologies would likely have a material adverse effect on our consolidated revenue. Any material adverse impact on the value of a particular subsidiary, including its intellectual property rights or the clinical development of its product candidate or program, could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.
Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we must focus on a limited number of research programs and product candidates and on specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay
18
pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential, or fail to recognize or acquire assets that may be more promising than those we acquire. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future identification, discovery, and preclinical development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products.
Our reliance on a central team consisting of a limited number of employees who provide various administrative, research and development, and other services across our organization presents operational challenges that may adversely affect our business.
As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, upon which we rely for various administrative, research and development, and other support services shared among our other operating subsidiaries. We also have two consultants who we rely on for research and development, business development, and other services. While we believe this structure enables us to reduce certain infrastructure costs, the small size of our centralized team may limit our ability to devote adequate personnel, time, and resources to support the operations of all of our subsidiaries, including their research and development activities, and the management of financial, accounting, and reporting matters. Given that our employees and management are primarily incentivized at the parent company level, these employees and management team members may not be sufficiently incentivized to maximize the overall value of our entire organization. If our centralized team fails to provide adequate administrative, research and development, or other services across our entire organization, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.
Some of our officers and directors currently serve, and in the future may serve, as directors or officers of our subsidiaries, and, as a result, have and may continue to have, fiduciary and other duties to our subsidiaries causing conflicts of interest with respect to their duties to us and their duties to our subsidiaries and in determining how to devote themselves to our affairs and the affairs of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries partners may also disagree with the sufficiency of resources that we provide to each subsidiary.
Certain of our officers, including our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, and our President and Director, Chirinjeev Kathuria, are also directors and/or officers of one or more of our subsidiaries and, as a result, have fiduciary or other duties both to us and our subsidiaries. The conflicts of interest that arise from such duties could interfere with the management of our subsidiaries and their programs and product candidates, or result in disagreements with our subsidiaries partners. For example, an individual who is both a director of one of our subsidiaries and Ocean Biomedical, Inc., owes fiduciary duties to the subsidiary and to the Company as a whole, and such individual may encounter circumstances in which his or her decision or action may benefit the subsidiary while having a detrimental impact on the Company, or vice versa, or on another subsidiary, including one for which he or she also serves as a director. Further, our officers and directors who are also officers and directors of our subsidiaries will need to allocate his or her time to responsibilities owed to Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and each of the subsidiaries for which he or she serves as an officer or director, and will make decisions on behalf of one entity that may negatively impact others. In addition, while most of our subsidiaries have waived any interest or expectation of corporate opportunities that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into possession of any director or officer who is also a director or officer of Ocean Biomedical, Inc., disputes could arise between us and our subsidiarys partners regarding a conflict of interest. These partners also may disagree with the amount and quality of resources that our officers and employees devote to the subsidiary they are invested in. Any such disputes or disagreements could distract our management, interfere with our relations with our partners, and take significant time to resolve, which could disrupt the development of our product candidates, delay our potential commercialization efforts, result in increased costs or make it less likely that other third parties will choose to partner with us in the future.
19
We currently outsource, and intend to continue to outsource, nearly all our discovery, clinical development, and manufacturing functions to third-party providers or consultants. Outsourcing these functions has significant risks, and our failure to manage these risks successfully could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our business model relies upon the use of third parties, such as vendors and consultants, to conduct our drug discovery, preclinical testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, and all other aspects of clinical development. While our reliance on third parties allows us to purposely employ a small number of fulltime employees, we may not effectively manage and oversee the third parties that our business depends upon and we have less control over our operations due to our reliance on third parties. While we believe our business model significantly reduces overhead cost, we may not realize the efficiencies of this arrangement if we are unable to effectively manage third parties or if our limited number of employees are unable to manage the operations of each of our subsidiaries, including the development of their programs and product candidates. The failure to successfully and efficiently outsource operational functions or appropriately manage the operations of our subsidiaries could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Raising Additional Capital
Even if this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement are successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce and/or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs, future commercialization efforts and/or other operations.
Developing biopharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our preclinical and clinical development programs, seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates, and launch and commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval. Following this offering, we also expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to maintain our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs or future commercialization efforts.
As of March 31, 2021, we had a cash balance of approximately $0.8 million. We do not have any cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next three (3) years. However, our actual capital requirements may vary significantly from what we expect, and we will in any event require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of any of our current programs. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and the activities associated with development of our product candidates are highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development, marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:
|
the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, including whether and when to advance our diverse portfolio of product candidates; |
|
the clinical development plans we establish for these product candidates; |
|
the timelines of our clinical trials and the overall costs to finish the clinical trials; |
|
the impact on timelines and costs due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other unforeseen events; |
|
the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop; |
20
|
the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities; |
|
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights; |
|
the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates; |
|
the extent to which we enter into additional collaboration agreements with regard to product discovery or acquire or in-license products or technologies; |
|
the effect of competing technological and market developments; |
|
the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and |
|
the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own. |
We do not have a committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Until we can generate sufficient revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance our future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements. If we raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings, the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders such as you. Further, to the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted. In addition, any debt financing may subject us to fixed payment obligations and covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable intellectual property or other rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. We also may be required to seek collaborators for any of our product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or relinquish our rights to product candidates or technologies that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves. Market volatility and unforeseen events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could also adversely impact our ability to access capital as and when needed. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. Any of the above events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.
The amount of our future losses is uncertain and our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:
|
our ability to complete preclinical studies and successfully submit INDs or comparable applications for our product candidates; |
|
the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners; |
21
|
whether we are required by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies beyond those planned to support the approval and commercialization of our product candidates or any future product candidates; |
|
our ability to successfully recruit and retain subjects for clinical trials, and any delays caused by difficulties in such efforts, including the COVID-19 pandemic; |
|
our ability to obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, and the timing and scope of any such approvals we may receive; |
|
the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time; |
|
the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers; |
|
our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel; |
|
expenditures that we will or may incur to develop additional product candidates; |
|
the level of demand for our product candidates should they receive approval, which may vary significantly; |
|
the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future therapeutics that compete with our product candidates; |
|
general market conditions or extraordinary external events, such as recessions, natural disasters, and/or the COVID-19 pandemic; |
|
the changing and volatile U.S. and global socio-economic and political environments; and |
|
future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies or changes in tax laws. |
The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.
Risks Related to Research and Development and the Biopharmaceutical Industry
Risks Related to Clinical Development
We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, and many of our development programs are in early stages of development. This may make it difficult to evaluate our prospects and likelihood of success.
We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue. All of our product candidates are in the preclinical stages of development and will require additional preclinical studies or clinical development as well as regulatory review and approval, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and performing research and development of our product candidates. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value. In addition, our product candidates will require substantial additional development and
22
clinical research time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We have not yet demonstrated the ability to progress any product candidate through clinical trials. We are still in preclinical development and may be unable to obtain regulatory approval, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate efficacy or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. In addition, as a business with a limited operating history, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by early-stage biopharmaceutical companies in rapidly evolving fields. Consequently, we have no meaningful history of operations upon which to evaluate our business, and predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing drug and biological products.
Our business is dependent on the success of our product candidates that we advance into the clinic. We currently have no products that are approved for commercial sale and may never be able to develop marketable products. If one or more of our product candidates encounters safety or efficacy problems, development delays, regulatory issues or other problems, our development plans and business could be significantly harmed. Before we can generate any revenue from sales of any of our product candidates, we must undergo additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions. In addition, if one or more of our product candidates are approved, we must ensure access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and conduct significant marketing efforts in connection with any commercial launch. These efforts will require substantial investment, and we may not have the financial resources to continue development of our product candidates.
We may experience setbacks that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of, or our ability to commercialize, our product candidates, including:
|
timely completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials; |
|
negative or inconclusive results from our preclinical studies or clinical trials or the clinical trials of others for product candidates similar to ours, leading to a decision or requirement to conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical trials or abandon a program; |
|
the prevalence, duration and severity of potential product-related side effects experienced by subjects receiving our product candidates in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs or therapeutics similar to our product candidates; |
|
delays in submitting INDs or comparable foreign applications or delays or failure in obtaining the necessary approvals from regulators to commence a clinical trial, or a suspension or termination of a clinical trial once commenced; |
|
conditions imposed by the FDA or comparable foreign authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials; |
|
delays in enrolling subjects in clinical trials; |
|
high drop-out rates of subjects from clinical trials; |
|
inadequate supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary for the conduct of our clinical trials; |
|
greater than anticipated clinical trial costs; |
|
inability to compete with other therapies; |
|
poor efficacy of our product candidates during clinical trials; |
23
|
unfavorable FDA or other regulatory agency inspection and review of a clinical trial site; |
|
failure of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner, or at all; |
|
delays related to the impact of recessions, man-made and/or natural disasters, pandemics, and/or any other such events; |
|
delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines, including the imposition of additional regulatory oversight around clinical testing generally or with respect to our technology in particular; or |
|
varying interpretations of data by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies. |
We do not have complete control over many of these factors, including certain aspects of clinical development and the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and our manufacturing, marketing, distribution and sales efforts or that of any future collaborator.
Our underlying technology is unproven and may not result in marketable products.
Our approach is designed to discover and develop targeted treatments for non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, glioblastoma, or GBM, and possibly other visceral cancers, by targeting the prototypic chitinase-like protein Chi3l1 which we have found is induced in human cancers including in primary lung cancer formation, in pulmonary melanoma metastasis, and in pulmonary breast cancer metastasis. These findings are the basis for our OCX-253, OCX-410 (PD-1), and OCX-909 (CTLA-4) programs. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of NSCLC, GBM or other cancers.
Our approach to drug discovery and development in the area of fibrosis, with initial focus on targeting chitinase 1, or Chit1, is unproven and may not result in marketable products. Our approach is designed to discover and develop targeted treatments for idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, Hermansky-Pudlak Syndrome, or HPS, and possibly other fibrotic diseases, by targeting Chit1 which we have found to be a master regulator of the TGF-ß1 mediated fibrosis response through various mechanisms. These findings are the basis for our OCF-203 program. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of IPF, HPS, or other fibrotic conditions.
Our approach to therapeutics discovery and development in the area of malaria, with initial focus on targeting P. falciparum glutamic-acid-rich protein, or PfGARP, and P. falciparum schizont egress antigen, or PfSEA-1, is unproven and may not result in marketable products. Our approach is designed to discover and develop therapeutics for the treatment of malaria infections and short-term malaria prophylaxis, and to develop vaccines for immunization against malaria, by targeting PfGARP and PfSEA-1, as applicable. Our findings regarding PfGARP and PfSEA-1 form the basis for our ODA-611, ODA-579 and OCF-203 programs. However, although multiple preclinical studies are currently underway, to date, our approach has not been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of malaria infections, to provide malaria prophylaxis or to provide immunization against malaria.
Our approach to clinical development in the area of anti-inflammatories for COVID-19, with initial focus on the use of angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, may not result in marketable products. Ang 1-7 has been shown to cause an anti-inflammatory response by binding the Mas receptor on macrophages. These findings form the basis for our development programs to use angiotensin 1-7 (OPS-172) to treat symptoms of COVID-19. However, although multiple studies are currently underway and the clinical trial is expected to initiate in the second half of 2021, to date, this therapeutic moiety has not been clinically evaluated to provide treatment for COVID-19 symptoms.
24
Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform represents a novel approach to product candidate development, which creates significant challenges for us.
Our future success depends on the successful development of our product candidates, some of which may be discovered or developed by our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery program, or WPDS. WPDS is a new technology, and as such, it is difficult to predict whether WPDS will successfully enable us to successfully identify or develop product candidates. It is also difficult to accurately predict the developmental challenges we may incur for our product candidates as they proceed through product discovery or identification, preclinical studies and clinical trials. It is difficult for us to predict the time and cost of the development of product candidates identified by WPDS, and we cannot predict whether the application of our technology, or any similar or competitive technologies, will result in the identification, development, and regulatory approval of any products. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our technology or any of our research programs will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved at all. Any of these factors may prevent us from completing our preclinical studies and clinical trials that we may initiate or commercializing any product candidates we may develop on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.
Due to our business model, we must make decisions on the allocation of resources to certain programs and product candidates; these decisions may prove to be wrong and may adversely affect our business.
We may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with respect to additional research programs or product candidates or for indications other than those we are currently targeting. To the extent we allocate resources to any particular product candidate, our ability to pursue development of another product candidate may be hindered. Some of these opportunities may later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Therefore, our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, or expend resources on product candidates that are not viable.
There can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable potential product candidates through internal research programs, which could materially adversely affect our future growth and prospects. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential product candidates or other potential programs that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.
We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates in the future.
Although our business model relies in part on a plan to harness breakthrough inventions at research universities and medical centers and develop them into therapeutics that can address unmet medical needs, there can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional candidate opportunities at these institutions or others. Even if we were able to identify such opportunities, there can be no assurance that we will be able to in-license them or otherwise acquire rights to them on terms that are beneficial to us. Furthermore, we could face competition for such opportunities from other companies and from venture capital firms.
Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, such as:
|
our inability to design such product candidates with the pharmacological properties that we desire or attractive pharmacokinetics; or |
|
potential product candidates may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be medicines that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. |
Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. If we are unable to identify suitable compounds for preclinical and clinical development,
25
we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.
We may not be able to file INDs or IND amendments or comparable applications to commence clinical trials on the timelines we expect, and even if we are able to, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may not permit us to proceed.
We may not be able to file INDs or other comparable applications for our product candidates on the timelines we expect. For example, we or our third parties collaborators may experience manufacturing delays or other delays with preclinical studies or FDA or other regulatory authorities may require additional preclinical studies that we did not anticipate. Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND or other comparable application will result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that result in a decision by us, by institutional review boards or independent ethics committees, or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to suspend or terminate clinical trials, including as a result of a clinical hold. Additionally, even if FDA or other regulatory authorities agree with the design and implementation of the clinical trials set forth in an IND or comparable application, we cannot guarantee that they will not change their requirements or expectations in the future. These considerations also apply to new clinical trials we may submit as amendments to existing INDs or to a new IND or other comparable application. Any failure to file INDs or other comparable applications on the timelines we expect or to obtain regulatory approvals for our trials may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely basis, if at all.
Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy, complex and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future preclinical studies or clinical trial results.
To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. In particular, the general approach for FDA approval of a new product is dispositive data from two well-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trials of the relevant drug in the relevant patient population. Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve hundreds of patients, have significant costs and take years to complete. A product candidate can fail at any stage of testing, even after observing promising signals of activity in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition, initial success in clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained when such trials are completed. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their product candidates. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products and there can be no assurance that any of our clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development in any of our product candidates. Product candidates that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons, including but not limited to:
|
preclinical studies or clinical trials may show the product candidates to be less effective than expected (e.g., a clinical trial could fail to meet its primary and/or secondary endpoint(s)) or to have unacceptable side effects or toxicities, or unexpected adverse drug-drug interactions; |
26
|
failure to establish clinical endpoints that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful; |
|
failure to execute the clinical trials caused by slow enrollment or subjects dropping out; |
|
failure to receive the necessary regulatory approvals; |
|
manufacturing costs, formulation issues, pricing or reimbursement issues, or other factors that make a product candidate uneconomical; and |
|
the proprietary rights of others and their competing products and technologies that may prevent one of our product candidates from being commercialized. |
In addition, differences in trial design between early-stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products. Additionally, some of our trials may be open-label studies, where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the investigational product candidate or either an existing approved drug or placebo. Most typically, open-label clinical trials test only the investigational product candidate and sometimes do so at different dose levels. Open-label clinical trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any therapeutic effect, such as patient bias where patients in open-label clinical trials perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving treatment. Moreover, patients selected for early clinical studies often include the most severe sufferers and their symptoms may have been bound to improve notwithstanding the new treatment. In addition, open-label clinical trials may be subject to an investigator bias where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. Therefore, it is possible that positive results observed in open-label trials will not be replicated in later placebo-controlled trials.
In addition, the standards that the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities use when regulating us require judgment and can change, which makes it difficult to predict with certainty how they will be applied. The standards are also different for the development of small molecule drug products and for the development of biological products, both of which we are undertaking through our programs. Any analysis we perform of data from preclinical and clinical activities is subject to confirmation and interpretation by regulatory authorities, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. We may also encounter unexpected delays and/or increased costs due to new government regulations. Examples of such regulations include future legislation or administrative action, or changes in FDA policy during the period of product development and FDA regulatory review. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA or foreign regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be. The FDA may also require a panel of experts, referred to as an Advisory Committee, to deliberate on the adequacy of the safety and efficacy data to support approval. The opinion of the Advisory Committee, although not binding, may have a significant impact on our ability to obtain approval of any product candidates that we develop.
If we seek to conduct clinical trials in foreign countries or pursue marketing approvals in foreign jurisdictions, we must comply with numerous foreign regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing authorization, pricing and third-party reimbursement. The foreign regulatory approval process varies among countries and may include all of the risks associated with FDA approval described above as well as risks attributable to the satisfaction of local regulations in foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities outside the United States and vice versa.
The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or
27
may not be accepted at all. If data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice, and (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to good clinical practice, or GCP, regulations. Additionally, the FDAs clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical powering, must be met. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements.
Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a marketing application to the FDA and similar marketing applications to comparable foreign regulatory authorities, for each product candidate and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of any product candidates. We may experience negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or our being required by regulators, to conduct additional clinical studies or trials or abandon some or all of our product development programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development of any of our product candidates.
We may experience delays in initiating or completing clinical trials. Clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a variety of reasons, including:
|
regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site; |
|
the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design, including with respect to dosing levels administered in our planned clinical trials, which may delay or prevent us from initiating our clinical trials with our originally intended trial design; |
|
we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites; |
|
the number of subjects required for clinical trials of any product candidates may be larger than we anticipate or subjects may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate; |
|
our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators; |
|
we may need to address any subject safety concerns that arise during the course of a clinical trial; |
|
we may experience delays and interruptions to our manufacturing supply chain, or we could suffer delays in reaching, or we may fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with third-party service providers on whom we rely; |
|
the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate; |
|
logistical issues relating to any future clinical trials we may operate in developing countries; |
|
we may elect to, or regulators, IRBs, Data Safety Monitoring Boards, or DSMBs, or ethics committees may require that we or our investigators, suspend or terminate clinical research or trials for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks; |
|
we may not have the financial resources available to begin and complete the planned trials, or the cost of clinical trials of any product candidates may be greater than we anticipate; |
28
|
the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate to initiate or complete a given clinical trial; and |
|
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit additional data such as long-term toxicology studies, or impose other requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial. |
We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs or ethics committees of the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical trial protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from the product candidates, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.
Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.
Our product development costs will increase if we experience additional delays in preclinical or clinical testing or in obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. If we do not achieve our product development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the approval and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed or prevented entirely. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and harming our business and results of operations. Any delays in our clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations significantly.
Our clinical trials may reveal significant adverse events or unexpected drug-drug interactions not seen in our preclinical studies and may result in a safety profile that could delay or prevent regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.
If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in our clinical trials, we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts altogether. In addition, we may encounter unexpected drug-drug interactions in our planned trials, and may be required to further test those candidates, including in drug-drug interaction studies, which may be expensive, time-consuming and result in delays to our programs. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biopharmaceutical industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the product candidate from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies.
29
If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.
Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of completion of our clinical trials depends in part on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates, and we may experience delays in our clinical trials if we encounter difficulties in enrollment. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, or as needed to provide appropriate statistical power for a given trial. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:
|
the patient eligibility and exclusion criteria defined in the protocol; |
|
the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trials primary endpoints and the process for identifying patients; |
|
the willingness or availability of patients to participate in our trials; |
|
the proximity of patients to trial sites; |
|
the design of the trial; |
|
our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience; |
|
clinicians and patients perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating; |
|
reporting of the preliminary results of any of our clinical trials; |
|
the availability of competing commercially available therapies and other competing product candidates clinical trials; |
|
our ability to obtain and maintain patient informed consents; |
|
the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion; and |
|
factors we may not be able to control, such as current or potential pandemics that may limit patients, principal investigators or staff or clinical site availability (e.g., the COVID-19 pandemic). |
For example, we are initially developing OCF-203 for the treatment of IPF, a rare disease. In the United States, IPF is estimated to affect approximately 140,000 patients. As a result, we may encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials of OCF-203 due in part to the small size of the patient population. In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site. If any of our product candidates is shown to have undesirable side effects, some patients may decline or drop out of our clinical trials. Additionally, certain of our planned clinical trials may also involve invasive procedures which may lead some patients to decline or to drop out of trials.
Further, timely enrollment in clinical trials is reliant on clinical trial sites which may be adversely affected by global health matters, including, among other things, pandemics. For example, if a clinical trial
30
site is affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, patients may contract COVID-19 during participation in our trials or may be subject to isolation or shelter-in-place restrictions, which may cause them to drop out of our trials, miss scheduled doses or follow-up visits or otherwise fail to follow trial protocols. If patients are unable to follow the trial protocols or if our trial results are otherwise disrupted due to the effects of a pandemic or actions taken to mitigate its spread, the integrity of data from our trials may be compromised or not accepted by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which would represent a significant setback for the applicable program.
The design or execution of our clinical trials may not support marketing approval.
The design or execution of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support marketing approval, and flaws in the design or execution of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. It is possible that we may need to amend our clinical trial designs, which would require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs and FDA for reexamination and approval, and may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of such clinical trials.
Additionally, in some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different trials with the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including differences in trial protocols, size and type of the patient populations, variable adherence to the dosing regimen or other protocol requirements and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. We do not know whether any clinical trials we conduct will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain marketing approval to market our product candidates.
Further, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and in determining when or whether marketing approval will be obtained for any of our product candidates. Our product candidates may not be approved even if they achieve their primary endpoints in future Phase 3 clinical trials or registrational trials. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our trial designs and our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials. In addition, any of these regulatory authorities may change requirements for the approval of a product candidate even after reviewing and providing comments or advice on a protocol for a pivotal Phase 3 or registrational clinical trial. In addition, any of these regulatory authorities may also approve a product candidate for fewer or more limited indications than we request or may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not approve the labeling claims that we believe would be necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved.
We intend to develop OCX-253 and potentially other product candidates in combination with other therapies, which exposes us to additional risks.
We intend to develop OCX-253 and potentially other product candidates in combination with one or more approved or unapproved therapies to treat cancer or other diseases. Even if any product candidate we develop were to receive marketing approval for use in combination with other approved therapies, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities outside of the United States could still revoke approval of the therapy used in combination with our product. If the therapies used in combination with our product candidates are replaced as the standard of care for the indications we choose for any of our product candidates, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional clinical trials. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in our own products, if approved, being removed from the market or being less successful commercially.
Further, we will not be able to market and sell any product candidate we develop in combination with an unapproved cancer therapy for a combination indication if that unapproved therapy does not ultimately obtain marketing approval either alone or in combination with our product. In addition, unapproved cancer therapies face the same risks described with respect to our product candidates currently in development and clinical trials, including the potential for serious adverse effects, delay in their clinical trials and lack of FDA approval.
31
If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not approve these other products or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, quality, manufacturing or supply issues arise with, the products we choose to evaluate in combination with our product candidate we develop, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market such combination therapy.
If we are unable to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for any required companion diagnostic tests for our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, we may fail to obtain approval or may not realize the full commercial potential of these product candidates.
In connection with the clinical development of our product candidates for certain indications, we intend to engage third parties to develop or obtain access to in vitro companion diagnostic tests to identify patient subsets within a disease category who may derive benefit from our product candidates, as we are targeting certain genetically defined populations for our treatments. For example, in the OCX-253 program, we may develop a diagnostic tool for measuring the circulating Chi3l1 as a method of stratifying patients for particular clinical studies. Such companion diagnostics may be used during our clinical trials and may be required in connection with the FDA approval of our product candidates. To be successful, we or our collaborators will need to address a number of scientific, technical, regulatory and logistical challenges. Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval prior to commercialization.
Given our limited experience in developing and commercializing diagnostics, we intend to rely on third parties for the design, development and manufacture of companion diagnostic tests for our therapeutic product candidates that may require such tests. If we enter into such collaborative agreements, we will be dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of our future collaborators in developing and obtaining approval for these companion diagnostics. We and our future collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing and obtaining approval for the companion diagnostics, including issues relating to selectivity/specificity, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation of companion diagnostics. We and our future collaborators also may encounter difficulties in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, manufacturing and commercializing companion diagnostics similar to those we face with respect to our therapeutic product candidates themselves, including issues with achieving regulatory clearance or approval, production of sufficient quantities at commercial scale and with appropriate quality standards, and in gaining market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for these therapeutic product candidates, or experience delays in doing so, the development of these therapeutic product candidates may be adversely affected, these therapeutic product candidates may not obtain marketing approval or such approval may be delayed, and we may not realize the full commercial potential of any of these therapeutics that obtain marketing approval. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, a diagnostic company with whom we contract may decide to discontinue developing, selling or manufacturing the companion diagnostic test that we anticipate using in connection with development and commercialization of our product candidates or our relationship with such diagnostic company may otherwise terminate. We may not be able to enter into arrangements with another diagnostic company to obtain supplies of an alternative diagnostic test for use in connection with the development and commercialization of our product candidates or do so on commercially reasonable terms, which could adversely affect and/or delay the development or commercialization of our therapeutic product candidates.
We may in the future seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, but we may be unable to obtain orphan drug designation and, even if we obtain such designation, we may not be able to realize or maintain the benefits of such designation, including potential marketing exclusivity of our product candidates, if approved.
Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and other major markets, may designate products intended to treat conditions or diseases affecting relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a drug or biologic product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is
32
generally defined as having a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the product will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a marketing application. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug or biologic and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.
Generally, if a product candidate with an orphan drug designation receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities from approving another marketing application for a product that constitutes the same drug treating the same indication for a period of seven (7) years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity. Orphan drug exclusivity may be revoked if any regulatory agency determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.
We may seek orphan drug designation for OCF-203 for IPF and HPS, and some of our other future product candidates in additional orphan indications in which there is a medically plausible basis for the use of these products. We may be unable to obtain and maintain orphan drug designation and, even if we obtain such designation, we may not be able to realize the benefits of such designation, including potential marketing exclusivity of our product candidates, if approved.
Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product candidate, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition in the United States. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA may subsequently approve another drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the latter drug is not the same drug or is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial financial or other liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.
We will face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of testing any of our other product candidates in clinical trials, and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
|
inability to bring a product candidate to the market; |
|
decreased demand for our products; |
|
injury to our reputation; |
|
withdrawal of clinical trial participants and inability to continue clinical trials; |
|
initiation of investigations by regulators; |
33
|
fines, injunctions or criminal penalties; |
|
costs to defend the related litigation; |
|
diversion of managements time and our resources; |
|
substantial monetary awards to trial participants; |
|
product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions; |
|
loss of revenue; |
|
exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources; |
|
the inability to commercialize any product candidate, if approved; and |
|
decline in our share price. |
Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop. We will need to obtain additional insurance for clinical trials as our product candidates enter the clinic. However, we may be unable to obtain, or may obtain on unfavorable terms, clinical trial insurance in amounts adequate to cover any liabilities from any of our clinical trials. Our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.
We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than us.
The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We may face competition with respect to any product candidates that we seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major biopharmaceutical companies, specialty biopharmaceutical companies, and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, venture capital firms, hedge funds, government agencies, and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection, and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing, and commercialization.
There are a number of large biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are currently pursuing the development of products, or already have products in the market, for the treatment of cancer, fibrosis, malaria, and COVID-19. Although we believe that our approaches are unique, there is no assurance that they will demonstrate advantages or even parity against competitive products from other companies, including those with significant financial resources such as BristolMyersSquibb, Merck, Genentech, AstraZeneca/Daiichi Sankyo, Roche, Boehringer Ingelheim and AbbVie, as well as emerging biotechnology companies such as Galapagos, Indalo, Kadmon Holdings, Galecto and Liminal BioSciences, to name a few. For additional information on our competitors please see the Business Section.
Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their strategic partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and marketing approved products than we do.
Mergers and acquisitions in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements
34
with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, more convenient, or less expensive than any products that we may develop. Furthermore, products currently approved for other indications could be discovered to be effective treatments of fibrosis as well, which could give such products significant regulatory and market timing advantages over our product candidates. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, products or technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete and we may not be successful in marketing any product candidates we may develop against competitors. The availability of competitive products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize.
Risks Related to Manufacturing
Because we rely on third-party manufacturing and supply vendors, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.
We rely on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials. We do not own manufacturing facilities for producing any clinical trial product supplies. There can be no assurance that our preclinical and clinical development product supplies will not be limited, interrupted, or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. For example, the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, or of any similar crises, may impact our ability to procure sufficient supplies for the development of our product candidates, particularly given delays or gaps in supply of materials driven by the prioritization of vaccine development during the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, any replacement of a contract manufacturer could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.
The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards, such as current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. In the event that any of our manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we currently do not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with another third-party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third-party and a feasible alternative may not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third-party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability or bridging study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product candidate according to the specifications previously submitted to the FDA or another regulatory authority. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.
To the extent that we enter into future manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and
35
regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third-partys failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements and comply with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:
|
an inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of product candidates under development; |
|
delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for product candidates; |
|
loss of the cooperation of an existing or future collaborator; |
|
subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities; |
|
requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of our product candidates; and |
|
in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products. |
Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.
As product candidates progress through preclinical to late stage clinical trials to marketing approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize yield, manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent quality and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue.
In addition, there are risks associated with large scale manufacturing for clinical trials or commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, compliance with good manufacturing practices, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that our manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential commercial launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. Additionally, if we advance a biological candidate into IND-enabling studies, the manufacturing processes for biological products is more complex and expensive than with small molecule products and additional manufacturing suppliers may be needed to manufacture clinical supplies for these programs. If our manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization, our development and commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
The manufacture of drug products, and particularly biologics, is complex and our third-party manufacturers may encounter difficulties in production. If any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our current product candidates or any future product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or prevented.
Manufacturing drugs, particularly biologics, especially in large quantities, is often complex and may require the use of innovative technologies to handle living cells. Each lot of an approved biologic must undergo thorough testing for identity, strength, quality, purity and potency. Manufacturing biologics
36
requires facilities specifically designed for and validated for this purpose, and sophisticated quality assurance and quality control procedures are necessary. Slight deviations anywhere in the manufacturing process, including filling, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping and quality control and testing, may result in lot failures, product recalls or spoilage. When changes are made to the manufacturing process, we may be required to provide preclinical and clinical data showing the comparable identity, strength, quality, purity or potency of the products before and after such changes. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered at the facilities of our manufacturers, such facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination, which could delay clinical trials and adversely harm our business.
In addition, there are risks associated with large scale manufacturing for clinical trials or commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, compliance with good manufacturing practices, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we obtain marketing approval for any of our current product candidates or any future product candidates, there is no assurance that our manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential commercial launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. If our manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization, our development and commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Risks Related to Commercialization
Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.
Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid programs and managed care organizations, and others in the medical community. In addition, the availability of coverage by third-party payors may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures designed to reduce the cost of health care. If the product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable.
The degree of market acceptance of any product candidate, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:
|
the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments; |
|
the ability to offer our products, if approved, for sale at competitive prices; |
|
the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments; |
|
the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies; |
|
the price we pay or any of our future collaborators charge for our products; |
|
the recommendations with respect to our product candidates in guidelines published by various scientific organizations applicable to us and our product candidates; |
|
the strength of marketing and distribution support; |
|
the ability to obtain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement; |
|
the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and |
|
The size and effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution support. |
37
If government and other third-party payors do not provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels for any products we commercialize, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.
The market opportunities for our product candidates may be relatively small since the patients who may potentially be treated with our product candidates are those who are ineligible for or have failed prior treatments, and our estimates of the prevalence of our target patient populations may be inaccurate.
Cancer therapies are sometimes characterized by line of therapy (first line, second line, third line, fourth line, etc.), and the FDA often approves new therapies initially only for a particular line or lines of use. When cancer is detected early enough, first line therapy is sometimes adequate to cure the cancer or prolong life without a cure. Whenever first line therapy, usually chemotherapy, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, hormone therapy, radiation therapy, surgery, or a combination of these, proves unsuccessful, second line therapy may be administered. Second line therapies often consist of more chemotherapy, radiation, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, or a combination of these. Third line therapies can include chemotherapy, antibody drugs and small molecule tumor-targeted therapies, more invasive forms of surgery and new technologies. In our oncology program, we may initially seek approval of certain of our product candidates as a second or third line therapy, for use in patients with relapsed or refractory metastatic cancer. Subsequently, for those product candidates that prove to be sufficiently safe and beneficial, if any, we would expect to seek approval as a second line therapy and potentially as a first line therapy, but there is no guarantee that our product candidates, even if approved as a second or subsequent line of therapy, would be approved for an earlier line of therapy, and, prior to any such approvals, we may have to conduct additional clinical trials.
Our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, who may have their tumors genetically sequenced, as well as the subset of people with these cancers in a position to receive a particular line of therapy and who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new therapies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of the cancers that we are targeting. Consequently, even if our product candidates are approved for a second or third line of therapy, the number of patients that may be eligible for treatment with our product candidates may turn out to be much lower than expected. In addition, we have not yet conducted market research to determine how treating physicians would expect to prescribe a product that is approved for multiple tumor types if there are different lines of approved therapies for each such tumor type.
We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.
We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receive regulatory approval, we expect to establish either an internal or external marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and, to the extent we establish such organization in house, time consuming. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in establishing or managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal or external sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. If we choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, we may not be able
38
to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.
Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties
Third Party Risks Related to Our Product Development
We rely on third parties to conduct all or certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize any potential product candidates.
We depend upon third parties to conduct all or certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, under agreements with universities, medical institutions, CROs, CMOs, strategic collaborators and others. We expect to continue to negotiate budgets and contracts with such third parties, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs.
We will rely especially heavily on third parties over the course of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and, as a result, we control only certain aspects of their activities. As a result, we have less direct control over the conduct, timing and completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and the management of data developed through preclinical studies and clinical trials than would be the case if we relied entirely upon our own staff. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials are conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCP and cGMP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP and cGMP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators, manufacturers and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP or cGMP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to suspend or terminate these trials or perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP or cGMP requirements.
Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Failure by us or by third parties we engage to comply with regulatory requirements can also result in fines, adverse publicity, and civil and criminal sanctions. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.
Any third parties conducting aspects of our preclinical studies, clinical trials or manufacturing process will not be our employees and, except for remedies that may be available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our preclinical studies and clinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the preclinical or clinical data they obtain is
39
compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons or if due to federal or state orders or absenteeism due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other such crises they are unable to meet their contractual and regulatory obligations, our development timelines, including clinical development timelines, may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.
If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs, CMOs or others terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs, CMOs or other third parties or to do so on commercially reasonable terms.
Switching or adding additional CROs or CMOs involves additional cost and requires extensive time and focus of our management. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO or CMO begins work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired development timelines.
Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs and CMOs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.
We rely on third parties for blood and other tissue samples and other materials required for our research and development activities, and if we are unable to reach agreements with these third parties our research and development activities would be delayed.
We rely on third parties, primarily hospitals, health clinics and academic institutions, for the provision of blood and other tissue samples, clinical and laboratory supplies and other materials required in our research and development activities. Obtaining these materials requires various approvals as well as reaching a commercial agreement on acceptable terms with the hospital or other provider of the materials. While we expect to enter into agreements with the institutions from which we receive our tissue samples, we do not have any exclusive arrangements with such sources and there is no guarantee that we will be able to enter into or renew such agreements on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we were unable to enter into or renew such agreements we would be forced to seek new arrangements with new hospitals, clinics or health institutions. If so, we may not be able to reach agreements with alternative partners or do so on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to enter into such agreements, our research and development activities will be delayed and our ability to implement a key part of our development strategy will be compromised.
We are a party to license and sublicense agreements pursuant to which we are obligated to make substantial payments upon achievement of milestone events.
We are a party to various license and sublicense agreements that are important to our business and to our current and future product candidates. For example, we sublicense all of the technologies forming our oncology, fibrosis and infectious disease programs from Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D. and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., which licenses such technologies from Brown University. We also license all of the technologies forming our inflammation program from Stanford University. These agreements contain obligations that require us to make substantial payments in the event certain milestone events are achieved.
All of our current product candidates are being developed through license and sublicense agreements from Elkurt and Stanford University, as applicable. Our rights to use currently licensed intellectual property from Elkhurt are be subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of our sublicense agreements with Elkurt. In spite of our efforts, Elkhurt might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under one or more of such sublicenses and might therefore terminate any of such agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and
40
technology covered by these agreements. For example, our sublicense of the FRG Antibody from Elkhurt (which license such technology from Brown University on substantially parallel terms) is subject to termination by Elkhurt if in the event of a default by us that is not cured within 30 days. If any of our existing license or sublicense agreements were to be terminated, our business and prospects could be substantially harmed.
A core element of our business strategy also includes continuing to acquire or in-license additional technologies or product candidates. As a result, we intend to periodically explore a variety of possible strategic collaborations or licenses in an effort to gain access to additional product candidates, technologies or resources.
Furthermore, license agreements we enter into in the future may not provide exclusive rights to use intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses.
Collaborations are and will be important to our business. If we are unable to enter into new collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.
A part of our strategy is to maximize the value of our product candidates by evaluating partnerships where we believe partners can add significant commercial and/or development capabilities. Further, we have limited capabilities for product development and do not yet have any capability for commercialization. Accordingly, we have and may in the future enter into collaborations with other organizations to provide us with important technologies and funding for our programs and technology.
The collaborations we enter into may pose a number of risks, including the following:
|
collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply; |
|
collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected; |
|
collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs or license arrangements based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as a strategic transaction that may divert resources or create competing priorities; |
|
collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing; |
|
collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products and product candidates if the collaborators believe that the competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours; |
|
product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates; |
|
collaborators may fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the development, manufacture, distribution or marketing of a product candidate or product; |
|
collaborators with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products; |
41
|
collaborators may not provide us with timely and accurate information regarding development progress and activity under any future license agreement, which could adversely impact our ability to report progress to our investors and otherwise plan development of our product candidates; |
|
disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or terminations of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive; |
|
collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation; |
|
collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; |
|
if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us; and |
|
collaborations may be terminated by the collaborator, and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates. |
If the collaborations we enter into do not result in the successful discovery, development and commercialization of product candidates or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under such collaboration. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our therapeutic collaborators.
Additionally, if one of our existing or future collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that any of our existing or future collaborators were to terminate a collaboration agreement, we may be forced to independently develop these product candidates, including funding preclinical or clinical trials, assuming marketing and distribution costs and defending intellectual property rights, or, in certain instances, abandon product candidates altogether, any of which could result in a change to our business plan and a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators for our product candidates, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. In order for us to successfully establish a collaboration for one or more of our product candidates, potential collaborators must view these product candidates as economically valuable in markets they determine to be attractive in light of the terms that we are seeking and other available products for licensing by other companies. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large biopharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborators resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborators evaluation of a number of factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain
42
additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to enter into future collaborations or do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates, bring them to market and generate revenue from sales of drugs or continue to develop our technology, and our business may be materially and adversely affected. Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish new strategic collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us, and we may not be able to maintain such strategic collaborations if, for example, development or approval of a product candidate is delayed or sales of an approved product are disappointing. Any delay in entering into new strategic collaboration agreements related to our product candidates could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.
Our business will depend in large part on obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection of our proprietary technologies and our product candidates, their respective components, synthetic intermediates, formulations, combination therapies, methods used to manufacture them and methods of treatment, as well as successfully defending these patents against third-party challenges. We currently license or sublicense all of the intellectual property underlying our product candidates from universities, and as such do not currently maintain patents regarding the intellectual property we use. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities and whether a court would issue an injunctive remedy. If we are unable to secure and maintain patent protection for any product or technology we develop, or if the scope of the patent protection secured is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop may be adversely affected.
The patenting process is expensive and time-consuming, and we or our licensors may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. In addition, we or our licensors may not pursue, obtain, or maintain patent protection in all relevant markets. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license or sublicense from or license to third parties and are reliant on our licensors, sublicensors or licensees.
The strength of patents in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we in-license or may own in the future may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our technology, including our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent applications we hold with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, and threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.
43
We cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our technology, including our product candidates, and, if we were not, we may be precluded from obtaining patent protection for our technology, including our product candidates.
We cannot be certain that we are the first to invent the inventions covered by pending patent applications and, if we are not, we may be subject to priority disputes. Furthermore, for United States applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third-party or instituted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. Similarly, for United States applications in which at least one claim is not entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, derivation proceedings can be instituted to determine whether the subject matter of a patent claim was derived from a prior inventors disclosure.
We may be required to disclaim part or all of the term of certain patents or all of the term of certain patent applications. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of a patent or patent application claim. There also may be prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. No assurance can be given that if challenged, our patents would be declared by a court to be valid or enforceable or that even if found valid and enforceable, would adequately protect our product candidates, or would be found by a court to be infringed by a competitors technology or product. We may analyze patents or patent applications of our competitors that we believe are relevant to our activities, and consider that we are free to operate in relation to our product candidates, but our competitors may achieve issued claims, including in patents we consider to be unrelated, which block our efforts or may potentially result in our product candidates or our activities infringing such claims. The possibility exists that others will develop products which have the same effect as our products on an independent basis which do not infringe our patents or other intellectual property rights, or will design around the claims of patents that may issue that cover our products.
Recent or future patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. Under the enacted Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or America Invents Act, enacted in 2013, the United States moved from a first to invent to a first-to-file system. Under a first-to-file system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to a patent on the invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The America Invents Act includes a number of other significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and establish a new post-grant review system. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO only recently developed new regulations and procedures in connection with the America Invents Act and many of the substantive changes to patent law, including the first-to-file provisions, only became effective in March 2013. In addition, the courts have yet to address many of these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. However, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:
|
others may be able to make or use compounds that are similar to the compositions of our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our patents or those of our licensors; |
|
we or our licensors, as the case may be, may fail to meet our obligations to the U.S. government in regards to any in-licensed patents and patent applications funded by U.S. government grants, leading to the loss of patent rights; |
44
|
we or our licensors, as the case may be, might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions; |
|
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies; |
|
it is possible that our pending patent applications will not result in issued patents; |
|
it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our or our licensors patents, as the case may be, or parts of our or their patents; |
|
it is possible that others may circumvent our owned or in-licensed patents; |
|
it is possible that there are unpublished applications or patent applications maintained in secrecy that may later issue with claims covering our products or technology similar to ours; |
|
the laws of foreign countries may not protect our or our licensors, as the case may be, proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States; |
|
the claims of our owned or in-licensed issued patents or patent applications, if and when issued, may not cover our product candidates; |
|
our owned or in-licensed issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be narrowed in scope, or be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties; |
|
the inventors of our owned or in-licensed patents or patent applications may become involved with competitors, develop products or processes which design around our patents, or become hostile to us or the patents or patent applications on which they are named as inventors; |
|
our license with Stanford University in connection with our anti-inflammatory candidate for COVID-19 is nonexclusive, and as a result we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford; |
|
it is possible that our owned or in-licensed patents or patent applications omit individual(s) that should be listed as inventor(s) or include individual(s) that should not be listed as inventor(s), which may cause these patents or patents issuing from these patent applications to be held invalid or unenforceable; |
|
we have engaged in scientific collaborations in the past, and will continue to do so in the future. Such collaborators may develop adjacent or competing products to ours that are outside the scope of our patents; |
|
we may not develop additional proprietary technologies for which we can obtain patent protection; |
|
it is possible that product candidates or diagnostic tests we develop may be covered by third parties patents or other exclusive rights; |
|
the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business; or |
|
given that the preclinical developments of our oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs have, to date, been funded through grants totaling $105.6 million (prior to in-licensing our product candidates), which includes grants from the federal government, it is possible that the federal government could invoke its march-in rights under 35 U.S.C. §203 if it deems that it is necessary for it, or for third parties it designates, to practice our patent rights in order to address a national public safety or national security threat. |
Some intellectual property that we have in-licensed may have been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as march-in rights, certain reporting
45
requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.
Intellectual property rights we have licensed were generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our current or future product candidates pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, or Bayh-Dole Act, and implementing regulations. These U.S. government rights in certain inventions developed under a government-funded program include a nonexclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right to require us or our licensors to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or nonexclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations (also referred to as march-in rights). Our product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs are subject to such march-in rights. The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if we, or the applicable licensor, fail to disclose the invention to the government and fail to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. These time limits have recently been changed by regulation, and may change in the future. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or the applicable licensor to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying the subject invention or produced through the use of the subject invention be manufactured substantially in the United States. The manufacturing preference requirement can be waived if the owner of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. manufacturers may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our current or future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.
In addition to patent protection, we rely heavily upon know-how and trade secret protection, such as that involved in our WPDS platform, and we intend to enter into non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third-parties prior to our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, to protect our confidential and proprietary information, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. In addition to contractual measures, we expect to try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third-party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. For example, the way in which we use our WPDS platform is proprietary and confidential. If one or more third parties obtain or are otherwise able to replicate these techniques, an important feature and differentiator of our clinical development strategy will become available to potential competitors. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed.
46
In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. If we choose to go to court to stop a third-party from using any of our trade secrets, we may incur substantial costs. These lawsuits may consume our time and other resources even if we are successful. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology.
Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual or entity during the course of the partys relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. We have also adopted policies and conduct training that provides guidance on our expectations, and our advice for best practices, in protecting our trade secrets.
Risks Related to Third Party Intellectual Property
We have entered into and may enter into license, sublicense or other collaboration agreements in the future that may impose certain obligations on us. If we fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements with third parties, we could lose license or sublicense rights that may be important to our future business.
In connection with our efforts to expand our pipeline of product candidates, we have entered into and may enter into certain licenses, sublicenses or other collaboration agreements in the future pertaining to the in-license of rights to additional candidates. Such agreements impose various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance or other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensor or collaboration partners may have the right to terminate the relevant agreement, in which event we would not be able to develop or market the products covered by such licensed or sublicensed intellectual property.
Moreover, disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:
|
the scope of rights granted under the license or sublicense agreement and other interpretation-related issues; |
|
the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement; |
|
the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships; |
|
our diligence obligations under the license or sublicense agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations; |
|
the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and |
|
the priority of invention of patented technology. |
We are currently party to various license and sublicense agreements that we depend on to operate our business, and our rights to use currently licensed intellectual property are be subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of these agreements. In spite of our efforts, our licensors and/or
47
sublicensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under such license agreements or sublicense and might therefore terminate the license or sublicense agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by such agreements. In the event that we breach any of our sublicense agreements, or if any of the parties from whom we have sublicensed intellectual property breach the underlying license agreements, we may not be entitled to the intellectual property that we sublicense. Moreover, in the event that our licensors and/or sublicensors terminate such agreements, we may be unable to successfully prove that we have not materially breached our obligations if we disagree with the assertion, and we may be required to expend significant resources to protect our rights to the intellectual property even if our efforts to do so are ultimately unsuccessful.
In addition, the agreements under which we currently license and sublicense intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed or sublicensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.
In addition, we may have limited control over the maintenance and prosecution of these in-licensed patents and patent applications, or any other intellectual property that may be related to our in-licensed intellectual property. For example, we cannot be certain that such activities by any future licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. We have limited control over the manner in which our licensors or sublicensors initiate an infringement proceeding against a third-party infringer of the intellectual property rights, or defend certain of the intellectual property that is licensed or sublicensed to us. It is possible that such infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves.
Our collaborators may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions they develop from research we support or that we develop from our use of the blood and other tissue samples and other materials required for our research and development activities, which they provide to us, or otherwise arising from the collaboration.
We collaborate with several institutions, universities, medical centers, physicians and researchers in scientific matters and expect to continue to enter into additional collaboration agreements. In certain cases, we do not have written agreements with these collaborators, or the written agreements we have do may not cover all instances of medical development that are researched by the counterparty. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership and commercial rights to any inventions that result from our use of a third-party collaborators materials, or if disputes arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborators samples, or data developed in a collaborators study, we may be limited in our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions or developments.
Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization.
There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to compositions of matter, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment that encompass the composition, use or manufacture of our product candidates. There may be currently pending patent applications of which we are currently unaware which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates or their use or manufacture may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover our product candidates, intermediates used in the manufacture of our product candidates or our materials generally, aspects of our formulations or methods of use, the holders of any such patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license or sublicense or until such patent expires or is finally
48
determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. In either case, such a license or sublicense may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a necessary or sublicense to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our ability to commercialize our product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business. Even if we obtain a or sublicense, it may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed or sublicensed to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, sublicense, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.
Parties making claims against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses or sublicenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any such license or sublicense would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses or sublicenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses or sublicenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly.
Third parties may assert that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.
As is common in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries, we collaborate with and/or employ and intend to collaborate with and/or employ individuals who were previously affiliated with universities or other biotechnology or biopharmaceutical companies, including those that operate in the same indications we do. Although no claims against us are currently pending, and although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. This type of litigation or proceeding could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. We may be unable to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings as a result of our currently limited financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace.
We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to develop any future product candidates on acceptable terms.
Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights.
49
Our product candidates may also require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and these rights may be held by others. We may develop products containing our drug substance and pre-existing biopharmaceutical compounds. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all, which would harm our business. We may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by such third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe on such intellectual property rights which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license or sublicense, it may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.
Additionally, we currently collaborate and intend to continue collaborating with academic institutions to facilitate and/or complement our preclinical research and/or clinical development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions may provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institutions rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of such options, if we are granted one, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of such program and our business and financial condition could suffer.
The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and institutions, which may be more established, or have greater resources than we do, may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established institutions may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete such negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property surrounding the additional product candidates that we may seek to acquire.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property Litigation
Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, inter partes review, post grant review, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our product candidates and/or proprietary technologies infringe their intellectual property rights. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of drugs, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may
50
be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.
If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:
|
infringement and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our managements attention from our core business; |
|
substantial damages for infringement, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product candidate or technology at issue infringes on or violates the third-partys rights, and, if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owners attorneys fees; |
|
a court prohibiting us from developing, manufacturing, marketing or selling our product candidates, or from using our proprietary technologies, unless the third-party licenses its product rights to us, which it is not required to do; |
|
if a license is available from a third-party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees and other amounts, and/or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products and any license that is available may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property; and |
|
redesigning our product candidates or processes so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time. |
Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure.
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.
Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our current or future licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of our patents is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question or for other reasons. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business.
We may choose to challenge the patentability of claims in a third-partys U.S. patent by requesting that the USPTO review the patent claims in an ex-parte re-examination, inter partes review or post-grant review proceedings. These proceedings are expensive and may consume our time or other resources. We may choose to challenge a third-partys patent in patent opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, or EPO, or other foreign patent office. The costs of these opposition proceedings could be substantial, and may consume our time or other resources. If we fail to obtain a favorable result at the USPTO, EPO or other patent office then we may be exposed to litigation by a third-party alleging that the patent may be infringed by our product candidates or proprietary technologies.
51
In addition, because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, and publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our owned and in-licensed issued patents or our pending applications, or that we or, if applicable, a licensor were the first to invent the technology. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our owned and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to those owned by or in-licensed to us, we or, in the case of in-licensed technology, the licensor may have to participate in an interference or derivation proceeding declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. If we or one of our licensors is a party to an interference or derivation proceeding involving a U.S. patent application on inventions owned by or in-licensed to us, we may incur substantial costs, divert managements time and expend other resources, even if we are successful.
Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a nonexclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. Litigation or interference proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property Laws
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process and following the issuance of a patent. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In certain circumstances, even inadvertent noncompliance events may permanently and irrevocably jeopardize patent rights. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
52
Any patents, if issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or the USPTO.
If we or one of our licensors initiate legal proceedings against a third-party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third-party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, or if we are otherwise unable to adequately protect our rights, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to commercialize or license our technology and product candidates.
Likewise, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions, our current sublicensed patents sublicensed from Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University may expire before, or soon after, our first product achieves marketing approval in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. Upon the expiration of our current patents, we may lose the right to exclude others from practicing these inventions. The expiration of these patents could also have a similar material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We also have rights to pending patent applications covering our proprietary technologies or our product candidates, but we cannot be assured that the USPTO or relevant foreign patent offices will grant any of these patent applications.
Changes in patent law in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.
Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. On March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16, 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensors patents or patent applications.
The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the
53
validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter-partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biopharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.
We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of, and may require a compulsory license to, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products against third parties in violation of our proprietary rights generally. The initiation of proceedings by third parties to challenge the scope or validity of our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
54
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions such as patent term adjustments and/or extensions, may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.
If we do not obtain patent term extension and data exclusivity for any product candidates we may develop, our business may be materially harmed.
Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
55
Risks Related to Managing Our Business and Operations
The outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease, COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our preclinical studies and clinical trials.
In December 2019, a novel strain of the coronavirus disease, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. This virus continues to spread globally and has spread to a number countries globally, including the United States. The outbreak and government measures taken in response have also had a significant impact, both direct and indirect, on businesses and commerce, as worker shortages have occurred; supply chains have been disrupted; facilities and production have been suspended; and demand for certain goods and services, such as medical services and supplies, has spiked, while demand for other goods and services, such as travel, has fallen. In response to the spread of COVID-19, we have closed our executive offices with our administrative employees continuing their work outside of our offices and limited the number of staff in any given research and development laboratory. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience disruptions that could severely impact our business, including:
|
interruptions in preclinical studies due to restricted or limited operations at our laboratory facilities or at facilities of our collaborators; |
|
interruption of, or delays in receiving, supplies for preclinical and/or clinical trials from our CROs, CMOs or other collaborators due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in delivery systems; |
|
limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people; |
|
interruption or delays to our sourced discovery and clinical activities; |
|
delays in receiving authorizations from regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials; |
|
delays or difficulties in commencing enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, enrolling and retaining patients in our clinical trials in adequate numbers and difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff; |
|
diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials; |
|
interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site data monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by federal or state governments, employers and others or interruption of clinical trial subject visits and study procedures that are deemed nonessential, which may impact the integrity of subject data and clinical trial endpoints; and |
|
interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may impact review and approval timelines. |
The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. The extent to which the outbreak impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the pandemic, travel restrictions and social distancing in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease.
Our internal computer systems, or those of our collaborators or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.
Our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future collaborators and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural
56
disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Such a material system failure, accident or security breach could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from an of our clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Additionally, during the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been a number of security breaches relating to companies providing or developing treatments or vaccines related to COVID-19. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.
We could be subject to risks caused by misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or intentional or accidental release or loss of information maintained in the information systems and networks of our company and our vendors, including personal information of our employees and study subjects, and company and vendor confidential data. In addition, outside parties may attempt to penetrate our systems or those of our vendors or fraudulently induce our personnel or the personnel of our vendors to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data and/or systems. We may experience threats to our data and systems, including malicious codes and viruses, phishing and other cyberattack. The number and complexity of these threats continue to increase over time. If a material breach of, or accidental or intentional loss of data from, our information technology systems or those of our vendors occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and our reputation and credibility could be damaged. We could be required to expend significant amounts of money and other resources to repair or replace information systems or networks. In addition, we could be subject to regulatory actions and/or claims made by individuals and groups in private litigation involving privacy issues related to data collection and use practices and other data privacy laws and regulations, including claims for misuse or inappropriate disclosure of data, as well as unfair or deceptive practices. The development and maintenance of these systems, controls and processes is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become increasingly sophisticated. Moreover, despite our efforts, the possibility of these events occurring cannot be eliminated entirely. As we outsource more of our information systems to vendors, engage in more electronic transactions with payors and patients, and rely more on cloud-based information systems, the related security risks will increase and we will need to expend additional resources to protect our technology and information systems. In addition, there can be no assurance that our internal information technology systems or those of our third-party contractors, or our consultants efforts to implement adequate security and control measures, will be sufficient to protect us against breakdowns, service disruption, data deterioration or loss in the event of a system malfunction, or prevent data from being stolen or corrupted in the event of a cyberattack, security breach, industrial espionage attacks or insider threat attacks which could result in financial, legal, business or reputational harm.
We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters, as well as occurrences of civil unrest, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster, including earthquakes, outbreak of disease or other natural disasters and civil unrest.
Our operations may be adversely affected by fire, climate events, or other manmade or natural disasters or incidents, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster or event. Such incidents or events may result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or of our collaborators, and thus may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and may have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Loss of access to these facilities may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. Natural or manmade
57
disasters could further disrupt our operations, and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage, fire or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our critical infrastructure, such as our research facilities or the research or manufacturing facilities of our third-party collaborators, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time.
Our disaster recovery and business continuity plans may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery, insurance coverage, and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Risks Related to Growing Our Organization
We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could adversely affect our operations.
As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees. As our clinical development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we will need to expand our managerial, clinical, regulatory, sales, marketing, financial, development, manufacturing and legal capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic collaborators, suppliers and other third parties. Our future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:
|
identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees; |
|
managing our development and commercialization efforts effectively, including the clinical and FDA review process for our product candidates, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and |
|
improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. |
Our ability to continue to develop and, if approved, commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth. Our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.
We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including contract manufacturers and companies focused on research and development and discovery activities. There can be no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality, accuracy or quantity of the services provided is compromised for any reason, our pre-clinical and clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain, or may be substantially delayed in obtaining, regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.
If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.
We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of managements attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies,
58
failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.
The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all.
Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts included in this prospectus relating to size and expected growth of our target market may prove to be inaccurate. For example, if and when vaccines for COVID-19 become generally available, the addressable market for our anti-inflammatory program candidate, angiotensin 1-7, may decrease if the number of people who contract COVID-19 decreases. This could impair our ability to commercialize these therapies or to maximize their value to us. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties.
We may engage in strategic transactions, which could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses, and present significant distractions to our management.
We may consider engaging in a variety of different business arrangements, including mergers and acquisitions, spin-outs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, co-marketing, co-promotion, distributorships, development and co-development, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments on a global basis. Any such transaction(s) may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near- and long-term expenditures, grow and expand rapidly putting pressure on current resources and capabilities, and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, and any transaction that we do complete could expose us to liability, delays, and implementation obstacles that could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. We have no current commitment or obligation to enter into any transaction described above other than ones to which we are already committed.
Risks Related to Employee Matters
If we lose key management or scientific personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to develop current product candidates or identify and develop new product candidates will be impaired, could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.
Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, including our CEO, Elizabeth Ng, MBA, our CSO, Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., and our EVP External Innovation, Daniel Behr, MBA and our scientific and medical personnel, including Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees, and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business.
We conduct our operations in the greater Boston area and the San Francisco Bay area. These regions are home to many other biopharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and research institutions. Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.
To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we intend to provide restricted stock awards and stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of
59
restricted stock awards and stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Our key employees are at-will employees, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel.
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, collaborators and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, collaborators and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to comply with the laws of the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws, or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws will also increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations.
Risks Related to Tax and Accounting Matters
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitation.
We may from time to time generate net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes that are subject to expiration. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, changes in our ownership may limit the amount of our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset our future taxable income, if any. This limitation would generally apply in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50 percentage points within a three-year period. Any such limitation may significantly reduce our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards before they expire. Private placements and other transactions that we may execute, as well as this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, may trigger such an ownership change pursuant to Section 382. Any such limitation, sales of our common stock by our existing stockholders or additional sales of our common stock by us, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future years. Our ability to utilize those net operating loss carryforwards could be limited by an ownership change as described above, which could result in increased tax liability to us. Net operating losses generated after
60
December 31, 2017 are not subject to expiration, but may not be carried back to prior taxable years, except that net operating losses generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 may be carried back five taxable years. Additionally, the deductibility of such U.S. federal net operating losses is limited to 80% of our taxable income in any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2020.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.
In connection with our preparation and the audits of our financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the companys financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Specifically, our material weakness is that management does not have adequate staffing in its accounting department and has not yet designed and implemented the appropriate processes and internal controls to support accurate and timely financial reporting.
We are working to remediate the material weakness and are taking steps to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting such as the hiring of Gurinder Kalra as Chief Financial Officer in first quarter of 2021. Additionally, we plan to further develop and implement formal policies, processes and documentation procedures relating to our financial reporting, including the oversight of third-party service providers. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing executive management review. If we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness, or if in the future, we identify further material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis, and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company, we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from the Nasdaq Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business. In addition, we could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, and other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and our financial condition, or divert financial and management resources from our core business.
Neither our management nor an independent registered public accounting firm has performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, because no such evaluation has been required. Had we or our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud.
61
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, however they will not be required to do so for so long as we are an EGC. We could be an EGC for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting could detect problems that our managements assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting could lead to restatements of our financial statements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Risks Related to Marketing, Reimbursement, Healthcare Regulations and Ongoing Regulatory Compliance
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any product candidates profitably.
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. In the United States, sales of any products for which we may receive regulatory marketing approval will depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, and the Veterans Administration, managed care providers, private health insurers, and other organizations. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we may develop.
62
Government authorities and other third-party payors decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payors determination that use of a product is:
|
a covered benefit under its health plan; |
|
safe, effective and medically necessary; |
|
appropriate for the specific patient; |
|
cost-effective; and |
|
neither experimental nor investigational. |
In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of product candidates, once approved. It is difficult to predict what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved.
Changes to currently applicable laws and state and federal healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.
Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of biopharmaceutical products. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers can expose biopharmaceutical manufacturers to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, and the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which such companies sell, market and distribute biopharmaceutical products. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:
|
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal |
63
healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, a claim submitted for payment to any federal health care program that includes items or services that were made as a result of a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between biopharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers, among others, on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution; |
|
the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the FCA, and civil monetary penalty laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false, fictitious or fraudulent claims for payment to, or approval by Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs; knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to cause the submission of false or fraudulent claims. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a whistleblower to bring qui tam actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery; |
|
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal AKS, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it; |
|
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose, among other things, requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their respective business associates, those independent contractors or agents of covered entities that perform services for covered entities that involve the creation, use, receipt, maintenance or disclosure of individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; |
|
the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the ACA, and its implementing regulations, which require some manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Childrens Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by |
64
physicians and their immediate family members. Effective January 1, 2022, these reporting obligations will extend to include transfers of value made in the previous year to certain non-physician providers such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners; |
|
federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and |
|
analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by third-party payors, including private insurers, and may be broader in scope than their federal equivalents; state and foreign laws that require biopharmaceutical companies to comply with the biopharmaceutical industrys voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures or drug pricing; state and local laws that require the registration of biopharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. |
The distribution of biopharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of biopharmaceutical products.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a companys attention from the business.
It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, reputational harm, possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, contractual damages and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Any action for violation of these laws, even if successfully defended, could cause a biopharmaceutical manufacturer to incur significant legal expenses and divert managements attention from the operation of the business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future marketed products could materially affect business in an adverse way.
Even if we receive regulatory approval of any product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.
If any of our product candidates are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct
65
of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.
Manufacturers and their facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.
Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.
The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:
|
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls; |
|
manufacturing delays and supply disruptions where regulatory inspections identify observations of noncompliance requiring remediation; |
|
revisions to the labeling, including limitation on approved uses or the addition of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information, including boxed warnings; |
|
imposition of a REMS, which may include distribution or use restrictions; |
|
requirements to conduct additional post-market clinical trials to assess the safety of the product; |
|
fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials; |
|
refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals; |
|
product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and |
|
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. |
The FDAs and other regulatory authorities policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.
66
The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.
The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the post-approval marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of products that are placed on the market. The FDA and other regulatory agencies impose stringent restrictions on sponsors communications regarding off-label use. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. However companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is not inconsistent with the labeling. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use ad has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. Violation of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, and equivalent legislation in other countries relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription products may also lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state and other countries health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws. Even if it is later determined we were not in violation of these laws, we may be faced with negative publicity, incur significant expenses defending our actions and have to divert significant management resources from other matters. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.
In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was passed, which substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacted the U.S. biopharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 70% (increased pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturers outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.
Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. Various portions of the ACA are currently undergoing legal and constitutional challenges in the United States Supreme Court. It is unclear how such litigation and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business. In addition, the former Trump administration issued various Executive Orders which eliminated cost sharing subsidies and various provisions that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Additionally, Congress has introduced several pieces of legislation aimed at significantly revising or
67
repealing the ACA. It is unclear whether the ACA will be overturned, repealed, replaced, or further amended. We cannot predict what affect further changes to the ACA would have on our business.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislations automatic reduction to several government programs, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2030, unless additional congressional action is taken. However, these Medicare sequester reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The BBA also amended the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, by increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and closing the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the donut hole. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.
Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs.
At the federal level, the former Trump administrations budget for fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. On March 10, 2020, the former Trump administration sent principles for drug pricing to Congress, calling for legislation that would, among other things, cap Medicare Part D beneficiary out-of-pocket pharmacy expenses, provide an option to cap Medicare Part D beneficiary monthly out-of-pocket expenses, and place limits on pharmaceutical price increases. The former Trump administration previously released a Blueprint to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers.
On July 24, 2020, the former United States president signed four Executive Orders directing the Secretary of HHS to: (1) eliminate protection under an Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbor for certain retrospective price reductions provided by drug manufacturers to sponsors of Medicare Part D plans or pharmacy benefit managers that are not applied at the point-of-sale; (2) allow the importation of certain drugs from other countries through individual waivers, permit the re-importation of insulin products, and prioritize finalization of FDAs December 2019 proposed rule to permit the importation of drugs from Canada; (3) ensure that payment by the Medicare program for certain Medicare Part B drugs is not higher than the payment by other comparable countries (depending on whether pharmaceutical manufacturers agree to other measures); and (4) allow certain low-income individuals receiving insulin and epinephrine purchased by a Federally Qualified Health Center, or FQHC, as part of the 340B drug program to purchase those drugs at the discounted price paid by the FQHC. On September 13, 2020, the former U.S. president signed an Executive Order directing HHS to implement a rulemaking plan to test a payment
68
model, pursuant to which Medicare would pay, for certain high-cost prescription drugs and biological products covered by Medicare Part B, no more than the most-favored-nation price (i.e., the lowest price) after adjustments, for a pharmaceutical product that the drug manufacturer sells in a member country of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development that has a comparable per-capita gross domestic product. On November 20, 2020, CMS and the HHS Office of the Inspector General issued two final rules implementing changes to the Physician Self-Referral Law, or Stark Law, and the Anti-Kickback Statute. These new rules codify new value-based exceptions and safe harbors to the Stark Law and the Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as offer additional clarification in the form of updated definitions. We continue to analyze and monitor the potential impact of these new and amended exceptions and safe harbors.
HHS has solicited feedback on some of these measures and has implemented others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule that would allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy, a type of prior authorization, for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMSs policy change that was effective January 1, 2019. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. In addition, individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Further, on May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.
At the state level, legislatures are increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control biopharmaceutical and biologic product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used. Additionally, we expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any future approved product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes.
Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency
69
have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times, and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.
Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities and products while local, national and international conditions warrant. On March 18, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities and provided guidance regarding the conduct of clinical trials, which the FDA continues to update. As of June 23, 2020, the FDA noted it was continuing to ensure timely reviews of applications for medical products during the COVID-19 pandemic in line with its user fee performance goals and conducting mission critical domestic and foreign inspections to ensure compliance of manufacturing facilities with FDA quality standards. On July 16, 2020, FDA noted that it is continuing to expedite oncology product development with its staff teleworking full-time. However, the FDA may not be able to continue its current pace and review timelines could be extended. As of July 2020, utilizing a rating system to assist in determining when and where it is safest to conduct such inspections based on data about the virus trajectory in a given state and locality and the rules and guidelines that are put in place by state and local governments, the FDA is either continuing to, on a case-by-case basis, conduct only mission critical inspections, or, where possible to do so safely, resuming prioritized domestic inspections, which generally include pre-approval inspections. Foreign pre-approval inspections that are not deemed mission-critical remain postponed, while those deemed mission-critical will be considered for inspection on a case-by-case basis. The FDA will use similar data to inform resumption of prioritized operations abroad as it becomes feasible and advisable to do so. The FDA may not be able to maintain this pace, and delays or setbacks are possible in the future. Should the FDA determine that an inspection is necessary for approval and an inspection cannot be completed during the review cycle due to restrictions on travel, the FDA has stated that it generally intends to issue a complete response letter. Further, if there is inadequate information to make a determination on the acceptability of a facility, the FDA may defer action on the application until an inspection can be completed. Additionally, regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.
We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.
Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from
70
recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase in time. We plan to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.
If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.
Our research and development activities and our third-party manufacturers and suppliers activities involve the controlled storage, use, and disposal of hazardous materials, including the components of our product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts, and business operations, and cause environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by us and our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources, and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of specified materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently, and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.
Compliance with governmental regulations regarding the treatment of animals used in research could increase our operating costs, which would adversely affect the commercialization of our products.
The Animal Welfare Act, or AWA, is the federal law that covers the treatment of certain animals used in research. Currently, the AWA imposes a wide variety of specific regulations that govern the humane handling, care, treatment and transportation of certain animals by producers and users of research animals, most notably relating to personnel, facilities, sanitation, cage size, and feeding, watering and shipping conditions. Third parties with whom we contract are subject to registration, inspections and reporting requirements under the AWA. Furthermore, some states have their own regulations, including general anti-cruelty legislation, which establish certain standards in handling animals. Comparable rules, regulations, and or obligations exist in many foreign jurisdictions. If we or our contractors fail to comply with regulations concerning the treatment of animals used in research, we may be subject to fines and penalties and adverse publicity, and our operations could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Government Regulations Internationally
Even if we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates, we may never obtain approval or commercialize such products outside of the United States, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.
In order to market any products outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Clinical
71
trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approvals could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and may require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials which would be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. Satisfying these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays. In addition, our failure to obtain regulatory approval in any country may delay or have negative effects on the process for regulatory approval in other countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be harmed.
EU drug marketing and reimbursement regulations may materially affect our ability to market and receive coverage for our products in the European member states.
We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our product candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the EU, the pricing of drugs is subject to governmental control and other market regulations which could put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures.
Much like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the EU. The provision of benefits or advantages to induce or reward improper performance generally is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of EU Member States, and in respect of the U.K. (which is longer a member of the EU), the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment. EU Directive 2001/83/EC, which is the EU Directive governing medicinal products for human use, provides that, where medicinal products are being promoted to persons qualified to prescribe or supply them, no gifts, pecuniary advantages or benefits in kind may be supplier, offered or promised to such persons unless they are inexpensive and relevant to the practice of medicine or pharmacy. Breach of this provision is an offence under the Human Medicines Regulations 2012, which is the national implementing legislation of Directive 2001/83/EC in the U.K.
Payments made to physicians in certain EU Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physicians employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual EU Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the EU Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.
In addition, in most foreign countries, including those in the European Economic Area, or EEA, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the EU provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national
72
health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. Reference pricing used by various EU member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of any of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for biopharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the EU do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our revenues from sales and the potential profitability of any of our product candidates in those countries would be negatively affected.
We may incur substantial costs in our efforts to comply with evolving global data protection laws and regulations, and any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations may harm our business and operations.
The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we may be or become subject to or affected by numerous federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, as well as regulatory guidance, governing the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, security and processing of personal data, such as information that we collect about participants and healthcare providers (including information relating to their representatives) in connection with clinical trials. Processing of personal data, including health related information, is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world, including General Data Protection Regulation, (EU) 2016/679, or GDPR, and each of the California Data Privacy Protection Act of 2018, or CCPA, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, in the United States, among many others. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could harm the use or cost of our solution in international locations as data protection and privacy laws and regulations around the world continue to evolve. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, which may create uncertainty in our business, affect our or our service providers ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal data, result in liability or impose additional compliance or other costs on us. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state, or foreign laws or self-regulatory standards could result in negative publicity, diversion of management time and effort and proceedings against us by governmental entities or others.
Recently, the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020 and provides new data privacy rights for consumers and new operational requirements for companies, which may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA (a) allows enforcement by the California Attorney General, with fines set at $2,500 per violation (i.e., per person) or $7,500 per intentional violation and (b) authorizes private lawsuits to recover statutory damages for certain data breaches. Additionally, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act or CPRA ballot initiative. The CPRA, which will come into effect on January 1, 2023, will significantly modify the CCPA and expand the privacy rights of California residents. We cannot yet predict the impact of the CPRA on our business or operations, but it may require us to incur additional costs and expenses. While there is currently an exception for protected health information that is subject to HIPAA and clinical trial regulations, as currently written, the CCPA may impact certain of our business
73
activities. The new California law may lead to similar laws in other U.S. states or at a national level, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.
In addition to our operations in the United States, which may be subject to healthcare and other laws relating to the privacy and security of health information and other personal information, may seek to conduct clinical trials in EEA and may become subject to additional European data privacy laws, regulations and guidelines. The GDPR, became effective on May 25, 2018, and deals with the collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data, including personal health data, regarding individuals in the EEA. The GDPR has extra-territorial application and applies not only to organizations with a presence in the EU or the UK but also to businesses based outside the EU or the UK that carry out processing that is related to (i) an offer of goods or services to individuals in the EU or the UK, or (ii) the monitoring of their behavior so long as this takes place in the EU or the UK, even if the data is stored outside the EU or the UK. Running clinical trials involving participants in the EU or the UK and processing personal data in the context of that activity will trigger the application of the GDPR. The GDPR imposes a broad range of strict requirements on companies subject to the GDPR, including requirements relating to having legal bases for processing personal information relating to identifiable individuals and restrictions on cross-border data transfers unless a legal mechanism as set out in the GDPR can be relied on, such as transferring such information outside the EEA, including to the United States, (as detailed further below) providing details to those individuals regarding the processing of their personal health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, keeping personal information secure, having data processing agreements with third parties who process personal information, responding to individuals requests to exercise their rights in respect of their personal information, reporting security breaches involving personal data to the competent national data protection authority and affected individuals, appointing data protection officers, conducting data protection impact assessments, and record-keeping.
The EU and UK may introduce further conditions, including limitations which could limit our ability to collect, use and share personal data (including health and medical information), or could cause our compliance costs to increase. In addition, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU/UK to third countries deemed to lack adequate privacy protections (including the United States), unless an appropriate safeguard specified by the GDPR is implemented, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses, or SCCs, approved by the European Commission, or a derogation applies. The Court of Justice of the European Union, or CJEU, recently deemed that the SCCs are valid. However, the CJEU ruled that transfers made pursuant to the SCCs and other alternative transfer mechanisms need to be analyzed on a case-by-case basis to ensure EU standards of data protection are met in the jurisdiction where the data importer is based, and there continue to be concerns about whether the SCCs and other mechanisms will face additional challenges. European regulators have issued recent guidance following the CJEU ruling that imposes significant new diligence requirements on transferring data outside the EEA, including under an approved transfer mechanism. This guidance requires an essential equivalency assessment of the laws of the destination country. If essentially equivalent protections are not available in the destination country, the exporting entity must then assess if supplemental measures can be put in place that, in combination with the chosen transfer mechanism, would address the deficiency in the laws and ensure that essentially equivalent protection can be given to the data. Complying with this guidance will be expensive and time consuming and may ultimately prevent us from transferring personal data outside the EEA, which would cause significant business disruption. Until the legal uncertainties regarding how to legally continue transfers pursuant to the SCCs and other mechanisms are settled, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under the GDPR will be sufficient. This and other future developments regarding the flow of data across borders could increase the complexity of transferring personal data across borders in some markets and may lead to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.
74
In addition, further to the UKs exit from the European Union, or Brexit, on January 31, 2020, the GDPR will continue to apply in the UK until the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020. As of January 1, 2021, the GDPR will be brought into UK law as the UK GDPR, but there may be further developments about the regulation of particular issues such as UK-EU data transfers. We may be required to take steps to ensure the lawfulness of our data transfers, particularly if by the end of the transition period there will not be an EU Commissions adequacy decision regarding the UK.
The GDPR increases substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance, including fines of up to 10,000,000 Euros or up to 2% of our total worldwide annual turnover for certain comparatively minor offenses, or up to 20,000,000 Euros or up to 4% of our total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is greater, for more serious offenses. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. The GDPR also introduces the right for non-profit organizations to bring claims on behalf of data subjects.
Further, national laws of member states of the EU are in the process of being adapted to the requirements under the GDPR, thereby implementing national laws which may partially deviate from the GDPR and impose different obligations from country to country, so that we do not expect to operate in a uniform legal landscape in the EEA. Also, as it relates to processing and transfer of genetic data, the GDPR specifically allows national laws to impose additional and more specific requirements or restrictions, and European laws have historically differed quite substantially in this field, leading to additional uncertainty. The United Kingdoms decision to leave the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated now that the United Kingdom has left the EU.
In the event we commence clinical trials in the EEA, the GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process where such processing is subject to the GDPR, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms and safeguards to ensure compliance with the GDPR, including as implemented by individual countries. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase our cost of doing business or require us to change our business practices, and despite those efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation, and reputational harm in connection with our European activities, as well as materially and adversely affecting our operations and business performance. We expect that we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with any obligations under European privacy laws will be sufficient. If we are investigated by a European data protection authority, we may face fines and other penalties. Any such investigation or charges by European data protection authorities could have a negative effect on our existing business and on our ability to attract and retain new clients or biopharmaceutical partners. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national clients or biopharmaceutical partners to continue to use our products and solutions due to the potential risk exposure as a result of the current (and, in particular, future) data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities in interpretation of current law, including the GDPR. Such clients or biopharmaceutical partners may also view any alternative approaches to compliance as being too costly, too burdensome, too legally uncertain, or otherwise objectionable and therefore decide not to do business with us. Any of the forgoing could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Additional laws and regulations governing international operations could negatively impact or restrict our operations.
If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business entity from paying,
75
offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the biopharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals and healthcare providers in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.
Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information products classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products, technology and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.
The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPAs accounting provisions.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering
There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.
The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this Risk Factors section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:
|
the commencement, enrollment or results of any clinical trials of any of our programs; |
|
any delay in identifying and advancing a clinical candidate for our other development programs; |
76
|
any delay in our regulatory filings of our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authoritys review of such filings, including without limitation the FDAs issuance of a refusal to file letter or a request for additional information; |
|
adverse results or delays in our clinical trials; |
|
our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial or to terminate an existing clinical trial; |
|
adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of any product candidate; |
|
changes in laws or regulations applicable to any product candidate, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals; |
|
adverse developments concerning our manufacturers; |
|
our inability to obtain adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices; |
|
our inability to establish collaborations, if needed; |
|
our failure to commercialize our product candidates, if approved; |
|
additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel; |
|
unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use any of our product candidates; |
|
introduction of new products or services offered by us or our competitors; |
|
announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors; |
|
our ability to effectively manage our growth; |
|
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results; |
|
our cash position; |
|
our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public; |
|
publication of research reports about us or our industry, or product candidates in particular, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; |
|
changes in the market valuations of similar companies; |
|
changes in the structure of the healthcare payment systems; |
|
overall performance of the equity markets; |
|
sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; |
|
trading volume of our common stock; |
|
changes in accounting practices; |
|
ineffectiveness of our internal controls; |
|
disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies; |
|
significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation; |
77
|
general political and economic conditions, including any impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; and |
|
other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control. |
In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as local or global socio-economic and political factors, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a companys securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of managements attention and resources.
We will be a controlled company within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and the rules of the SEC. As a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.
After completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, the Principal Shareholder will continue to own a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
|
the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors as defined under the rules of Nasdaq; |
|
the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of directors who meet the Nasdaq independence standards for compensation committee members; and |
|
the requirement that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors. |
Following this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, we are permitted to utilize certain of these exemptions. If we utilize such exemptions available to controlled companies, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominations committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, under these circumstances, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.
We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.
Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.
Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and immediately following the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates and our
78
principal stockholders will beneficially hold, in the aggregate, approximately 89% of our outstanding voting stock, excluding any shares purchased in this offering. These stockholders, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders would be able to significantly influence elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders
Risks Related to this Offering
If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $14.39 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately 98% of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately 11% of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement.
This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section entitled Dilution.
Substantial amounts of our outstanding shares may be sold into the market when lock-up or market standoff periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, upon the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement we will have outstanding a total of 32,610,891 shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement.
The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier release of all or a portion of the shares subject to such agreements by the representatives of the underwriters in this offering in their sole discretion. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of March 31, 2021, up to an additional 29,055,336 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market. Approximately 99.8% of these additional shares are beneficially held by directors, executive officers and their affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
79
In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our existing equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Additionally, stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline, as the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and incentive plan increases.
We have broad discretion in the use of our liquid assets and the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement and may not use them effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our liquid investments and the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, other than any payments required to be made pursuant to our license agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled Use of Proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of our existing cash and the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our existing cash and the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.
We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors, and consultants under our stock incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.
We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an EGC, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an EGC for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an EGC until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering,
80
(b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.
We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation information that would be required if we were not an EGC. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on certain or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies, which may make our financial statements less comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
We are a smaller reporting company and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to such companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.
We are a smaller reporting company, (i.e. a company with less than $250 million of public float) and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies. We have elected to adopt these reduced disclosure requirements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our choices, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial reporting controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as say on pay and proxy access. Recent legislation permits EGCs to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.
We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have an adverse effect on our business. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or
81
timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:
|
a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time; |
|
a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; |
|
a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office; |
|
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors; |
|
a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors; |
|
a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any bylaws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and |
|
the authority of the board of directors to issue convertible preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval and which convertible preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock. |
In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Our amended and restated by-laws will designate certain courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders ability to litigate disputes with us in a different judicial forum.
Pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the
82
State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein, or the Delaware forum provision. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the United States District Courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, or the federal forum provision, as our principal office is located in Providence, Rhode Island. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware forum provision and the Federal forum provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
The Delaware forum provision and the federal forum provision may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware or the State of California. In addition, these forum selection clauses in our bylaws may limit our stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court were facially valid under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal forum provision. If the Federal forum provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The federal forum provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Courts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
83
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business, contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition that are based on our managements belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
|
our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; |
|
the success, cost and timing of our product development activities and clinical trials of our product candidates, including the progress of, and results from, our planned clinical trials; |
|
the success, cost and timing of completing IND-enabling studies of our preclinical product candidates, and the timing of our planned Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, submissions for such candidates; |
|
our plans to initiate, recruit and enroll patients in, and conduct our planned clinical trials at the pace that we project; |
|
the intended benefits of our business model; |
|
our ability to acquire licenses or otherwise obtain new product candidates to add to our portfolio for clinical development; |
|
our plans and strategy to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals of our product candidates; |
|
our plans and strategy to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete further development and, upon successful development, if approved, commercialize any of our product candidates; |
|
the potential benefit of any future orphan drug designations for our product candidates; |
|
our ability to compete with companies currently marketing or engaged in the development of treatments for fibrosis; |
|
our plans and strategy regarding obtaining and maintaining intellectual property protection for our product candidates and the duration of such protection; |
|
our plans and strategy regarding the manufacture of our product candidates for clinical trials and for commercial use, if approved; |
|
our plans and strategy regarding the commercialization of any products that are approved for marketing; |
|
the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets, either alone or in combination with others; |
|
our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement; and |
|
our expected use of the proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement. |
84
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as may, will, should, expects, intends, plans, anticipates, believes, estimates, predicts, potential, continue or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed in the section entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.
In addition, statements that we believe and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon these statements.
85
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled Risk Factors. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.
86
We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $44.1 million, or approximately $51.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We also expect to receive net proceeds of $4.6 million from the sale of a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price, to the UC Regents in the Concurrent Private Placement, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, for aggregate net proceeds to be raised by us in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement of $50.6 million.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement by approximately $3.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming the number of shares sold in our Concurrent Private Placement is increased or decreased accordingly, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement by approximately $15.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to capital markets.
We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement as follows:
|
approximately $21.0 million to $23.0 million to fund the preclinical development of each of OCX-253, OCX-410, OCX-909, OCF-203, ODA-570, ODA-611 and ODA-579 through IND filing for Phase 1 clinical trials; |
|
approximately $2.0 million to $4.0 million to prepare for and partially fund the Phase 2 clinical development of OPS-172;(1) |
|
up to $5.0 million for the in-licensing or other acquisition of additional product candidates to expand our pipeline, though we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such in-license or acquisition (we intend to evaluate such opportunities and engage in related discussions with third parties from time to time); and |
|
the remainder, if any, for business development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including $12.3 million toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments due. |
Based on our current plans, we believe that our existing cash, together with the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2023.
1 |
We anticipate that Stanford University will incur all costs relating to the Phase 1 clinical development of OPS-172. |
87
The expected use of net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Due to uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate the exact amounts of the net proceeds that will be used for any particular purpose. We may use our existing cash and the future payments, if any, generated from any future collaboration agreements to fund our operations, either of which may alter the amount of net proceeds used for a particular purpose. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of clinical trials and the timing of regulatory submissions. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds.
Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in short- and immediate- term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
88
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.
89
The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of March 31, 2021:
|
on an actual basis; |
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and |
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above, (ii) recognition of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments, (iii) the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iv) our sale of a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering, at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price in the Concurrent Private Placement to the UC Regents (or 329,749 shares at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share). |
You should read this information together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the section entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
As of March 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||
Actual |
Pro
Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)(2) |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per
share data) |
||||||||||||
Cash |
$ | 785 | $ | 785 | $ | 51,367 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Accrued liabilities |
$ | 3,826 | $ | 3,826 | $ | 13,227 | ||||||
Stockholders equity (deficit) |
||||||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.000001 per share; 48,000,000 shares authorized, 29,055,336 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 48,000,000 shares authorized, 29,055,336 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 32,610,891 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
||||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
43,729 | 43,729 | 92,429 | |||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(45,824 | ) | (45,824 | ) | (52,407 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total stockholders equity (deficit) |
(2,095 | ) | (2,095 | ) | 40,022 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total capitalization |
$ | (2,095 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | $ | 40,022 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders (deficit) equity by approximately $3.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming the number of shares sold in our Concurrent Private Placement is increased or decreased accordingly, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders (deficit) equity by approximately $15.7 million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
90
(2) |
We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties. |
The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above is based on 29,055,336 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:
|
2,254,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; |
|
161,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
|
14,740 shares of our common stock issued to certain persons consisting of friends and family in through July 2021. |
91
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book (deficit) value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement.
Our historical net tangible book (deficit) value per share as of March 31, 2021 is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, which are not included within stockholders deficit, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(3.0) million, or $(0.10) per share as of March 31, 2021.
Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2021 was $(11.5) million, or $(0.40) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, as well as certain obligations that are contingent upon the closing of this offering, and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021.
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) represents our pro forma net tangible book (deficit) value, plus the effect of the sale of shares of common stock in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $36.1 million, or $1.11 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.51 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $14.39 per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 15.50 | ||||||
Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021 |
$ | (0.10 | ) | |||||
Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021 |
(0.30 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2021 |
(0.40 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering |
1.51 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
1.11 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering and to the UC Regents in the Concurrent Private Placement |
$ | 14.39 | ||||||
|
|
If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement would be $1.30 per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.70 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement would be $14.20 per share.
92
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $15.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $39.4 million, or $1.21 per share, and dilution per share to investors in this offering and to the UC Regents in the Concurrent Private Placement by $15.29 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming the number of shares sold in our Concurrent Private Placement is increased or decreased accordingly, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $51.8 million, or approximately $1.54 per share and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement by approximately $13.96 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table shows, as of March 31, 2021, on a pro forma as adjusted basis (but before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and the average price paid per share (in millions, except share and per share amounts and percentages):
The foregoing tables and calculations (other than the historical net tangible book value calculations) are based on 29,055,336 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:
|
2,254,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; |
|
161,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
|
14,740 shares of our common stock issued to certain persons consisting of friends and family in through July 2021. |
To the extent that any options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or convertible debt in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement.
93
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. The information contained in this discussion and other parts of this prospectus include forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions in our business plans, strategy, and related financing. Our actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could contribute or cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the information below and the information discussed in the sections Risk Factors and Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.
Overview
We are a biopharmaceutical company that seeks to bridge the bench-to-bedside gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs bring together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value both for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the professional networks of our leadership team members, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development processincluding through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOsin order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital. Our strategy is to accelerate the flow of the academic discoveries and the required clinical development required for these product candidates and advance them commercially. The number of potential opportunities at research universities and medical centers is large, but only a small fraction of these opportunities is currently tapped in the market. The gap remains wide and we believe this presents an attractive opportunity for us to become an industry leader by addressing a need to accelerate the advancement of therapeutics that can address significant unmet medical needs. The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:
|
Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers. We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. |
|
Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone- driven approach. Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, and other drug development experts and consultants. |
|
Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates. We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel which mitigates business risk. |
94
|
Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers. We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers. |
|
Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs. Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas. |
|
Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each programs value. Throughout the development of our product candidates, we plan to continually assess that programs potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to identify and maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. |
|
Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators. We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization. Although our company has not yet developed or commercialized any biopharmaceutical products, key members of our management team have experience doing so in previous endeavors. |
We believe our differentiated business model will enable us to commercialize our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.
Our pipeline consists of both preclinical and clinical-stage programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease programs into the clinic in the next 12 to 24 months. We also expect our anti-inflammatory product candidate, OPS-172 targeting angiotensin 1-7, or Ang 1-7, to commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of COVID-19 in the second half of 2021.
On December 31, 2020, we executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG. We engaged Lonza AG (and Lonza affiliates) for the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with assistance in developing the product OCX-253. Under this agreement, Lonza will perform the following key activities in two stages in support of our IND-enabling program plan: first, to perform a manufacturability assessment of the OCX-253 monoclonal antibody drug candidates, generate or arrange to be generated synthetic genes and single gene vectors and vector constructions, and conduct gene vector construct testing; and second, to generate and assess growth and productivity for cell lines to be used for synthesizing OCX-253 drug candidate. The agreement provides that we will pay for all raw materials and related fees. Further, the agreement stipulates immediate 100% payment of invoices for any stage of work worth less than GBP 50,000, and deferral of 50% of payment for any stage of work worth more than GBP 50,000 to the release of applicable batches or completion of applicable services.
In December 2020, the sole stockholder of the Company contributed 100% of his Founders Shares to Poseidon Bio, LLC (Poseidon), which became the sole stockholder of the Company. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 568,628 shares of the Companys common stock back to the Companys founder. In February 2021, Poseidon amended and restated its operating agreement to allow additional members into Poseidon by issuing Class A units and Class B units in which the Companys founder is the sole Class A unit holder who holds 100% of the voting power of Poseidon. In addition, certain executives and employees of the Company were granted Class B unit profit interests in Poseidon. These profit interests grants in the Companys controlling shareholder were deemed to be transactions incurred by the shareholder and within the scope of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. As a result, the related transactions by the stockholder were pushed down into the Companys condensed consolidated interim financial statements. As of March 31, 2021, the Companys founder held 100% of the voting power and 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon.
95
In March 2021, the Company authorized the issuance of 70,076 shares of common stock in the Company to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees) at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has issued 55,336 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. As of March 31, 2021, a total of 29,055,336 shares of common stock of the Company have been issued and Poseidon held 98% of the voting power of the Company.
Since our inception in 2019, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to organizing the Company, research and development activities, business planning, building our intellectual property positions and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have not generated any revenue from product sales.
We have incurred significant operating losses since inception. Our ability to generate product revenues sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily upon the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our current products or any future products. Our net operating losses were $12 thousand and $43.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.9 million and $45.8 million, respectively. Our current liabilities are $2.3 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively. The current liabilities consisted of accrued expenses including IPO costs, accounting and legal fees and accrued research and development costs. We expect that our expense and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with ongoing activities to commercialize our products in the future. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement to pay for accrued expenses and contingent liabilities discussed herein. We believe the anticipated net proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through. See the section of this prospectus captioned Use of Proceeds.
We expect to continue to generate operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our future viability is dependent on the success of our research and development and our ability to access additional capital to fund our operations. There can be no assurance that our current operating plan will be achieved or that additional funding will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
We are subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, dependence on key personnel, compliance with government regulations, and the ability to obtain additional capital to fund operations. Our therapeutic products will require significant additional research and development efforts, including preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. These efforts require additional capital, adequate personnel and extensive compliance- reporting capabilities. There can be no assurance that our research and development will be successfully completed, that adequate protection for our intellectual property will be obtained, that any products developed will obtain necessary government regulatory approval, or that any approved products will be commercially viable.
In January 2019, we formed wholly-owned subsidiaries of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. In February 2021, we formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary. The subsidiaries were formed to organize our therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each programs value. We anticipate that additional subsidiaries will also be formed in connection with future programs to provide attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers. Our license agreements with Brown University, Rhode Island Hospital, and Stanford University are licensed or sublicensed, directly or indirectly, to the following subsidiaries:
|
Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. (January 15, 2019)Fibrosis program (one license with Elkurt/Brown University) |
|
Ocean Chitorx, Inc. (January 15, 2019)Oncology programs (three licenses with Elkurt/Brown University) |
96
|
Ocean Sihoma, Inc. (January 15, 2019)Malaria disease program (one license with Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital) |
|
Ocean Promise, Inc. (February 12, 2021)Inflammation-COVID-19 program (one license with Stanford University) |
COVID-19 Pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2019, or COVID-19, a global pandemic. As of May 2021, the Companys operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The full extent of the impact due to the COVID-19 pandemic will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain, including as a result of new information that may emerge concerning COVID-19 and actions taken to contain or treat COVID-19, as well as the economic impact. Given the uncertainty around the extent and timing of the potential future spread or mitigation efforts related to the current outbreak of COVID-19, the financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
License Agreements
Stanford University Agreement
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology, or the Stanford Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford. Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanfords rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanfords consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Companys business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. On March 3, 2021, the Stanford Agreement was amended and restated so that Companys subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc, is now the party to the license agreement instead of Company, or the Restated Stanford Agreement. Under the Restated Stanford Agreement, the contract term is one year from March 3, 2021.
Elkurt/Brown License Agreements
On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., or the Licensor, a licensee of Brown University. On March 21, 2021, the Company and the Licensor amended each of the Brown License Agreements. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine
97
and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.
For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021 due in either case within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.
The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. The Company records reimbursement of patent costs as general and administrative costs in the statements of operations as incurred. To date, the Company has reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $101,238.
The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after October 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.
Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement
On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. In April 1, 2021, the Company and Licensor amended the Rhode Island License Agreement. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.
For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due within 45 days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or October 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.
The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent
98
outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.
The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by October 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.
Teton Therapeutics, Inc.
On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Teton License Agreement, with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., or Teton. We amended and restated this agreement on February 25, 2021 in order to assign the program to our subsidiary in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. The Company has the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. Under the license agreement, the Company will form a new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc. and the Teton License Agreement will be assigned to the subsidiary.
Under the Teton License Agreement and after the date Ocean Teton, Inc. is formed and the assignment of the license to Ocean Teton, Inc. is completed, Ocean Teton, Inc. will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.
In consideration for the rights under the license agreement and after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc., Ocean Teton, Inc. is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000 payment of which is contingent on the Company forming the new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc., as described above. In addition, for any sublicense income, the Company will pay Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration. The percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. After its formation, Ocean Teton, Inc. is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of equity, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.
Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. Ocean Teton, Inc. is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.
Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton
99
License Agreement for our or the Ocean Teton Entitys insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
To date, we have not generated any revenue from any sources, including from product sales, and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If our development efforts for our product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. However, there can be no assurance as to when we will generate such revenue, if at all.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expenses
To date, research and development expenses consist, or will consist, primarily of stock-based compensation expense and increased costs incurred for our research activities, including the development of our product candidates. We expense research and development costs as incurred, which we expect will include:
|
expenses incurred under our licenses and services agreements; and |
|
employee related expenses, including salaries, stock-based compensation and benefits for personnel engaged in research and development functions. |
We recognize external development costs based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific milestones using information provided to us by our service providers. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. Such amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or until it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.
Our direct external research and development expenses consist (or are expected to consist) primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to outside consultants, CROs, CMOs and research laboratories in connection with our preclinical development, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. Our direct research and development expenses also include fees incurred under license agreements. We have not allocated and do not expect to allocate employee costs, costs associated with our discovery efforts, laboratory supplies, and facilities, including depreciation or other indirect costs, to specific programs because these costs are or will be deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately classified. We use internal resources primarily to conduct our research and discovery as well as for managing our preclinical development, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. These employees work across multiple programs and, therefore, we do not track their costs by program.
Research and development activities are key to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially over the next several years, which will include:
|
expenses incurred under our licenses and services agreements to conduct the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials required to obtain regulatory approval; |
100
|
expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, that are primarily engaged in the oversight and conduct of our drug discovery efforts and preclinical studies, clinical trials and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, that are primarily engaged to provide preclinical and clinical product for our research and development candidates; |
|
other costs related to acquiring and manufacturing materials in connection with our drug discovery efforts and preclinical studies and clinical trial materials, including manufacturing validation batches, as well as investigative sites and consultants that conduct our clinical trials, preclinical studies and other scientific development services; |
|
employee-related expenses, including salaries and benefits, and stock-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions; and |
|
costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements. |
At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates or when, if ever, material net cash inflows may commence from any of our product candidates. The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This uncertainty is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the following:
|
scope, progress, outcome and costs of our preclinical development activities, clinical trials and other research and development activities; |
|
ability to successfully in-license attractive product candidates from our partners; |
|
establishing an appropriate safety and efficacy profile with Investigational New Drug, or IND, enabling studies; |
|
successful patient enrollment in and the initiation and completion of clinical trials; |
|
the timing, receipt and terms of approvals from applicable regulatory authorities including the FDA and other non-U.S. regulators; |
|
the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities; |
|
establishing clinical and commercial manufacturing capabilities with third-party manufacturers in order to ensure that we or our third-party manufacturers are able to produce product successfully; |
|
development and timely delivery of clinical-grade and commercial-grade drug formulations that can be used in our clinical trials and for commercial launch; |
|
launching commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others; |
|
maintaining a continued acceptable safety protocol of our product candidates following any approval; and |
|
significant and potential changing government regulations. |
Any changes in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates in preclinical and clinical development could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates, such as the FDA or another regulatory authority were to delay our planned start of clinical trials or require us to conduct other clinical trials or testing beyond those that we currently expect or if significant delays in enrollment in any of our planned clinical trials occurred. Such delays or changes may require us to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.
101
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist, or will consist, primarily of salaries and benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense for personnel in executive, business development, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, pre-commercial and support personnel functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct and allocated facility-related costs as well as insurance costs and professional fees for accounting and audit service, legal, patent, consulting, investor and public relations.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research activities and development of our product candidates and prepare for potential commercialization activities. We also anticipate that we will incur significantly increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, tax, compliance with Nasdaq and SEC requirements, and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with operating as a public company. If and when we believe a regulatory approval of a product candidate appears likely, we anticipate an increase in payroll and other employee-related expenses as a result of our preparation for commercial operations as it relates to the sales and marketing of that product candidate.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, and net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred income tax assets to zero. In the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize some or all of our deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax asset valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made.
Comparison of the Year ended December 31, 2020 and the Period January 2, 2019 (Date of our Inception) to December 31, 2019
(in thousands) |
For the Period
from Inception January 2, 2019 to Year Ended December 31, 2019 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2020 |
$ Change | |||||||||
Revenue |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Research and development |
35 | 49 | 14 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
197 | 1,603 | 1,406 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
232 | 1,652 | 1,420 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating loss |
(232 | ) | (1,652 | ) | (1,420 | ) | ||||||
Other (expense) |
| (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss |
$ | (232 | ) | $ | (1,653 | ) | $ | (1,421 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
Operating Expenses
Research and development
Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by approximately $14 thousand compared to the prior period, driven primarily by increased costs for outside services relating to the development of certain of our preclinical assets.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by approximately $1.4 million compared to the prior period, driven primarily by increased professional costs related to our preparation for this offering and accessing the public markets, as well as legal and accounting fees.
Other (Expense)
Other (expense) consists of unrealized foreign currency transaction losses.
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2020 | 2021 | $ Change | |||||||||
Revenue |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Research and development |
| 25,413 | 25,413 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
12 | 18,526 | 18,514 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
12 | 43,939 | 43,927 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loss from operations |
(12 | ) | (43,939 | ) | (43,927 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss |
$ | (12 | ) | $ | (43,939 | ) | $ | (43,927 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses
Research and development
Research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020 increased by approximately $25.4 million driven by stock-based compensation expense and increased costs for outside services relating to the development of certain of our preclinical assets.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2020 increased by approximately $18.5 million driven by stock-based compensation expense and increased professional costs related to our preparation for this offering and accessing the public markets, as well as legal and accounting fees.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We have not yet commercialized any products and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of products for several years, if at all. To date, we have funded our operations through self-funding by our Founder and net proceeds of $1 million from issuance of shares of common stock consisting of friends and family of our employees. Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund operations through .
103
We intend to apply $12.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering toward the payment of certain accrued expenses and contingent payments. This includes $6.2 million of salaries and bonuses contingent upon financing, including $3.7 million of salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, $2.0 million of bonuses to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the IPO, and $0.5 million of bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. This also includes $2.0 million in contingent vendor payments, $0.3 million in contingent license fees, $3.7 million of accrued expenses to vendors and $0.1 million of accrued expenses due to related parties. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to raise additional capital on reasonable terms or at all.
Funding Requirements
We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical activities and clinical trials of our product candidates. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, compliance, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend on our ability to:
|
advance preclinical development of our early-stage programs; |
|
manufacture, or have manufactured on our behalf, our preclinical and clinical drug material and develop processes for late state and commercial manufacturing; |
|
regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials; |
|
establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize our product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize on our own; |
|
hire additional clinical, quality control and scientific personnel; |
|
expand our operational, financial and management systems and increase personnel, including personnel to support our research and clinical development, manufacturing and commercialization efforts and our operations as a public company; and obtain, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio. |
We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the next three years. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We anticipate that we will require additional capital as we seek regulatory approval of our product candidates and if we choose to pursue in-licenses or acquisitions of other product candidates. If we receive regulatory approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution, depending on where we choose to commercialize. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of biologic product candidates, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our working capital.
License Fees
Our contractual obligations are expected to have an effect on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. Under our license agreements with our academic research institution partners, fixed license maintenance fees of $350,000 are due in October 2021. In addition, under these license agreements, we are also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future
104
milestone payments are not known, we have not included these fees in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, which has been derived from audited financial statements, and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021.
Contingent Compensation
As of March 31, 2021, we have salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $6.2 million. Of this amount, $3.7 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of our IPO, $2.0 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of our IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of our first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of our control, we have not included these amounts in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
Other Contractual Obligations
We have entered and anticipate we will continue to enter into contracts in the normal course of business with external organizations such as CMOs, CROs and other third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and to support clinical trials and preclinical research studies and testing. We expect that these contracts will be generally cancelable by us, and we anticipate that payments due upon cancellation will consist only of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation. We accrued CMO services in the amount of $50 thousand and $395 thousand as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively, under the Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG in developing the product OCX-253.
Cash Flows
To date, we have not generated any revenue. Cash flows to date have resulted from payments made on behalf of the Company by related parties and net proceeds of $0.9 million from issuance of shares of common stock consisting of friends and family of our employees. As of March 31, 2021, the Companys cash balance of approximately $0.8 million is held in a standard checking account. The Company does not have any cash equivalents. Accrued expenses of $2.3 million and $3.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, respectively, are expected to be paid following the receipt of the proceeds from the IPO.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
To minimize the risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents in institutional market funds that are composed of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase agreements or short-term U.S. Treasury securities. We do not believe that inflation, interest rate changes, or exchange rate fluctuations had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant
105
accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs, consisting of direct legal fees directly related to the proposed IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to additional paid in capital upon completion of the IPO. The amount is recorded as current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Additional offering costs will be incurred up to the IPO. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon
We account for all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees, including profit interest grants in Poseidon based on their respective grant date fair values. We estimate the fair value of profit interest grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is affected principally by the estimated fair value of shares of our common stock and requires management to make a number of other assumptions, including the expected life of the profits interest, the volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Expected volatility is based on the historical share volatility of a set of comparable publicly traded companies over a period of time equal to the expected term of the profits interests. Due to the lack of historical exercise history, the expected term of the profit interests is determined using the simplified method. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The fair value of common stock underlying our profit interests was estimated by our board of directors considering, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by unrelated third-party valuation firms. The profit interests are valued based on the fair value of Poseidon units on the date of grant. The Company expenses stock-based compensation related to these profit interests over the requisite service period using the straight-line method such that recognized compensation expense is at least equal to the vested portion of the awards. All stock-based compensation costs are recorded in research and development expense or general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations based upon the respective employees roles within our company. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur.
Segments
We operate and manage the business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation. Our chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating and evaluating financial performance.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
106
Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to not opt out of this provision and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to opt out of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.
We are also a smaller reporting company meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is expected to be less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time that we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, a deficiency in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis.
In connection with the preparation and audits of our financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus, we and our independent registered public accounting firm have identified a material weakness as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) in our internal control over financial reporting, as follows:
|
Management does not have adequate staffing in its accounting department and has not yet designed and implemented the appropriate processes and internal controls to support accurate and timely financial reporting. |
We have begun taking measures, and plan to continue to take measures, to remediate any material weakness. These measures include hiring or engaging additional accounting personnel with familiarity with reporting under U.S. GAAP, and implementing and adopting additional controls and procedures. Our recruitment efforts to identify additional accounting personnel and implementation of additional accounting processes and controls are underway. Remediation costs consist primarily of additional personnel expenses, which we do not anticipate will have a material impact to our financial statements. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares. We may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, which may impair our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis.
107
However, the implementation of these measures may not be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that may lead to a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Moreover, our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate in the future because of changes in conditions in our business. Furthermore, we may not have identified all material weaknesses and weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our share price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods, which could cause the price of our common shares to decline.
108
Overview
Our Business
We are a biopharmaceutical company founded in 2019 that seeks to bridge the bench-to-bedside gap between medical research discoveries and patient solutions. We do this by leveraging our strong relationships with research universities and medical centers to license their inventions and technologies with the goal of developing them into products that address diseases with significant unmet medical needs. We believe that our differentiated business model positions us to capture inventions created at these institutions that might otherwise fail to be commercialized to benefit patients. Our team of accomplished scientists, business professionals and entrepreneurs brings together the interdisciplinary expertise and resources required to develop and commercialize a diverse portfolio of assets. We are organized around a licensing and subsidiary structure that we believe will enable us to create mutual value for us and potential licensing partners. We believe this structure, combined with the networks of our leadership team, allows us to opportunistically build a continuous pipeline of promising product innovations through our existing and potential future relationships with research institutions. Our goal is to optimize value creation for each of our product candidates, and we intend to continuously assess the best pathway for each as it progresses through the preclinical and clinical development processincluding through internal advancement, partnerships with established companies and spin-outs or initial public offerings, or IPOsin order to benefit patients through the commercialization of these products. Our current active assets are licensed directly or indirectly from Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. Our scientific co-founders, Dr. Jack A. Elias and Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, are both affiliated with Brown University and with Rhode Island Hospital.
Our Pipeline
Our pipeline consists of both preclinical and clinical-stage programs. We anticipate moving certain preclinical product candidates in our oncology, fibrosis and/or infectious disease platforms, all licensed exclusively from Brown and Rhode Island Hospital, into the clinic in the next 12 to 18 months. We also expect that our anti-inflammatory product candidates licensed from Stanford, OPS-172, will commence Phase 1/2 clinical trials for the treatment of symptoms of COVID-19, in the second half of 2021. OPS-172 activates the reninangiotensin system (RAS) by enhancing levels of angiotensin. 1-7 or Ang 1-7.
Our programs in oncology and fibrosis are based on discoveries of disease pathways and of related drug targets emerging from pioneering work in the field of chitinase biology by our scientific co-founder, Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University.
In oncology, our product candidates are based on Dr. Elias findings that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways, including those involved in primary and metastatic tumor development. In animal models of both lung cancer and glioblastoma, inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in significant tumor reduction, and the reduction was even greater when the inhibition of Chi3l1 was combined with immune checkpoint inhibitors, which are used as immuno-therapies to stimulate the bodys immune response against cancer. Neutralizing antibodies against Chi3l1 have been developed that are highly avid, specific, react with mouse, human and monkey Chi3l1 and are effectively expressed and humanized. We are developing a mono-specific and two bi-specific humanized monoclonal antibodies, or mAb, product candidates targeting Chi3l1 for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, which affects approximately 460,000 people in the United States, and of glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, a usually lethal form of brain cancer that affects approximately 28,000 people in the United States. The median survival rate for individuals diagnosed with GBM is approximately 15 months and the five year survival is just 8% for those aged 45-54 and 5% for those aged 55-64.
Our product candidate in fibrosis is based on a drug target investigated by Dr. Elias and closely related to the Chi3l1 oncology target described above. Dr. Elias found that an enzyme called chitinase 1, or
109
Chit1, is a key driver of fibrosis. Fibrosis is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. Fibrosis in the lungs tends to be progressive and can reduce their function. It is observed in an estimated 50% of all diseases. In animal models of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, or HPS, inhibition of Chit1 showed statistically significant reduced levels of fibrotic markers. We are developing a small molecule product candidate targeting Chit1 for the treatment of IPF, a debilitating lung disease affecting approximately 160,000 people in the United States, and of HPS, an ultra-rare disease affecting approximately 1,800 in the United States.
In infectious disease we are developing therapeutic and vaccine candidates against malaria, a mosquito-borne disease that kills 500,000 children under the age of five globally each year, that infects 200-300 million people annually worldwide, and for which 3.4 billion people worldwide are at risk. Our product candidates in malaria are based on the discovery by Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine and Director of the M.D./Ph.D. Program at Brown, of two novel malaria antigens, PfSEA-1 and PfGARP (as defined below). In non-human primate models of malaria, vaccination with PfGARP resulted in an 11.5-fold reduction of parasites in blood compared to controls. In in-vitro models, our therapeutic antibody candidate against PfGARP reduced parasite count by 99% compared to controls. We have three product candidates based on these new antigens: (1) a malaria vaccine candidate against PfSEA-1 and/or against PfGARP; (2) a humanized mAb malaria product candidate against PfGARP; and (3) a small molecule malaria product candidate, also against PfGARP.
Importantly, Dr. Kurtis antigen discoveries described above were enabled by his development of our Whole Proteome Differential Screening target discovery platform, or the WPDS platform. We believe the WPDS platform may enable us to discover new targets for other infectious diseases in the future. The WPDS platform leverages the fact that the immune system, when exposed to an infectious disease such as malaria, will often naturally produce a wide array of antibodies to try fighting the infection. Only a small subset of these antibodies may prove effective, and the WPDS platform is designed to identify these antibodies and their corresponding antigens. We believe that such antibodies and antigens could inform the development of therapeutic and/or vaccine candidates against the particular infectious disease. Prior to in-licensing our product candidates, the preclinical developments of the oncology, fibrosis and malaria programs described above have, to date, been funded through grants to our licensors totaling $105.6 million.
We have an individual anti-inflammatory product candidate: Ang 1-7 (OPS-172). Our licensor Stanford University has an active investigational new drug, or IND, application with the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA for this candidate, and they expect to commence a clinical trial to evaluate its potential in combination with standard of care in addressing inflammation in COVID-19 patients, in the second half of 2021. COVID-19 may be linked to an imbalance in the reninangiotensin system or RAS, an intricate interlinked system of regulatory mediators involved in the control of blood pressure and hemostasis of several organs. ACE-2 is part of the RAS and SARS-CoV-2 reduces ACE2 expression when entering cells. Ang 1-7, produced by ACE2, has anti-inflammatory activity and acts to decrease the levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines. OPS-172, provides Ang 1-7 to directly increase the anti-inflammatory activity.
110
The table below summarizes our product candidate pipeline, target indications, estimated addressable patient populations, and stage of development.
Our Team
Our scientific co-founders are Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis. Our executive chairman and co-founder is Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D, an investor and entrepreneur who has co-founded and driven the initial public offerings, or IPOs, of companies in various industries including healthcare, most recently as co-founder and executive chairman of UpHealth, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction that valued UpHealth, Inc. at $1.35 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020. Our chief executive officer, or CEO, Elizabeth Ng, brings a proven track record of building successful portfolios in biopharma companies including Merck & Co., Gilead Sciences, Inc. and BioMarin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our team brings expertise in science, medicine, agile drug development, pharma strategy, and innovation management. Collectively, members of the team have evaluated over 3,500 innovations; been involved in over 350 drug discovery / development programs, 21 clinical development programs, and 9 approved drugs; are listed as inventors in over 70 patents; have secured more than $120 million in venture capital funding; and have been involved in the launch of 6 biotech or life sciences companies and 3 IPOs. In addition, beyond our day-to-day leadership team, our scientific co-founders and members of our scientific advisory board, Dr. Elias and Dr. Kurtis, have authored or co-authored over 350 papers, secured more than $100 million in grant funding, and are listed as inventors in over 50 patents.
Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths
Our goal is to facilitate the flow of academic discoveries from bench-to-bedside by efficiently carrying out the translational and clinical development required to advance them commercially. The number of potential opportunities at research universities and medical centers is large (in 2018 they filed over 26,000 invention disclosures and spent over $71 billion in research) but only a small fraction of these opportunities is currently tapped by venture capitalists or pharmaceutical companies. There is a growing yet still small number of accelerator programs and incubators aiming to bridge the bench-to-bedside gap at specific institutions; however, the gap remains wide and we believe this presents an attractive opportunity for us to become an industry leader by addressing a need to accelerate the advancement of therapeutics that can address significant unmet medical needs.
The core elements that we believe differentiate our business model include:
|
Harnessing inventions and technologies from research universities and medical centers. We search for opportunities wherever they can be found, and we believe hidden gems can be |
111
uncovered by our team. We are experienced at identifying and sourcing breakthrough discoveries at academic and research institutions, including our current partnerships with Brown University, Stanford University and Rhode Island Hospital. We know how to assess and test their scientific merits and commercial relevance, and we have extensive experience working with these institutions and licensing their assets. For example, our leadership team has evaluated thousands of innovations, taken multiple products through IND filings and into clinical development, and been involved in the launch of 10 biotech companies. |
|
Developing new drug therapies through an operationally efficient, evidence-based and milestone-driven approach. Once we select an asset for development, we pursue what we believe are appropriate development strategies that we aim to execute efficiently by leveraging contract research and contract manufacturing organizations, or CROs and CMOs, respectively, and other drug development experts and consultants. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet our performance thresholds. We are skilled at objectively directing internal resources, and at leveraging external resources (such as CROs, and CMOs), in order to progress product candidates in accordance with well-defined criteria for advancement within a lean cost structure. |
|
Building a diverse portfolio of product candidates. We are evidence-based and program agnostic, meaning that our resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. Our approach is to develop multiple diverse programs in parallel. Our success is not dependent on any one particular program, disease area or indication, which mitigates business risk, and allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe that this model ensures that we remain focused on assets with the most promise. The unifying theme in our portfolio is to address significant unmet medical needs by commercializing innovative therapeutic products, if approved. |
|
Providing attractive economic upside to our partners at research universities and medical centers. We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We believe this structure is optimal to provide attractive economic incentives to the discovering institution and its researchers. Our subsidiary structure is intended to enable us to offer equity in future programs to the licensing institution and the researchers who discover our product candidates. We believe this structure will make us a partner of choice for both institutions and researchers and aligns our interests with theirs toward the goal of maximum returns. |
|
Employing a multi-disciplinary approach to drug discovery and development across our programs. Our business model is based on bringing together the appropriate disciplines and expertise needed for each of our programs and leveraging learnings across programs and disease areas. Common ties between many diseases are becoming apparent and similar therapeutic strategies are increasingly being applied to different diseases. For example, our oncology and fibrosis programs are both based upon chitinase biology. Another example is the confluence of thinking about immunology and oncology therapeutic approaches which led to the advent of immune checkpoint inhibitors. |
|
Exploiting multiple commercialization options to maximize each programs value. Throughout the development of our product candidates, we continually assess that programs potential paths to market, and we will endeavor to maximize commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to assess and pursue the course that maximizes outcomes for patients and value for our shareholders. |
|
Leadership team comprised of academic, scientific and business innovators. We have assembled an industry-leading, multi-disciplinary team consisting of physicians, scientists and business leaders with significant experience in progressing product candidates from early-stage research through clinical trials, regulatory approval and ultimately to commercialization. |
112
We believe our differentiated business model enables us to advance the commercialization of our products, if approved, and will allow us to replicate our licensing partnerships through aligned incentive structures with research universities and medical centers.
Feeding our Pipeline: Harnessing Innovations from Research Centers
Our innovative business model is aimed at translating biomedical inventions from research universities and medical centers into products that we believe have the potential to dramatically improve patients lives. Unlike many biotech companies, our success is not dependent on any one particular program or disease. Our current pipeline is already well-diversified and our access to innovations from academic and medical institutions allows us the flexibility to opportunistically develop product candidates, regardless of therapeutic area. We believe our sources of medical discoveries include not only research universities and medical centers but also companies with assets that are not core to their business model.
We use highly selective criteria and stringent due diligence for selecting assets for development. Picking the right assets requires unbiased and objective science/technology and market assessments that are not affected by institutional legacies, not blinded by research myopia or academic necessities, and not influenced by herd mentalities. We seek to develop technologies that meet our stringent selection criteria and which are amenable to our controlled de-risking process that we believe can lead to clear and timely value inflection points and milestones. We intend to keep our focus on projects and technologies that demonstrate clear progress towards becoming commercially viable products. Our business model aims to diversify our approach away from a single vector of technology research or science, and instead to pursue a variety of promising research avenues simultaneously and cost effectively. As explained previously, we believe that we can address the resourcing challenges inherent in such diversity and that the diversity itself is an advantageous business strategy.
Our model for identifying, structuring and developing assets is based on the following tenets:
|
We believe we have a disciplined process for identification, selection and prioritization of programs: We believe that only well-defined science can be monetized successfully. Independent analyses of pharmaceutical research and development productivity indicate that ill-defined science is a major cause of low success rates and eventual failure of programs. We believe that there is no substitute for a thorough science/technology assessment upfront as it is essential to have a clear understanding of the science and a clear vision of how a technology becomes a product before starting the development effort. |
113
|
Our approach to selecting programs is opportunistic: We seek opportunities based on solid science, well-characterized drug mechanisms of action, and targets with true disease-modifying potential that can address significant unmet medical needs. While many such opportunities may be found at leading universities and medical centers, we search for promising technologies wherever they can be found. We believe that such technologies can be located at institutions across the world. We are open to evaluating programs at any stage of development. We are purposely opportunistic and agnostic as to therapeutic area. Our strategy is to bring the appropriate and the most current expertise to bear as needed for each program. |
|
We aim for efficient therapeutic development operations: Once we select an asset for development, we leverage our years of experience in drug development to create appropriate development strategies. We aim to execute such strategies efficiently by leveraging CROs and other drug development experts and consultants. The development process is managed by our experienced team with support from leaders and experts in the relevant disease areas. We aim to rapidly and efficiently advance our product candidates to objective critical decision points. We direct resources toward the opportunities that we believe are the most promising, and we discontinue programs that do not meet performance thresholds. Each development program is carried forward with what we believe to be the right balance of effort from our centralized resources and personnel, through which we share certain support functions across various programs, combined with specialist external providers as appropriate. This combination is designed to ensure that each program has the appropriate level and type of resources required to execute its unique development strategy while minimizing fixed costs at the program level. |
|
We believe our structure supports our strategic aims: We are structured in a manner where our parent company currently houses each program in a wholly-owned subsidiary. This structure is designed to leverage a main feature of our business model in which each program is derived from our acquisition of a license to assets from a research university or similar institution. This structure is intended to allow us to provide attractive economic incentives to the institution and its relevant investigators. We intend in the future, as new programs are licensed in by us, to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in the new subsidiaries we create for such programs, targeting 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the researchers. This model is also designed to align our interests with those of our partners and to facilitate our access to the particular programs scientific expertise and know-how. We believe this approach will make us the partner of choice or licensee of choice for institutions and researchers because we aim to act with greater speed and to provide better potential upside when compared to pharmaceutical companies or venture-backed biotechnology companies with whom the institution might also consider partnering. |
|
We believe that our diversified pipeline approach provides us with meaningful advantages: Unlike biotechnology companies that are focused on a narrow set of assets, on a single platform, or on a particular therapeutic area, we are advancing a diverse portfolio of several programs in parallel. In so doing, we aim to avoid the duplication of resources, the extra costs and the lack of valuable cross-pollination that would likely exist if each program were pursued as independent assets. We are evidence-based and program agnostic, where deployment of program resources are driven strictly by program progress and milestone achievements. We believe that our diverse, multi-program business model and our access to a robust pipeline of opportunities helps us to remain focused on the most promising assets. We believe this focus differentiates us advantageously from biotech companies that, by purposely being focused, have bet their fortunes on a limited number of programs. |
|
We aim to create optionality for maximum impact and value creation in each program: Throughout the development of any program we continuously assess that programs potential paths to market and monetization. We anticipate that such paths may include: (a) taking a candidate all the way through to approval and product launch via internal funding; (b) externalizing development with a strategic partner that we believe is better suited to progress a program; and |
114
(c) spinning out or taking a candidates subsidiary public. We believe that our structure and operational strategy enables us to objectively assess and choose the option that maximizes potential value for patients and for our shareholders. |
Our Structure: Supporting Innovation
We are structured in a manner where our parent company houses each program in a subsidiary. We currently house our programs in four wholly-owned subsidiaries and intend to grant a certain percentage of the ownership in future subsidiaries, typically 20% in aggregate, to the institution and to the relevant researchers. This anticipated organizational structure for future subsidiaries is unique in the market and we believe it will make us the partner of choice for institutions and inventors.
Currently, research universities and medical centers (institutions) have two primary options to commercialize their biomedical innovations and technologies: licensing to pharma, or licensing to startups that are usually founded or co-founded by the researchers (the inventors) behind the innovations. Most commonly, the IP policy of U.S. institutions specifies that economic value received from licenses is split equally among the institution, the individual inventor(s), and their department or school.
Licensing to a large pharmaceutical company is appealing due to the vast resources it may employ to pursue commercial development and the potential for large up-front and milestone payments. However, these companies often only license innovations later in their development. Therefore, licenses to large pharmaceutical companies are relatively rare.
Researchers often choose to license their innovations to startups because (i) they see greater economic upside (as compared to only receiving a fraction of what their institution receives), (ii) they view a startup as a way to retain more control over the development of their innovation and (iii) a startup may be the only option given the challenges of licensing to larger companies. The researcher typically takes a non-operating role as a scientific founder of the startup, and holds between a 10% and 20% equity stake in the enterprise, which will be subject to dilution over time.
We can provide the resources and capital of a pharma licensee while also providing the more compelling economic upsides of a startup. Each patent portfolio that we license in from an institution (capturing the discoveries of one or more researchers) are housed, or in the future will be housed in a separate unit or subsidiary which we title a program. We can provide the institution and the researchers a share in the potential economic upside of that particular program regardless of how that economic upside comes about. The proposed share we envision is a 20% total in such subsidiaries with approximately 10% to the institution and approximately 10% to the researchers, a significantly higher stake than they would typically be able to hold in a startup venture.
We believe institutions and their researchers will prefer Ocean to launching a startup because Ocean eliminates the challenge of needing to raise capital and hire a team, and provides a greater share in the upside. Likewise, we believe Ocean will be a preferred choice as opposed to licensing to large pharmaceutical companies because receiving a percentage of any economic value, regardless of how it is derived, is often more attractive than relying on fixed milestone payments or single-digit royalties.
We believe our approach will give us preferred access to innovations at research universities and medical centers, and that this in turn will benefit our shareholders.
Our Pipeline Funnel Process
Our core competencies for acquiring and developing pipeline programs include: (1) identifying, assessing and selecting inventions and technologies (from research universities and medical centers) that we may directly or indirectly license and commercialize; 2) in-licensing selected inventions and technologies; and 3) developing those inventions and technologies into potential therapeutic products aimed at addressing unmet medical needs.
115
Step One: New Program Identification, Assessment and Selection
Our close relationships with research universities and medical centers, along with their individual researchers, technology transfer offices, accelerator programs and entrepreneurship centers, provide us with access to biomedical inventions and technologies that we may directly or indirectly license and commercialize. Our multi-disciplinary Opportunity Assessment Committee, or OAC, is responsible for new program identification, assessment and selection and for ensuring adherence to our due diligence process. The OAC is expected to be comprised of Dr, Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Daniel Behr (Executive Vice President and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships) , Sharon Talcott (Vice President of Strategic Partnerships), Gurinder Kalra (Chief Financial Officer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development). The OAC applies our disciplined and rigorous due diligence process to identify, assess quantitatively, and select those inventions and technologies based on criteria we believe ensures that each asset selected to enter our pipeline is consistent with our mission and commercialization objectives. Our criteria is listed below, and we score and weigh each criterion through a combination of data analytics, experience and judgment.
|
Robust and verifiable science that can lead to predictable outcomes |
|
Well-characterized mechanisms with potential to be disease modifying |
|
Development path with timely and achievable milestones / value inflection points |
|
Solid and dominating intellectual property / patent position |
|
Knowledge transfer assuredness (inventors available and approachable) |
|
Potential for multiple products / applications |
|
Potential to address significant unmet medical needs |
|
Product advantages that are must-haves for patients, practitioners, and payors |
|
Manufacturing and scale-up feasibility |
|
Attractive market / competitive dynamics |
|
Favorable pricing and reimbursement with good gross margin potential |
Step Two: Executing License Agreements
After a new program is selected via the process outlined above, or in some cases as part of the selection process, we endeavor to negotiate and execute a license agreement with the relevant university or medical center. Our team has negotiated and executed dozens such license agreements, both as licensee and as licensor.
As mentioned previously, we believe our business model may make us the licensee of choice for institutions and researchers because we aim to act with greater speed and to provide better potential upside when compared to the companies or spin-out startups to whom the institution might also consider licensing. In particular, by housing each program in a subsidiary, we can grant a certain percentage of that subsidiarys ownership (targeting 20% in aggregate) to the institution and to the relevant researchers. We believe that receiving such percentage of economic value, regardless of how it is derived, will be more attractive to the institution than relying on the fixed milestone payments and single-digit royalties that are customary in other license agreements. Additionally, we believe that individual researchers will find it more attractive to have a direct stake in a programs economic value as opposed to receiving a share (typically one third) of whatever economic value their institution would receive in customary license agreements. Lastly, we believe institutions and their researchers will prefer our approach over launching a startup because we eliminate the challenge of raising venture capital and securing a team, and because the percent equity ownership we can offer is likely to be higher than the single-digit figures that usually result after the typical dilution in startups.
116
By offering a percentage ownership in a programs subsidiary in lieu of the alternative license fees, milestone payments and royalties, we believe our license agreements (and the associated negotiation) will be greatly simplified while also being more attractive to our licensors and their individual researchers.
Step Three: Product Development, and Commercialization
We are an asset-focused company with an operating model designed for agile, capital efficient, and scalable therapeutic product development. We have a structure wherein our parent company houses each drug development program or therapeutic platform in a subsidiary. Each of these programs may include multiple product candidates or assets. This structure helps to ensure that we align interests and that we gain access to the particular programs scientific expertise and know-how. The results and outcomes of one subsidiary do not directly affect others, and because our subsidiaries (or assets) are decoupled, success is not dependent on any one particular asset. We can thereby evaluate each assets preclinical, translational and clinical development progress objectively, which we believe enables us to allocate resources and capital throughout our portfolio based on each assets evidence-based progress and continued scientific and commercial merits. The continued merits of an asset are periodically assessed using some or all of the criteria outlined above which we use to assess potential new programs. We are agnostic as to which assets deliver success and believe this allows us to maintain focus on those which continue to show most potential.
Our product development and commercialization process reflects the disciplined and objective asset-centric philosophy described above. This process has the following features:
|
Evidence-based and science-driven decision making at each stage of translational and clinical development: For each product candidate, key milestones or decision points are set based on their ability to validate technical and commercial viability, and feasibility, as viewed from industry and regulatory lenses. We support each product candidate with the interdisciplinary expertise and resources to reach these key decision points. We review progress on an on-going basis and constantly re-assess whether the program warrants continued investment i.e., we recognize the dynamic nature of these product candidates and we re-evaluate them based on development progress, risk factors, and market dynamics. |
|
Lean and agile translational development operations: Each program is managed by our centralized team of experienced product development leaders who enlist the support of relevant external resources including CROs, CMOs, domain experts, consultants, etc. We believe this approach is most cost-effective for clinical and commercial development and that it allows us to minimize overhead while giving us the flexibility to tap into the most relevant and current talent for each program without having to rely on large teams of permanent hires. |
In addition, our Research Review Committee, or RRC, which is expected to be comprised of Dr. Jack A. Elias (Scientific Co-founder), Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Dr. Inderjote Kathuria (Chief Strategy Officer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development) will be responsible for the research, translational and preclinical efforts leading to filing an IND and moving a product candidate into human clinical trials.
Our Development Review Committee, or DRC, which is expected to be comprised of Dr. Jonathan Kurtis (Scientific Co-founder), Elizabeth Ng (Chief Executive Officer), Inderjote Kathuria (Chief Strategy Officer) and Dr. Jonathan Heller (Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development), will be responsible for managing all clinical development efforts, including progress monitoring, allocation of resources, and continuous re-evaluation of a product candidates merits.
Both these committees will work in collaboration with our OAC described previously to ensure that each product candidate that enters our pipeline as well as existing ones continue to meet the criteria we have outlined above.
117
Our Therapeutic Programs
Oncology Product Candidates for NSCLC and GBM:
|
OCX-253 anti-Chi3l1 Single-target mAb (NSCLC) |
|
OCX-410 anti-Chi3l1/PD-1 Bi-specific mAb (NSCLC) |
|
OCX-909 anti-Chi3l1/CTLA-4 Bi-specific mAb (GBM) |
Our product candidates in our oncology are based on a drug target pioneered by Dr. Elias. His research demonstrated that a protein called chitinase 3-like-1, or Chi3l1, is a key driver of multiple disease pathways in primary and metastatic tumor development demonstrating an 85-95% reduction in primary and metastatic tumor burden in multiple animal models. Animal models of lung cancer and glioblastoma, a type of brain cancer, showed that inhibition of Chi3l1 resulted in statistically significant tumor reduction even more so when combined with immunotherapies to stimulate the bodys own immune response against cancer. Our oncology development pipeline consists of: (a) an antibody therapeutic product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1; (b) a bi-specific antibody product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1 plus PD-1, a checkpoint inhibitor protein; and (c) a bi-specific antibody product candidate inhibiting Chi3l1 plus CTLA-4, another checkpoint inhibitor protein. These product candidates are targeting non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, which accounts for about 85% of all lung cancers globally and affects about 460,000 people in the United States and 595,000 people in Europe, and glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, a brain cancer that kills approximately 60% of patients within 12 to 18 months from the time of diagnosis and for which new treatment therapies are needed.
NSCLC
Lung cancer is the most common cancer worldwide, accounting for 2.1 million new cases and 1.8 million deaths in 2018. In the United States, lung cancer is the third most common and the deadliest malignancy. Approximately 541,000 people in the United States today have been diagnosed with lung cancer at some point in their lives. It is estimated that 229,000 new cases of lung cancer are diagnosed annually in the United States, representing about 13% of all cancer diagnoses. NSCLC is the most common type of lung cancer, accounting for approximately 85% of new lung cancer cases.
NSCLC continues to rank among the cancers with the lowest five-year survival rates and has one of the largest disease burdens in terms of disability-adjusted life years.
Staging is a way of describing the severity and extent of a cancers growth and spread. The stage of NSCLC is based on a combination of several factors, including the size and location of the primary tumor and whether it has spread to the lymph nodes and/or other parts of the body.
There are five stages for NSCLC: stage 0 and stages I through IV. In general, an earlier stage of NSCLC is linked with a better outcome. Unfortunately, a significant proportion of patients, in the order of 40% to 50%, are still diagnosed with hard-to-treat stage IV disease.
There are currently five main ways to treat NSCLC: surgery, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, targeted therapy and immunotherapy. The use of these treatment options for NSCLC is based mainly on the stage of the cancer, but other factors, such as a persons overall health and lung function, as well as certain traits of the cancer itself, such as its molecular characteristics, are also important.
Treatment decisions often follow either formal or informal guidelines. Treatment options can be ranked or prioritized into lines of therapy: first-line therapy, second-line therapy, third-line therapy, and so on. First-line therapy, sometimes called induction therapy, primary therapy or front-line therapy, is the first therapy that will likely be attempted. If a first-line therapy either fails to produce sufficient antitumor response or produces intolerable side effects, additional therapies may be substituted or added to the treatment regimen, known as second-line or third-line treatments. Often, multiple therapies may be administered simultaneously, known as combination therapy or polytherapy.
Surgery is usually the first choice for early stage disease followed by radiation and chemotherapy. Targeted therapies and immunotherapy are the main options in advanced disease, in stages III and IV.
118
Targeted therapy is a treatment that targets the cancers specific genes, proteins or the tissue environment that contributes to cancer growth and survival. This type of treatment blocks the growth and spread of cancer cells and limits damage to healthy cells.
Immunotherapy is designed to boost the bodys natural antitumor immune defenses. Lung cancers often contain genetic mutations that are seen as non-self by the hosts immune system because they are not seen in normal cells and tissues. The human immune system is designed to attack and eliminate cells and tissues that it detects as foreign or non-self. However, in many patients with cancer these desired antitumor responses are suppressed by the tumor and surrounding cells. This is done by activating one of a number of immune checkpoint inhibitor pathways, or ICPI pathways.
An example of the multiple ICPI pathways that have been discovered that has received significant attention in lung cancer is the programmed death-1/ PD-ligand 1, or PD-1/PD-L1, pathway. In many patients with lung cancer, the immune cells and nearby cells, such as macrophages express, PD-1 and the tumor cells express its binding partner PD-L1. When PD-L1 binds PD-1, it activates pathways that suppress the hosts antitumor immune response. On the other hand, therapeutics (usually antibodies) have been developed that prevent these PD-1/PD-L1 interactions. These therapies boost the hosts antitumor responses which augments its ability to attack the tumor. Because there are multiple ICPI pathways, assays that determine which pathway(s) is activated in a given tumor have been and are being developed. This allows the therapeutic intervention to be directed to the ICPI pathway that is most important in a given individual.
Importantly, immunotherapy has been generally regarded as revolutionizing the treatment of NSCLC, with immunotherapies targeting the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway now emerging as standard-of-care in some settings. However, despite the advent of these new therapies for NSCLC, there continues to be a need for other therapeutic options because only approximately 15% of patients respond to these interventions. In addition, among those that initially improve, the responses are often not durable and diminish over time. In many cases, tumors evolve compensatory mechanisms that circumvent the beneficial effects of an individual immunotherapy. Thus, a significant unmet medical need in NSCLC are treatment options that either restore or complement, the efficacy of anti PD-1 / PD-L1 and other ICPI-based therapies.
A general overview of immunotherapy and antibodies is presented below under A primer on antibodies and targeted therapies.
We believe that OCX-253, our mono-specific mAb against Chi3l1, if approved, will likely be used individually or in combination with immunotherapies, such as anti-PD-1 therapeutics. Our belief is based on the observation that OCX-253 modulates multiple oncogenic pathways, or signaling networks used by cancer cells to control the growth and progression of tumors, in addition to its ability to modulate ICPI pathways. Should OCX-253 become a marketed treatment, we would anticipate it being initially used primarily in later-stage cancers, as with most recently approved oncology therapeutics. OCX-253 may progress towards being used for earlier stage cancers, and/or in combination with other medications, as clinician and regulatory agency experience with the drug grows and as our understanding of the needs of individual patients deepens.
OCX-410, our bi-specific mAb, is designed to combine the mechanism of actions of OCX-253 and anti-PD-1 therapeutics. We believe this is a promising combination because studies by Dr. Elias have demonstrated that this bi-specific antibody recruits immune cells, such as CD8+ cytotoxic T cells that kill tumor cells, and the physical interaction of these activated T cells to tumor cell membranes. If approved, we anticipate that OCX-410 will likely enter the market as a second-line therapy in patients with stage III or IV lung cancer who have failed anti PD-1/PD-L1 immunotherapies. We believe that OCX-410 may eventually be used as a first-line treatment for patients with later stage NSCLC.
GBM
GBM is an aggressive type of cancer that can occur in the brain or spinal cord, the components of the central nervous system, or CNS, and is the most common brain tumor in adults. GBMs are a type of astrocytoma, meaning that they arise from the star-shaped cells, known as astrocytes, in the CNS.
119
Normally, these cells form a key component of the blood brain barrier, or BBB, a network of cells, proteins, and structural components that controls which substances can get into the central nervous system, or CNS, and which cannot. Astrocytes also normally help support nerve cells and carry nutrients to them.
Brain tumors are graded on an I to IV scale based on how fast they grow. Grade I brain tumors are the least aggressive. They grow very slowly and rarely spread into nearby tissues. Grade IV are the most aggressive. GBMs are grade IV astrocytomas. They grow quickly and often spread into nearby brain tissue. They rarely metastasize or spread to other parts of the body.
GBM is a rare disease, with a prevalence of 1-9 out of 100,000 individuals. The prevalence in the United States is estimated to be approximately 28,000 diagnosed individuals, and the annual incidence is estimated to be between 6,000 and 10,000. Primary GBM accounts for 90% of cases, mostly occurring in older individuals, while secondary GBM develops more slowly and occurs in relatively younger patients.
No curative therapies exist for GBM and the treatment landscape has not changed in recent years. A significant proportion, approximately 25%, of the GBM prevalent population is not actively treated due to rapid disease progression and an extremely poor prognosis. Surgery is standard-of-care followed by radiation and follow-up with chemo. If that does not work, then physicians may try a second line approach, such as switching chemo monotherapies. However, these second line therapies are rarely effective.
Our bispecific antibody candidate, OCX-909, is designed to combine the mechanism of actions of OCX-253 with an anti-CTLA-4 component. CTLA-4 is a protein receptor that functions as an immune checkpoint that binds to molecules called B7.1 and B7.2 to suppress antitumor immune responses in a manner similar to PD-1. We believe OCX-909 may produce antitumor response particularly in GBM because CTLA-4 is expressed in an exaggerated manner in many GBM tumors. If approved, we envision OCX-909 being potentially utilized as an alternative to surgery, or in the treatment regimen in both the neoadjuvant (before surgery) and adjuvant (after surgery) settings for patients with GBM.
A Primer on Antibodies, Antigens and Targeted Therapies
One way the bodys immune system attacks foreign substances is by making large numbers of antibodies. An antibody is a protein that binds to a specific antigen. An antigen is a molecule that is foreign to the human body; examples include viruses, bacteria, and tumor cells.
Antibodies have a distinct Y shape. Each upper arm of the Y is uniquely structured to bind to a specific part of a particular antigen, called an epitope. Once bound to the antigen, an antibody triggers other parts of the immune system to destroy the cells containing the antigen.
Monoclonal antibodies, or mAbs, are antibodies that are designed and made as therapeutics to bind to specific antigen targets such as those present in a particular type of cancer cell, virus, or other pathogen. When mAbs are used in this manner they are referred to as targeted therapies. Therapeutic antibodies can also be engineered to recognize two epitopes simultaneously, making them bispecific. mAbs can bind directly to surface antigens to kill the cells containing the antigens and they can also help ramp up the immune system to make it more effective against the those cells.
The Chitinase Biology Behind Our Oncology Project Candidates
Dr. Elias has focused a significant amount of his research over the last decade on a gene family called the 18 glycosyl hydrolases and its chitinase and chitinase-like proteins, or CLP. The chitinases and CLP both bind chitin, a polysaccharide that is a major structural component of the exoskeletons of insects and other arthropods and the cell walls of fungi. The chitinases are true enzymes that cleave chitin into smaller saccharide units. In contrast, the CLPs bind to but do not cleave chitin.
120
Chitin, Chitinases, and Chitinase-Like-Proteins
Chitinase-3-like-1, or Chi3l1, also known as YKL-40, the prototypic CLP, was initially described as a soluble product of an osteosarcoma cell line and has since been found in several different laboratory cell lines and animal tissues. In humans, Chi3l1 is found on the cell surface, inside cells and in the circulation. It plays a major role in tissue injury, inflammation, tissue repair and remodeling responses in healthy individuals. It is produced by a variety of cells including epithelial cells and macrophages in response to cytokines, lipids, oxidant injury and other stimuli. It then feeds back to inhibit tissue injury by inhibiting cell death and apoptosis while stimulating fibroproliferative repair.
The levels of circulating and tissue Chi3l1 are increased in many human visceral cancers and animal tumor models including lung cancer and glioblastoma. In visceral tumors elevated serum levels of Chi3l1 correlate with a poor prognosis and shorter disease-free intervals and survival. Studies in animal models have also demonstrated that the inhibition of Chi3l1 can dramatically reduce tumor burden. Consequently, Chi3l1 is now appreciated to be a sensitive biomarker and an attractive therapeutic target for these malignancies. We intend to take advantage of both of these properties because the inhibition of Chi3l1 is a major focus in OCX-253,410 and909, and we intend to use Chi311s properties as a biomarker to identify relevant populations for clinical trials of these product candidates.
Chi3l1 interacts with several different cell-surface proteins to mediate its cell and tissue responses. Studies by Dr. Elias and others have demonstrated that Chi3l1 binds to and signals via a number of cell surface receptors (proteins that pass signals between the outside and inside of cells) including the interleukin-13 receptor-α 2 and CRTH2. They have also demonstrated that IL-13Rα2 is the alpha subunit of multimeric receptor complexes that can include galectin 3 and CD44 as ß subunits. Chi3l1 can also interact with receptor tyrosine kinases, integrins αVß3 and αVß5 / syndecan 1 complexes, and the receptor for advanced glycation end products. These receptors activate a number of signaling pathways including MAPK kinases, Protein Kinase B/Akt and the Wnt/ß-catenin pathways and induce the production of VEGF intermediaries. As a result of these complex receptor-ligand interactions it is now known that Chi3l1 regulates oncogenesis via a number of mechanisms. Dr. Elias has demonstrated that Chi3l1 stimulates malignant responses by inhibiting tumor cell death, stimulating tumor cell proliferation, stimulating the B-Raf protooncogene, and stimulating the phosphorylation of cofilin. He has demonstrated that Chi3l1 also inhibits key antineoplastic pathways including those mediated by the tumor suppressors phosphatase and tensin homolog, or PTEN, and p53 thereby removing intracellular controls against unregulated cell growth. These molecules taken together form the tumor microenvironment, a localized set of conditions that supports the evolution and growth of tumors.
121
In summary, Chi3l1 contributes to neoplasia, or the uncontrolled and abnormal growth of cells or tissues that is the hallmark of cancer, by regulating various pro- and anti-oncogenic pathways as shown in the illustration below:
Chi3l1 and its Roles in Disease Biology
Dr. Elias and other investigators have also found a direct link between Chit1 and fibrotic diseases, such as IPF and HPS. This finding is the basis for our anti-Chit1 small molecule therapeutic product candidate, OCF-203, detailed later.
OCX-253Anti-Chi3l1 mAb for Lung Cancer
Recent published studies have demonstrated that the levels of circulating Chi3l1 are elevated in many malignancies including cancers of the prostate, colon, rectum, ovary, kidney, breast, as well as GBM and malignant melanoma. In these diseases, the levels of Chi3l1 frequently correlate directly with disease progression and inversely with disease-free interval and survival. This is particularly striking in lung cancer where preclinical and clinical studies demonstrated that the serum and tissue levels of Chi3l1 are increased and are associated with adverse outcomes, such as poor prognosis and shorter survival. Dr Elias and colleagues have found that Chi3l1 plays a critical role in the pathogenesis of primary and metastatic lung cancer in murine models that have the same genetic mutations that are seen in human disease including activating mutations of the K-Ras oncogene. In murine models primary lung cancer is induced in mice that have activating mutations of Kras (the G12 D mutation) and null mutations of the tumor suppressor p53. Dr Elias and colleagues have additionally demonstrated that Chi3l1 is able to replace null mutations of p53 in the generation of primary lung cancer in murine models that only have activating mutations of the K-Ras oncogene. They also demonstrated that Chi3l1 is induced during pulmonary melanoma and pulmonary breast cancer metastasis in murine models of these diseases and that Chi3l1 induction is required for the generation of a metastasis permissive pulmonary microenvironment. As shown below, both primary tumor growth and metastatic spread were both significantly inhibited via immune inhibition of Chi3l1 using therapeutic antibodies (Fig. 1). These antibody findings are the basis for Oceans OCX-253 program in NSCLC. We plan to initially focus on a subset of patients who exhibit elevated levels of circulating Chi3l1 as they are anticipated to be the patient population most likely to respond to this
122
product candidate. However, the treatable patient population may eventually expand as a consequence of the many critical pathways OCX-253 appears to impact (as described and shown in the figure above) and as our understanding of chitinase biology grows.
Figure 1: In Animal Models, Antibodies Against Chi3l1 Show Reduction in Primary and Metastatic Tumors
OCX-410 and OCX-909Anti-Chi3l1/PD-1 and Anti-Chi3l1/CTLA-4 Bispecific mAbs for NSCLC and GBM
Novel immunotherapeutic approaches have improved the prognosis for a number of cancers over the past decade. Cancer cells have unstable genomes and as a result accumulate genetic mutations that are not seen in normal cells and tissues. These non-self mutations generate non-self proteins that can be recognized and reacted to by the immune system. Normal white blood cells, particularly T lymphocytes, learn to recognize these novel antigens and kill the cells that express them. Under normal circumstances, immune responses are activated to deal with pathogens and non-self antigens but are then inhibited to prevent overexuberant, injury-inducing, immune responses. This immune inhibition is often mediated by immune checkpoint inhibitor pathways. Unfortunately, some tumors evolve to take advantage of these regulatory pathways to evade endogenous antitumor immune responses. For example, tumor cells may produce the regulatory protein cell death ligand 1, or PD-L1 or cluster of differentiation proteins 80 or 86. These proteins interact with their corresponding receptors on T cells, PD-1 and CTLA-4, respectively, to turn off the immune system response to the cancer. Multiple approved immunotherapies disrupt the connection between PD-1 or CTLA-4 and their ligands to restore immune activity against susceptible cancers.
Dr. Elias has demonstrated in widely accepted mouse models of fibrosis that PD-1 and its ligands, PD-L1 and PD-L2, are induced in melanoma metastases by Chi3l1, and that Chi3l1 can stimulate these checkpoint inhibitors, thereby encouraging tumor growth. Further work by Dr. Elias has demonstrated that bispecific antibodies that bind to both Chi3l1 and PD-1 (or CTLA-4) dramatically improve the responses seen in cocultures of T cells and tumor cells with more tumor cells undergoing cell death when treated with the bispecific antibody than cells treated with mono-specific antibodies against the same targets, either individually or in combination (Fig. 2). These studies also demonstrated that these effects were mediated by an enhanced induction of CD8+ cytotoxic T cells that kill the tumor cells and an enhanced ability of these cytotoxic cells to bind to tumor cell membranes in cultures treated with the bispecific antibody compared to cultures treated with mono-specific antibodies against the same targets, administered either individually or in combination. These observations suggest that the proximity of the Chi3l1 and PD-1 (or CTLA-4) targets in the tumor microenvironment play a role in their vulnerability to this precision
123
immunotherapy 9 (Fig. 3). Thus, we hypothesize that even patients whose tumors have been resistant to anti-PD-1 or anti-CTLA-4 antibody therapy may benefit from our bi-specific antibody product candidates that are designed to bind both Chi3l1 and immune checkpoint targets simultaneously. These bi-specific antibodies against Chi3l1 and PD-1 or CTLA-4 are the basis for our OCX-410 and OCX-909 programs, respectively.
Figure 2: In vitro Experiments Show Improved Killing of Glioblastoma Tumor Cells with OCX-909 Bi-Specific Anti-Chi3l1 / Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody. **=p<0.01
Figure 3: Mechanism of Action of OCX-410
We are planning to initially target checkpoint inhibitor positive NSCLC with OCX-410 and GBM with OCX-909 due to the previously published importance of these checkpoint inhibitors for these tumor types as well as Dr. Elias supporting data in preclinical models of these diseases. We intend to evaluate whether checkpoint inhibitor upregulation is critical for the activity of OCX-410 and OCX-909 in humans, and we intend to evaluate the response seen in checkpoint inhibitor negative patients as well. The outcome of these studies may help us to better identify our potential target patient population.
Oncology Product Candidates Clinical Development Plan
All three therapeutic antibody product candidates, OCX-253, OCX-410, and OCX-909, have been optimized against their respective targets, and we are beginning efforts to develop, through the
124
establishment of manufacturing and supply relationships with third parties, a production system capable of supporting clinical use. A critical step in production is the creation of a master cell bank, or MCB, a depository where genetically identical antibody-producing cells are stored, by a CMO. The MCB is critical for production of consistent therapeutics through clinical development and, potentially, commercial production. We have collaborated on the first steps of MCB production for OCX-253 with Lonza Group AG, a global contract manufacturing organization and have completed development of 8 research cell lines that produce OCX-253 in February 2021. Initial assessments indicate that any of these cell lines could possibly be used to generate clinical and commercial grade OCX-253. Additional evaluations are under way to determine which of the 8 cell lines is preferred for the generation of the cGMP Master Cell Bank (MCB) and the generation of clinical drug material. We anticipate producing sufficient drug material to begin IND-enabling safety studies in 1Q 2022. The OCX-410 and OCX-909 programs are expected to begin MCB generation in 1H 2022. We anticipate filing IND applications with the FDA for all three product candidates in 2022.
We intend to model our Phase 1/2 clinical trials of OCX-253 and OCX-410 after Mercks pembrolizumab KEYNOTE-001 trial (NCT01295827). This design is expected to allow for combined initial safety and efficacy endpoints using a single ascending dose, or SAD, strategy followed by a repeat dose regimen to identify tumor responses through generally accepted Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors, or RECIST, criteria and time to tumor progression. Using RECIST criteria as the primary endpoint of the initial clinical trial will measure whether tumors shrink in response to treatment and allows for a relatively quick determination of whether our product candidates are likely to provide benefit in a larger, more extensive pivotal trial. The time to the tumor progression endpoint will likely be a secondary endpoint in these first trials but is the generally accepted primary endpoint for registrational trials in NSCLC.
GBM
The OCX-909 program for GBM has the additional challenge of successfully delivering the protein therapeutic product candidate to the brain where the BBB has questionable permeability. The BBB is a stretch of less-permeable blood vasculature in the CNS, as compared to the rest of the body. Its purpose is to carefully screen the entry and exit of molecules between the CNS and bloodstream. The BBB is a difficult hurdle to cross using small molecules delivered to the periphery, and consistent peripheral delivery of protein-based therapeutics, such as antibodies, to the brain has so far been elusive. Patients suffering from GBM may have a partially disrupted BBB due to changes in the vasculature associated with the tumors or their recent surgery, but the inconsistency of these disruptions may add considerable challenge to the development of a peripherally delivered medicament.
We plan to bypass the BBB using a number of approaches, alone or in combination. The first approach is intracerebral-ventricular, or ICV, delivery of OCX-909. We intend to make use of a port-reservoir system, such as an Ommaya reservoir, which is a small, plastic, coin-shaped device placed under the scalp and connected to a catheter placed in one of the brains ventricles. This would allow direct delivery of OCX-909 into the cerebral spinal fluid, or CSF, pool in the ventricles at the center of the brain. The size of the ICV space changes throughout the day, particularly during sleep, effectively pumping CSF, and the drug it contains, throughout the brain. Though placement of an Ommaya reservoir is somewhat invasive, it is frequently used in patients suffering from brain cancers, and we anticipate many of our patients will likely already have one in place.
We intend to model our Phase 1/2 clinical trial after the Phase 1/2 clinical trial of Johnson and Johnsons Zarnestra sponsored by M.D. Anderson Cancer Center (NCT00050986). The envisioned clinical trial plan involves a dose escalation SAD/multiple ascending dose, or MAD, strategy followed by continued assessments of safety parameters and efficacy using six-month progression free survival as the primary endpoint. We anticipate also monitoring tumor size during this trial using radiology techniques in the interest of acquiring efficacy data more rapidly than the primary endpoint is likely to provide.
125
Our Phase 3 clinical trial for OCX-909 is tentatively planned to follow the example of Mercks CENTRIC trial of Cilengitide (NCT00689221). The CENTRIC trial used overall survival as the approval endpoint leading to a study duration over five years. We intend to continue to work with the oncology community to develop novel validated biomarkers, which could allow for accelerated trials in GBM. We are optimistic that these novel tools may allow for accelerated trials in the GBM space which could speed the transition of OCX-909 to the market. We intend to seek orphan drug designation for OCX-909 in GBM and may also request priority review.
Fibrosis Product Candidate for IPF and HPS:
|
OCF-203 anti-Chit1 Small Molecule |
Overview of Fibrotic Diseases
An important protective mechanism for tissue regeneration and wound healing is the formation of extracellular matrix, or ECM, a non-cellular portion of a tissue produced and secreted by cells and functions mainly to provide support for tissues.
Fibrosis is a pathologic condition where an excessive accumulation of ECM leads to organ disfunction and failure. Fibrotic diseases constitute a major health problem worldwide and encompass a wide spectrum of clinical entities including systemic fibrotic diseases such as systemic sclerosis, or SSc, scleroderma and nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, as well as numerous organ-specific disorders including pulmonary, cardiac, liver and kidney fibrosis.
The United States government estimates that 45% of deaths in the United States can be attributed to fibrotic disorders. Fibrosis is a factor in various tissue and organ diseases as shown in the figure below.
Figure 4
IPF
IPF is a chronic, progressive, and fibrotic interstitial lung disease of unknown cause, which occurs primarily in older adults. It results in irreversible loss of lung function with high morbidity and mortality rates. Median survival is three-to-five years following diagnosis.
126
IPF is a rare disease with an estimated prevalence ranging from 10-to-60 per 100,000 in the United States and 1.3 to 32.5 per 100,000 in Europe depending on country, age, and risk factors. There is an estimated prevalence of approximately 160,000 in the United States, with most cases occurring in individuals over the age of 50 years. The United States incidence rate is approximately 55,000 cases per year, and the incidence is rising due to a growing elderly population and increased disease awareness and detection.
In practice, patients are diagnosed and categorized into three categories, as shown below, based on disease severity: mild, moderate, and severe. Their disease may be characterized based on two lung function measures: FVC, or forced vital capacity, and diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide, or DLCO,
Figure 5
Current therapeutic standard-of-care utilizes Roches Esbriet (pirfenidone) or Boehringers Ofev (nintedanib). Pirfenidone and nintedanib slow pulmonary function loss with only modest deceleration of disease progression and no reversal, and their severe side effects (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea) cause many patients to avoid or discontinue these therapies. These drugs are primarily used in the moderate patient segmentboth mild and severe patients view the negative side effect profile as outweighing the benefits. Despite the side effects, it is estimated that approximately 58% of patients diagnosed with IPF take one of these therapeutics and, together, they generated global sales of approximately $3.0 billion in 2019. We believe that a therapy with even a modest improvement in side effect profile would likely see more utilization.
HPS
HPS is a rare, inherited genetic disorder which occurs when a child inherits defective genes from both parents. Although HPS is ultra-rare from a worldwide perspective, it has a much higher prevalence in Puerto Rico where the prevalence is roughly 1 in 1,800 in the northwest region of the island, or an estimated 1,500 patients, accounting for more than 50% of the worldwide HPS population. HPS effects approximately 1 to 2 million individuals worldwide outside of Puerto Rico. The disease onset occurs as early as age 30, and the lifespan of patients with some of the most severe disease subtypes usually does not exceed 40 to 50 years. HPS is diagnosed through a combination of identifying signs of albinism, evaluation of patient blood, and/or genetic testing; however, early diagnosis of PF in HPS patients presents the same challenges as IPF diagnosis.
There is an unmet need for therapeutics to treat HPS-related pulmonary fibrosis, or HPS-PF, patients. There is no approved drug therapy, and no treatment except potential lung transplantation. The only pharmacological option for patients is off-label use of Esbriet, which may slow disease progression but only in patients who retain significant residual lung function. Published clinical studies of Esbriet and Ofev suggest that bleeding is more likely with Ofev, so its use is generally avoided in the HPS patient population.
We believe that OCF-203, if approved, has potential to address the need for a HPS therapeutic due to its novel therapeutic approach. It is also our belief that developing this product candidate for HPS may
127
allow us to enter the broader fibrotic disease space in an expedited manner by pursuing an ultra-rare disease indication before potentially broadening to adjacent indications.
The Chitinase Biology Behind Our Fibrosis Product Candidate
Previously, we described Dr. Elias research on chitinase enzymes and CLP, and his discovery of the key role that a CLP called Chi3l1 plays in cancer. Dr. Elias also discovered that a chitinase called Chit1, also known as chitotriosidase, plays a central role in inflammation and in fibrotic diseases such as IPF and HPS. Chit1 is expressed in an exaggerated manner in IPF where it correlates inversely with Smad 7. Chit1 is also a critical biomarker and therapeutic target in Scleroderma-associated interstitial lung disease. This finding is the basis for our anti-Chit1 small molecule therapeutic product candidate, OCF-203.
OCF-203Small Molecule Candidate for IPF and HPS
In animal models, Dr. Elias and his colleagues showed that Chit1 is a master regulator of transforming growth factor beta 1, an extensively-published biochemical pathway relevant to inflammation, tissue modeling, and fibrosis, and that it mediated fibrosis response through various mechanisms described below. Animal models of IPF exhibit similar pathology to that of humans, allowing for relevant testing of molecular mechanisms and potential therapeutics in these models. Transgenic laboratory animals developed in the Elias laboratory to over-express Chit1 were shown to be far more susceptible to lung fibrosis than their wild type counterparts, which further demonstrates the role of Chit1 as a factor in IPF.
Using high throughput screening, Dr. Elias identified a small molecule candidate for the OCF-203 program that prevented and reduced inflammation and fibrosis in the bleomycin mouse model of IPF (Fig. 5). Importantly, the molecular mediators of fibrosis, fibronectin, Col1A1, and Col3A1, were also substantially reduced in the IPF model animals that had received the OCF-203 candidate. Results were similar in a mouse model of HPS (Fig. 6), suggesting that the OCF-203 molecule could benefit this patient population as well. The biochemical pathways known to be impacted by Chit1 inhibition imply that there may be benefit of this product candidate for the potential treatment of other fibrotic diseases such as non-alcoholic-steatohepatitis, or NASH, and lysosomal storage disorders.
Figure 6: OCF-203 Lead Candidate Treatment Reduces Observed Markers of Fibrosis in an Animal Model of IPF
128
Figure 7: OCF-203 Lead Candidate Treatment of the Bleomycin HPS-1 Mouse Model results in Normalized Levels of Fibrotic Markers
No significant toxicity has been observed at therapeutic doses in the animal studies with the OCF-203 lead to date. This candidate molecule has been previously evaluated (by unrelated parties) in Japan in the mid-1960s for potential use as an antibiotic though approval was never pursued. While the clinical data from these studies is not suitable for current regulatory filings, we believe it does support the safety observations seen in Dr. Elias recent animal studies and also provides invaluable information as to the behavior of this molecule and its derivatives that we can potentially use in the design of future clinical development work. Additionally, we believe OCF-203s safety observations are further supported by past published literature which estimates that 6% of humans do not produce Chit1 and, though they may be more susceptible to infection by chitin-containing parasites, this deficiency may provide greater longevity and reduced age-related disease burden as compared to people who produce Chit1 normally. Taken together, these findings suggest that therapies that focus on inhibiting Chit1 may be well tolerated in patients. This is of import to IPF and HPS given that there are no currently approved drug therapies for HPS, and the currently approved therapies for IPF, pirfenidone and nintedanib, both carry a significant risk of severe side effects, as described previously.
Fibrosis Programs Clinical Development Plan
We have identified opportunities in the structure of OCF-203 that we believe may be able to improve the expected risk/benefit ratio for patients. We intend to embark on a limited structure-activity-relationship, or SAR, study and plan to begin IND enabling studies in 2021. We plan to submit our IND application to the FDA in 2H 2022.
Clinical Development
Clinical development of OCF-203 is expected to initiate with a single Phase 1/2 clinical trial in IPF that we plan will be followed by later stage clinical development for IPF and HPS in parallel. We intend to conduct a Phase 1/2 SAD/MAD trial in patients with IPF that is modeled after the Phase 2 portion of the Galapagos PINTA trial (NCT03725852). Our Phase 1/2 clinical trial is expected to be designed to provide human proof of concept data demonstrating the cessation of fibrosis progression, which would allow for the initiation of Phase 3 clinical trials in both IPF and HPS. The Phase 3 clinical trial of OCF-203 for the prevention of fibrotic progression in IPF will likely be modeled after the Genentech ASCEND trial (NCT01366209), while the Phase 3 clinical trial of OCF-203 for the prevention of fibrotic progression in
129
HPS will likely be modeled after the National Human Genome Research Institute, or NHGRI, trial in HPS patients (NCT00001596). Both the Genentech and NHGRI trials were evaluating pirfenidone. We intend to seek orphan drug designation for OCF-203 in HPS.
Infectious Disease Product Candidates for Malaria
|
ODA-570 Vaccine for the Prevention of P. falciparum Infection |
|
ODA-611 anti-PfGARP mAb for the Treatment of Symptomatic P. falciparum Infection |
|
ODA-579 anti-PfGARP Small Molecule for the Treatment of Symptomatic P. falciparum Infection |
Infectious diseases, caused by infection with viruses, bacteria, fungi or parasites are the primary cause of more than 12.5% of all deaths worldwide. Efforts to reduce this death toll are hampered by drug resistant pathogens and, for many pathogens, a lack of effective vaccines. As detailed below, our infectious disease program is designed to address this significant unmet medical need and will initially focus on malaria, the greatest single agent killer of children worldwide. Please see Malaria Background following Malaria product candidate descriptions.
ODA-570malaria vaccine
Using the WPDS platform, Dr. Kurtis has identified PfGARP and PfSEA-1 as parasite antigens that are recognized by antibodies in the plasma of children who are relatively resistantbut not in those who are susceptibleto malaria caused by P. falciparum.
PfSEA-1 is a parasite antigen with a mass of 244 kilodaltons, which has no significant similarity to proteins of known function. PfSEA-1 displays minimal sequence variation in the region we cloned (amino acids 810 to 1083) across hundreds of parasite strains. Antibodies made in mice immunized with recombinant PfSEA-1 have been shown to inhibit parasite growth by 58% to 74% across three parasite strains compared with controls (Fig 8). Similarly, purified human antibodies to PfSEA-1 have also been shown to significantly inhibit parasite growth in laboratory studies. In both cases, anti-PfSEA-1 antibodies trapped parasites within the red cell, preventing their egress, and led to parasite death.
Figure 8. Antibodies to PfSEA-1 kill parasites. Polyclonal anti-PfSEA-1 antibodies in mice inhibit parasite growth by 74 % in vitro. Ring stage 3D7 parasites were cultured in the presence of anti-PfSEA-1 mouse sera at 1:10 dilution. Negative controls included no anti-sera and pre-immune mouse sera. Red blood cells (RBC).
In vaccine challenge experiments in mouse models of malaria infection, immunization with a recombinant protein encoding the P. berghei ANKA (a lethal mouse malaria strain) ortholog of PfSEA-1,
130
or PbSEA-1, or antibodies to PbSEA-1 conferred marked protection against a lethal P. berghei ANKA challenge as evidenced by up to a 75% reduction in parasitemia seven days after challenge. In all five experiments performed, by day seven to eight after challenge, control mice had high parasitemia with associated morbidity, whereas none of the vaccinated mice had high parasitemia or overt morbidity. In experiments with long-term follow-up, both active immunization with rPbSEA-1 and passive transfer of antibodies to PbSEA-1 significantly reduced parasitemia and delayed mortality.
In human observational studies conducted in Tanzania, individuals with naturally acquired antibodies to PfSEA-1 were associated with significant protection from severe malaria, with no cases occurring while children had detectable antibodies to PfSEA-1 (Fig 9). In a second longitudinal Kenyan cohort, antiPfSEA-1 antibodies were associated with significant protection against parasitemia in adolescents and young adults. Individuals with detectable IgG antirPfSEA-1 antibodies had 50% lower parasite densities over 18 weeks of follow-up compared with individuals with no detectable IgG anti-rPfSEA-1A antibodies.
Figure 9. Antibodies to rPfSEA-1A predict reduced malaria severity and parasitemia. Incidence of severe malaria and death in Tanzanian children aged one and a half to three and a half years during intervals with detectable and undetectable antibodies to PfSEA-1 (1688 and 23,806 weeks, respectively). No cases of severe malaria or death occurred during intervals with detectable antibodies to rPfSEA-1A. Error bars represent 95% CI.
Based on these data, we hypothesize that vaccination of humans with PfSEA-1 could generate antibodies that trap parasites within a red cell and lead to parasite death.
PfGARP is a parasite antigen with a mass of 80 kilodaltons that is expressed on the external surface of erythrocytes (red blood cells) infected by early-to-late-trophozoite-stage parasites.
131
Antibodies against PfGARP kill trophozoite-infected erythrocytes in culture by inducing programmed cell death in the parasites (see Fig 10). Vaccinating non-human primates with PfGARP has been shown to protect against a challenge with P. falciparum (see Fig 11). Furthermore, longitudinal cohort studies have shown that, compared to individuals who had naturally occurring anti-PfGARP antibodies, Tanzanian children without anti-PfGARP antibodies had a 2.5-fold-higher risk of severe malaria, and Kenyan adolescents and adults without these antibodies had a 2-fold-higher parasite density.
Figure 10. Antibodies to PfGARP kill parasites. Polyclonal anti-PfGARP antibodies generated by DNA vaccination in mice (a) inhibit parasite growth by 94-99% in 3 parasite strains in vitro. Ring stage 3D7, Dd2, and D10 strain parasites (representative strains from Africa, Asia, and Papua New Guinea) were cultured in the presence of anti-PfGARP mouse sera at 1:10 dilution. Negative controls included no anti-sera and pre-immune mouse sera.
132
Figure 11. Vaccination with PfGARP-A protects monkeys from challenge with P. falciparum. A) Animals were vaccinated with PfGARP-A mRNA-LNP (n=5 monkeys) poly(C) RNA-LNP (negative control, n=4 monkeys) and challenged IV with 104 P. falciparum FVO strain infected RBC. Parasitemia was followed daily. Points represent means, error bars represent SEM.) B) Animals were vaccinated with rPfGARP-A protein (n=5 monkeys) or control (n=4 monkeys) and challenged IV with 104 P. falciparum FVO strain infected RBC. Parasitemia was followed daily. Points represent means, error bars represent SEM. * indicates P < 0.05. ** indicates P < 0.01 in two-sided t-Tests.
We hypothesize that killing of trophozoite-infected erythrocytes by targeting PfGARP will kill P. falciparum malaria parasites before they cause disease. We also hypothesize that a vaccine targeting PfGARP could synergize with vaccine antigens, like PfSEA-1, that target parasite egress from erythrocytes.
Importantly, PfGARP and PfSEA-1 are novel targets with no homology, or similarity, to any human proteins and when these genes have been sequenced in thousands of parasite strains, they have minimal sequence variation in the region that is contained in our vaccine formulations. Based on these data, we believe that vaccination with PfGARP and/or PfSEA-1 is unlikely to generate immunologic toxicity in humans and further suggest that the parasite will likely not be able to mutate to escape the killing effect of the vaccine induced antibodies.
It is important to note that, unlike the target of the RTS,S vaccine (circumsporozoite protein), PfSEA-1 and PfGARP antigens are expressed in the host for 8 to 24 hours which allows sufficient time for them to be targeted by vaccine induced antibodies. This is in stark contrast to the circumsporozoite protein, which is only expressed during the sporozoite stage of the P. falciparum lifecycle and thus only available for intervention during the first five minutes of infection. Furthermore, P. falciparum disease progression is dependent upon repeated rounds of schizont formation, merozoite egress, and infection of new erythrocytes (see lifecycle description above), and each time the cycle repeats the parasite again becomes vulnerable to anti-PfSEA-1 or anti-PfGARP antibodies. In contrast, parasites that escape the small window of intervention induced by the RTS,S vaccine are not prevented from further growth and replication. The subsequent unimpeded progression through the parasite lifecycle is likely a primary contributor to the relatively low immunization success rate seen with RTS,S.
We are currently evaluating whether a vaccine targeting PfSEA-1, PfGARP or a combination of the two antigens would present the best opportunity to protect patients from P. falciparum infection.
133
ODA-611Anti-PfGARP mAbs
We produced a series of mAbs in mice that were immunized with laboratory generated recombinant PfGARP. Of the 16 mAbs that reacted with PfGARP in an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or ELISA, only one mAb killed parasites in culture (see Fig 12). We sequenced and expressed the heavy-chain and light-chain variable regions (the genes that encode the mAb), and the resulting recombinant mAb had a dissociation constant, or Kd, of 2.9 nM, (indicating strong binding of the monoclonal to its target PfGARP) and killed parasites in culture. A monovalent antigen-binding fragment, or Fab, of this antibody also killed parasites in culture. These data confirmed that anti-PfGARP-mediated killing occurs in the absence of complement, cellular effector functions, or antigen cross-linking. We expect that a humanized version of this antibody will form the basis for our ODA-611 program.
Figure 12. Monoclonal anti-PfGARP kill parasites. Anti-PfGARP mAb kills parasites. Ring stage 3D7 parasites were cultured in the presence of media alone, normal mouse IgG (1 mg/ml) or anti-PfGARP mAbs (mAb 7857 or mAb 7899, at 1 mg/ml).
ODA-579small molecule targeting PfGARP
Our belief that PfGARP is a high value druggable target for anti-malarial drug development is based on PfGARPs surface expression on infected RBCs, the absence of any significant amino acid homology with human host proteins, and the ability of antibody binding to PfGARP to kill parasites in vitro within 12-24 hours by activating parasite programed cell suicide.
To develop a drug based on PfGARP binding, Dr. Kurtis screened a small molecule library to identify compounds that inhibit the binding of anti-PfGARP antibody to PfGARP protein. Dr. Kurtis reasoned that compounds which bind to the same region of PfGARP that is targeted by the parasite-lethal anti-PfGARP antibodies would be enriched for effective anti-malarials. Dr. Kurtis screened 6,400 compounds using an assay that detects inhibition of binding of anti-PfGARP antibodies to immobilized PfGARP protein. Dr. Kurtis identified one compound as having anti-parasite activity.
Dr. Kurtis then conducted a limited Structure Activity Relationship, or SAR, campaign, evaluating 33 additional compounds with similarity to the structure of the first compound identified. Dr. Kurtis identified one compound with enhanced parasite killing activity compared to the original compound. This
134
molecule has an IC50 (concentration of drug that results in half of the maximal killing effect) of between 1 and 4.8 uM in wild type parasites (3D7 strain) and no activity in a parasite strain that has had the PfGARP gene deleted (3D7 PfGARP KO) (see Fig 13). This result demonstrates both the specificity of drug activity for PfGARP, as well as the lack of general toxicity to eukaryotic cells. Toxicity assessments show no loss of viability in multiple mammalian cell lines at up to 400 uM, which was the highest concentration tested. These data are consistent with a selectivity index (ratio of IC50 for mammalian cells/IC50 for parasites) greater than 100.
Figure 13. Molecule kills P. falciparum parasites. 3D7 (top) or 3D7 PfGARP KO (bottom) parasites were synchronized to the ring stage and incubated with a dilution series of compounds or media control for 48 hours followed by quantification of parasitemia by pLDH assay. Each dilution was evaluated in quadruplicate and error bars represent SD. The IC50 = 4.8 uM for killing of 3D7 parasites. Results representative of two independent experiments.
Our Whole Proteome Differential Screening Platform for Antigen Discovery
Our infectious disease product candidates are the result of decades of NIH-funded work by our co-founder, Dr. Kurtis and his team. Dr. Kurtis developed the WPDS platform and used this platform to identify our two vaccine candidate antigens for malaria: Plasmodium falciparum Schizont Egress Antigen-1, or PfSEA-1, and Plasmodium falciparum Glutamic Acid Rich Protein, or PfGARP. The WPDS platform was first described by Dr. Kurtis in 2005, and later used to identify PfSEA-1 (published in Science, the peer-reviewed academic journal of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and one of the worlds top academic journals) in 2014. Dr. Kurtis has since perfected the WPDS platform to discover PfGARP as described in his Nature (the worlds leading multidisciplinary science journal), 2020 publication.
The WPDS platform differs markedly from standard vaccine discovery approaches, which rely on the identification of immunodominant antigens (protein targets that generate large quantities of antibody) recognized by antibodies in animal models of human pathogens. Unfortunately, these animal models are often poor models of the complex human host-pathogen relationship and the immunodominant antigens are often decoys deployed by the pathogen to evade protective immune responses. Identifying the critical antigens that are the targets of protective antibodies on the pathogen is further complicated by the fact
135
that susceptible humans make essentially the same antibody repertoire (i.e., recognize the same pathogen antigens) as resistant humans, thus masking the identity of the key, protective targets.
Dr. Kurtis designed the WPDS platform to specifically identify pathogen antigens that are only recognized by antibodies expressed by resistant, but not by susceptible, humans. The successful implementation of the WPDS platform requires blood samples from well characterized longitudinal cohort studies of individuals exposed to the pathogen, high quality gene libraries from the pathogen, and one-to-three months of experimental effort.
The WPDS platform identifies the pathogen antigens that are recognized by antibodies made by resistant individuals and then, importantly, removes, or excludes as vaccine targets, any antigens that are also recognized by susceptible individuals. This removal phase is essential as any antigen that is recognized by antibodies made by susceptible individuals cannot possibly be involved in providing protection.
We believe that the WPDS platform may be applicable to any human pathogen for which a subset of humans develops antibody-mediated resistance to infection/reinfection while a subset of humans remains susceptible. We believe that the platform may also enable us to identify targets against other infectious diseases.
The WPDS platform led to the discovery of novel targets against malaria, which are the basis for our anti-PfGARP therapeutics programs (ODA-611 and ODA-579) and for our vaccine program targeting PfGARP and PfSEA-1 (ODA-570).
Malaria Background: Epidemiology and Lifecycle
Plasmodium falciparum malaria is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in developing countries, infecting 200-300 million individuals and killing nearly 500,000 children in sub-Saharan Africa each year. Nearly half of the worlds population, consisting of more than three billion individuals, is at risk of malaria infection. Recent estimates indicate that even these staggering figures significantly underestimate the actual disease burden. In addition, people from the United States and Europe (including military personnel) who travel to malaria endemic regions are also at risk of contracting malaria.
136
Human malaria is caused by infection with one of five species of protozoan parasite of the genus Plasmodium. Infection with just one of these species, P. falciparum, accounts for more than 95% of all malaria-related deaths. Plasmodium parasites have a complex lifecycle (Fig. 14), which begins when humans become infected following the bite of an infected anopheline mosquito. During blood feeding, an infected female mosquito (only female mosquitos feed on blood, which is necessary for egg laying) injects a parasite stage called a sporozoite into the human blood stream. These sporozoites leave the blood stream and rapidly (within 5 minutes) infect liver cells. Within the liver cells, the sporozoites multiply asexually with each sporozoite giving rise to up to 10,000 merozoites. These merozoites rupture out of the liver cell and each merozoite rapidly infects (within 140 microseconds) an individual red blood cell. Within the red blood cell, the merozoite undergoes an approximately 48-hour developmental cycle. Each merozoite sequentially develops into a ring stage parasite, a trophozoite stage parasite, a schizont stage parasite and then the schizont stage parasite segments into approximately 20 daughter merozoites, which rupture from the red blood cell. Each of these twenty daughter merozoites infect new red blood cells. This blood stage infection expands exponentially until the red blood cell loss become sufficient to cause disease. In addition, the trophozoite- and schizont-stage infected red blood cells become very sticky, leading to clogged blood vessels and tissue damage to the infected human. Ultimately, some of the parasites differentiate into sexual stages, which are referred to as gametocytes, which can be taken up by a mosquito during a blood meal. Within the mosquito, these gametocytes develop into sporozoites, which can be injected into a new host when the mosquito takes her next bloodmeal.
Figure 14. Lifecycle of Plasmodium falciparum (source: Clinical Microbiology Reviews, Apr. 2011, p. 379)
Limitations of Current Malaria Control Efforts
There are currently three approaches to control malaria, including insecticides to kill mosquitoes, bed nets to limit human-mosquito contact, and anti-malarial drugs used to treat infected individuals. While
137
these interventions have some impact, each has significant limitations. Insecticides are expensive, difficult to apply, and harmful to the environment. More concerning is the emergence of widespread resistance of mosquitos to the insecticides which has led to the search for ever more lethal, and ecologically damaging, insecticides. Nevertheless, application of insecticides remains an important component of many national malaria control programs.
Bed nets have seen widespread distribution over the past 15 years based on data demonstrating that sleeping under an insecticide-impregnated bed net results in a low, but still significant, 16% reduction in child mortality. Bed nets suffer from issues of cost, maintenance (they must be repaired and re-dipped in insecticide), and compliance.
Given the low efficacy of bed nets and insecticides, the cornerstone of malaria control programs remains the treatment of symptomatic cases with anti-malarial drugs. Unfortunately, malaria parasites are particularly good at developing resistance to anti-malarial drugs and have done so for every anti-malarial drug ever developed. Currently, the most effective antimalarial drug is artemisinin and its derivatives. The recent development of artemisinin resistance in south east Asia, coupled with its detection in sub-Saharan Africa, threatens to reverse the reductions in malaria-attributed mortality seen in the past decade. Given the socio-ecological context of malaria, delayed access to drug treatment, with its consequent increased mortality, remains a major challenge to control programs.
The world continues to experience a high burden of malaria and we believe this calls for the development of new drugs and vaccines.
Current Landscape of Malaria Vaccines
A broadly effective malaria vaccine represents the holy-grail of malaria control efforts and has been pursued by scientists for decades without success. The most advanced malaria vaccine candidate, RTS,S, has publicly reported relatively low efficacy (17% and 32% protection from severe malaria in infants and young children, respectively). More concerning, RTS,S reports two significant safety signals: a ten-fold increased risk of bacterial meningitis and two-fold increased risk of mortality in girls. These safety signals have resulted in a decision by the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, under recommendation by the World Health Organization, or WHO, to limit release of the RTS,S vaccine to a pilot introduction in three African countries (Kenya, Malawi, and Ghana) with detailed follow-up of safety outcomes that would then be used to decide whether to proceed with broad release.
The RTS,S vaccine seeks to generate antibodies that prevent the sporozoite from entering the liver cell, a process that takes less than five minutes. The high antibody levels necessary to block this rapid event are very difficult to achieve and even harder to maintain. Parasites which escape the RTS,S antibodies and invade a liver cell will give rise to a full-blown malaria infection as the vaccine has no impact on the red blood cell stages of the malaria life cycle. These fundamental properties of the RTS,S vaccine result in the vaccines poor efficacy and create a significant unmet medical need that our vaccine will endeavor to address.
Indications and Addressable Market for Malaria Programs
The target indication for our malaria vaccine ODA-570, is malaria in all at risk populations. This includes individuals living in malaria-endemic areas, as well as travelers to these areas. Based on the epidemiology, the addressable market for a malaria vaccine is more than three billion individuals.
Based on the immunology of malaria, we expect that the initial course of vaccination would entail three doses over a three-month period, with subsequent booster doses required every one-to-two years. In the developing world, we expect that our vaccine, if approved for marketing, will likely be included in the WHO-expanded program in immunization, or EPI, which currently achieves greater than 85% coverage for eligible children worldwide.
138
We believe that our malaria antibody, ODA-611, may have both therapeutic and prophylactic applications. The target indication for ODA-611 is the prevention of malaria in short-term travelers to malaria endemic areas, including tourists, government employees and military personnel.
We expect the target indication for our malaria drug, ODA-579, to be the treatment of mild to moderately severe malaria infection. There are 200-300 million malaria infections per year. We estimate the addressable market for our anti-malarial drug to be more than 200 million persons per year.
In addition to this prophylactic indication, we believe that our anti-PfGARP antibody could have therapeutic use in individuals with severe malaria, who are typically unable to take oral medicines. While data on the incidence of severe malaria is difficult to obtain, more than 500,000 people die each year due to malaria, each of which, by definition, represented a severe malaria case. Thus we believe this represents a reasonable estimate of the addressable worldwide market for our anti-PfGARP antibody as a therapeutic for severe malaria.
Infectious Disease Programs Clinical Development Plan
The ODA-570 Plasmodium falciparum vaccine is completing optimization efforts and, when completed, we plan to begin IND-enabling studies with an expected IND filing date in the second half of 2022. Clinical development will likely be modeled after the GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, trials of their RTS, S vaccine (Mosquirix). We plan to conduct the Phase 1 clinical trial in two stages in a population of healthy volunteer adults, with the Phase 1a goal being to establish the safety of ODA-570 and Phase 1b goals to demonstrate the generation of antibodies following a ODA-570 administration and to find a preferred dosing regimen for the vaccine. The Phase 1a/b design is intended to allow for cost-effective and rapid assessment of ODA-570 on a preliminary basis. We anticipate that our Phase 2 clinical trial would proceed with the GSK RTS, S model (NCT00197041), comparing the efficacy of ODA-570 to standard of care. We expect that our Phase 3 clinical trial of ODA-570 will likely have a similar design to the Phase 2 clinical trial, although in a greater geographic area and with a participation of more volunteers, such as was done by GSK in the development of their RTS, S vaccine (NCT00866619). We expect the ODA-570 program to qualify for priority NDA review based on the neglected tropical diseases qualification and, if approved, may be eligible for a tropical disease priority review voucher.
The ODA-611 and ODA-579 Plasmodium falciparum therapeutic product candidates are also in the optimization stage, with ODA-611 anticipated to begin IND-enabling studies (including antibody humanization) in the second half of 2021. The chemical structure of ODA-579 allows for the possibility of further refinement, so we plan for limited SAR work to be conducted prior to the initiation of IND-enabling studies. However, we believe that the relatively short manufacturing development period for small molecules, such as ODA-579, should allow for IND applications for both ODA-579 and ODA-611 in the second half of 2022. It is our intention that the ODA-611 and ODA-579 Plasmodium falciparum therapeutic product candidates will initially follow the clinical development example of Takeda and AbbVies DSM265 (ACTRN12613000522718 and ACTRN12613000527763). The Phase 1a portion of the trial of ODA-611 will likely be a single-ascending dose, or SAD, trial based on the expected long half-life of this antibody, that is aimed at evaluating safety and pharmacokinetics. The Phase 1a portion of ODA-579 will likely begin with a SAD study, and an additional MAD may be added depending on the pharmacokinetics observed. Both drugs are expected to proceed into a Phase 1b trial that will likely consist of a small number of volunteers testing the efficacy of the product candidates following a challenge with P. falciparum. This design is intended to allow us to observe any early signs of efficacy on a preliminary basis that could help guide future development and further refine the dosing strategy. The Phase 2 clinical trials of ODA-611 and ODA-579 are modeled after that of Novartis KAE607 (NCT03334747). This trial design allows for assessment of the impact of different dose levels and treatment regimens of the molecules in the treatment of P. falciparum infected patients in a region where malaria is endemic. The registration trials of ODA-611 and ODA-579 are aimed at assessing the safety and efficacy of these treatments in combination with standard of care and are modeled after the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, or NIAID, past work exploring combinations with chloroquine (NCT00379821). While the NIAIDs
139
chloroquine trial was primarily focused on children, we anticipate recruiting both adults and children because we believe this may maximize the treatable population should our therapeutic candidate receive regulatory approval.
Anti-inflammatory Product Candidates for COVID-19
|
OPS-172 Angiotensin 1-7 |
Inflammation is a process by which the bodys immune system starts the healing process; however, too much of a good thing can be painful, damaging, and even deadly. Inflammation is a natural biological response to irritation or injury that promotes healing and repair, but inappropriately triggered or incompletely controlled inflammatory responses are a major cause of disease, impaired quality of life, and morbidity. Such responses are central to a number of human diseases, including atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis and now, it seems, COVID-19.
For decades, doctors relied on steroids to suppress immune response. Although steroids are an important option, they come with many potentially harmful side effects. As science has evolved beyond broad immunosuppression and into more selective agents, we expect that there are opportunities to transform the management of inflammatory diseases with new classes of therapies.
Overview
Our first indication in the anti-inflammatory therapeutic area is focused on addressing the inflammation seen in COVID-19, which is caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus. COVID-19 has affected over 68 million people worldwide and over 15 million people in the United States as of November 2020, has caused substantial increases in hospitalizations and intensive care unit, or ICU, admissions, and is responsible for over 1.5 million deaths worldwide and about 285,000 deaths in the United States. While the majority of patients with COVID-19 have mild to moderate symptoms, approximately 6% of patients in the United States who are hospitalized die of the disease.
Although there are several COVID-19 vaccines emerging that have demonstrated a high level of effectiveness, three of which have been authorized by the FDA, and several of which could be authorized or approved by the FDA in the near future, the general public in the United States will probably not be vaccinated until mid-late 2021. Even then, many uncertainties remain including the duration of protection afforded by the vaccine, the percentage vaccination that will be achieved (given the need for multiple vaccine doses) and the rate of mutation of the virus. Therefore, we believe it is likely that there will remain a need for effective therapeutics to address the impacts of the virus on the immune system.
In response to an infection caused by a virus, such as SARS-CoV-2, the immune system will normally react with an immediate inflammatory response to limit the infection and help to develop a long-lasting, protective immunity against the virus within 7-10 days following infection. However, if the inflammation is not modulated or resolved after serving its purpose, it turns into hyperinflammation or becomes chronic and results in the inhibition of adaptive immune responses, tissue damage or organ failure, as evidenced in many cases of the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus.
Viral loads are similar in symptomatic and asymptomatic COVID-19 patients, so it appears that a dysregulated immune response is likely the primary cause of death as opposed to viral load. The most serious consequences of COVID-19 are sepsis-like cytokine storm (a severe overreaction of the immune system), blood clots, and respiratory or cardiovascular complications. Therefore, we hypothesize that successfully modulating inflammation could be a promising approach for the management of COVID-19.
Kevin Grimes, M.D., at Stanford has an active IND application with the FDA to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the immune modulator Ang1-7 (OPS-172) to reduce the morbidity and mortality associated with COVID-19 (NCT04570501). We licensed (and further sublicensed to our wholly-owned subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc.) the rights to use Ang1-7 for the treatment of COVID-19 patients, which we intend to develop in this indication upon completion of Stanfords initial proof of concept trials, if successful.
140
Dr. Grimes has developed the rationale for treating COVID-19 patients with Ang1-7 based on published literature. SARS-CoV-2 enters cells via an interaction of its spike protein and the cell surface receptor, angiotensin converting enzyme 2, or ACE2. ACE2 is naturally present in multiple tissues and has high levels in the lungs, heart, endothelium, intestine, and kidneys. Not unexpectedly, the chief causes of mortality in COVID-19 are acute respiratory distress syndrome, or ARDS, and heart failure, each resulting from inflammation and dysfunction of the lungs and heart, respectively. Our approach targeting this inflammatory pathway is to increase Ang 1-7 directly.
SARS-CoV, which was responsible for the SARS outbreak in 2003, has been shown to decrease ACE2 expression after infection. Upon binding of SARS-CoV to ACE2, the proteins ectodomain (the part that extends into the space outside a cell) is cleaved and shed. The resulting reduction in ACE2 levels and activity eliminates the proteins protective functions. Because of the sequence similarity between the spike proteins of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2, we hypothesize that SARS-CoV-2 would also reduce ACE2 levels and activity.
Angiotensin II, a substrate of ACE2, has pro-inflammatory effects and causes vasoconstriction. ACE2 converts angiotensin II into Ang 1-7, which has anti-inflammatory effects and causes mild vasodilation. Ang 1-7 has been shown to bind the Mas receptor on macrophages, causing an anti-inflammatory response. There have been several previous clinical studies, including in breast cancer, with Ang 1-7 that have demonstrated it to be well tolerated by humans.
Planned Development and Upcoming Milestones
Stanfords Phase 1/2 clinical trials to evaluate Ang 1-7 therapy for the amelioration of symptoms due to COVID-19 are expected to enroll 160 patients in each of the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies using time to recovery up to 29 days as the primary endpoint. Enrollment for the Ang 1-7 trial is expected to begin in the second half of 2021. Although the ever-evolving landscape of the COVID-19 crisis prevents precise determination of the study duration, Stanford estimates the study will be completed in 2022. We plan to develop the product candidates following proof-of-concept determination in the Stanford study.
Intellectual Property
We seek to protect the intellectual property (IP) and proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including by pursuing patent applications that cover our product candidates and methods of using the same, as well as any other relevant inventions and improvements that are considered commercially important to the development of our business. We likewise seek to protect the IP to which we obtain rights through direct and indirect licenses (e.g., from universities and research institutions) and work collaboratively with our licensors to ensure (and if possible be the driver of) patent prosecution and protection. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary and IP positions. Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain, maintain, enforce and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights for the technology, inventions and improvements we consider important to our business, and to defend any patents we may own or in-license in the future, prevent others from infringing any patents we may own or in-license in the future, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, and operate without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties.
As with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary and intellectual property position(s) for our product candidates and technologies will depend on our success in obtaining effective patent claims and enforcing those claims if granted. However, our pending provisional and patent cooperation treaty, or PCT, patent applications, and any patent applications that we may in the future file or license from third parties, may not result in the issuance of patents and any issued patents we may obtain do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in
141
relation to the commercialization of our products. We also cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in any patents we may own or in-license in the future.
Any issued patents that we may own or in-license in the future may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or have the scope of their claims narrowed. For example, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending third-party patent applications. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology or therapeutics to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention, which could result in substantial costs to us, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us, which is highly unpredictable. In addition, because of the extensive time required for clinical development and regulatory review of a product candidate we may develop, it is possible that, before any of our product candidates can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby limiting the protection such patent would afford the respective product and any competitive advantage such patent may provide.
The term of individual patents depends upon the date of filing of the patent application, the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patents term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier expiring patent.
The term of a patent claiming a new drug product may also be eligible for a limited patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The restoration period granted on a patent covering a product is typically one-half the time between the effective date of a clinical investigation involving human beings is begun and the submission date of an application, plus the time between the submission date of an application and the ultimate approval date. The restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term, including the restoration period, must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. Only one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension, and only those claims covering the approved product, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Additionally, the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple products for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The United States Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA. In the future, if our product candidates receive approval by the FDA, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on any issued patents covering those products, depending upon the length of the clinical studies for each product and other factors.
There can be no assurance that our pending provisional or PCT patent applications will issue or that we will benefit from any patent term extension or favorable adjustments to the terms of any patents we may own or in-license in the future. In addition, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent. Patent term may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.
As of June 1, 2021, we exclusively license 8 issued patents and 19 pending patent applications. The issued patents and pending patent applications have nominal expiration dates ranging from 2032 to 2041, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. We have further exclusively sublicensed our rights and obligations under our licenses with Elkurt, Inc. to three subsidiaries that house the applicable program: Ocean Chitorx, Inc. (for oncology), Ocean Sihoma, Inc. (for malaria) and Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. (for fibrosis). We have directly licensed from Stanford our Covid program into our subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc., and in the future plan potentially to create a subsidiary for our license with Teton to house our neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis program.
142
These issued patents and patent applications include:
|
With respect to OCX-253, OCX-410, and OCX-909, our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, under Elkurts exclusive license from Brown University. Specifically, the Elkurt license includes three issued U.S. methods and compositions utility patents and five pending utility patent applications including applications in the United States, Canada, Europe, and the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT. The issued patents have expected expiration dates in 2038, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. Elkurt is a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled Business Licensing Agreements. |
|
With respect to OCF-203, our Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt under Elkurts exclusive license from Brown University. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes one pending utility patent application including applications in the United States, Canada, and Europe. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled Business Licensing Agreements. |
|
With respect to ODA-570, our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary obtained an exclusive sublicense from Elkurt under Elkurts exclusive license from Rhode Island Hospital. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes seven issued patents including four U.S. patents, one South African patent, one African Regional Intellectual Property Organization, or ARIPO, patent; one Indian patent; and six pending utility patent applications including applications in the United States, Brazil, Europe, India, AIRPO, and Thailand. The issued patents have expected expiration dates in 2032, without accounting for any available patent term adjustments or extensions. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled BusinessLicensing Agreements. |
|
With respect to ODA-611 and ODA-579, our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary also obtained an exclusive sublicense Elkurt under Elkurts exclusive license from Rhode Island Hospital. Specifically, this Elkurt license includes two pending utility patent applications in the United States and PCT. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled Business Licensing Agreements. |
|
With respect to OPS-172, we acquired a nonexclusive license from Stanford University, which is now nonexclusively licensed to Ocean Promise, Inc. Specifically, this license includes two provisional U.S. utility patent applications. We are not aware of any other licensee for this program. As a result of the licenses nonexclusive status, we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford. For more information regarding this license agreement, see the section titled BusinessLicensing Agreements. |
Licensing Agreements
Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for (FRG) Antibody
On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the FRG License Agreement, with Elkurt, Inc., or Elkurt, for OCX-253. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the FRG License Agreement on March 21, 2021. Pursuant to the FRG License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the FRG Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the FRG Know-How, relating to anti-Chi311 antibodies, or FRG Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the FRG Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in all fields of use on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the FRG Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any FRG Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such
143
products or services, in each such case an FRG Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown University, or Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the FRG Patents and the FRG Know-How, to grant us the FRG Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown FRG License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings. Elkurt is a company formed by our scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown.
The FRG License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The FRG License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within one year after commencing IND-enabling studies; completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three and a half years following completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the FRG License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee of (a) $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the FRG License Agreement until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any FRG Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the FRG Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an FRG Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an FRG Product-by-FRG Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each FRG Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any FRG Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporates or otherwise utilizes the FRG Know-How but is not covered by any FRG Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown FRG License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay any annual maintenance fee amounts to Brown.
Under the FRG License Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRG Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities during the term of the FRG License Agreement. We are also obligated to reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the FRG License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRG Patents.
Unless earlier terminated, the FRG License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the FRG Patents covering any FRG Product, or (b) ten years. We may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the FRG License Agreement in its entirety immediately
144
upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the FRG License Agreement for our insolvency. If the FRG License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the FRG Licenses will terminate and all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.
Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Bi-Specific Antibody Anti-CTLA4
On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCX-909. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement on March 12, 2021. Pursuant to the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we obtained an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patents rights, or the Anti-CTLA4 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing sublicense under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, relating to anti-CTLA4 bi-specific antibodies, or Anti-CTLA4 Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of cancer on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Anti-CTLA4 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products, in each such case an Anti-CTLA4 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the Anti-CTLA4 Patents and the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How, to grant us the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown Anti-CTLA4 License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.
The Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within approximately three years following the completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by November 1, 2021.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $50,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $57,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement until July 31, 2027, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any Anti-CTLA4 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an Anti-CTLA4 Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an Anti-CTLA4 Product-by-Anti-CTLA4 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each Anti-CTLA4 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Anti-CTLA4 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the Anti-CTLA4 Know-How but not covered by any Anti-CTLA4 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by
145
Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.
Under the Anti-CTLA4 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Anti-CTLA4 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement. We are also obligated to reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Anti-CTLA4 Patents licensed by us.
Unless earlier terminated, the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of an Anti-CTLA4 Patents covering any Anti-CTLA4 Products in any country, or (b) ten years. We may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity by the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the Anti-CTLA4 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Anti-CTLA4 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.
Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Bispecific (FRG)xAnti-PD-1 (FRGxPD-1)
On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCX-410. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement on March 21, 2021. Pursuant to the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the FRGxPD-1 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the FRGxPD-1 Know-How, relating to (FRG)xAnti-PD-1 bispecific antibodies, or FRGxPD-1 Antibodies. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the FRGxPD-1 Licenses, we have the rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in all fields of use worldwide any products or services that are either covered by the FRGxPD-1 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any FRGxPD-1 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products, in each such case an FRGxPD-1 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown, the licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the FRGxPD-1 Patents and the FRGxPD-1 Know-How, to grant us the FRGxPD-1Licenses as described above, or the Upstream Brown FRGxPD-1 License. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.
The FRGxPD-1 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The FRGxPD-1 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial within one year following the filing of an IND; completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial within approximately four years following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three years following the completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are
146
obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of a $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any FRGxPD-1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the FRGxPD-1 Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of an FRG Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on an FRGxPD-1 Product-by- FRGxPD-1 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each FRGxPD-1 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any FRGxPD-1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the FRGxPD-1 Know-How but not covered by any FRGxPD-1 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.
Under the FRGxPD-1 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRGxPD-1 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement. We will also reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the FRGxPD-1 Patents licensed by us.
Unless earlier terminated, the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of an FRGxPD-1 Patent covering any FRGxPD-1 Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity by the other party to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the FRGxPD-1 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the FRGxPD-1 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.
Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for (Chit1) Small Molecule Antifibrotic
On July 31, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the Chit1 License Agreement, with Elkurt, for OCF-203. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the Chit1 License Agreement on March 12, 2021. Pursuant to the Chit1 License Agreement, we obtained from Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the Chit1 Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain protocols, data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Chit1 Know-How, relating to Chit1 small molecules, or Chit1 Molecules. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the Chit1 Licenses, we have the worldwide rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of pulmonary fibrosis and other fibrotic conditions any products or services that are either covered by the Chit1 Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Chit1 Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case an Chit1 Product. On January 29, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Brown the necessary licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the Chit1 Patents and the Chit1 Know-How, or the Upstream Brown Chit1 License, to grant us the Chit1 Licenses as described above. Brown and Elkurt, on behalf of Brown, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.
147
The Chit1 License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The Chit1 License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial within two years following the filing of an IND; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within approximately approximately three years following the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by November 1, 2021.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the Chit1 License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $50,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $57,000, if paid after June 15, 2021, upon our completion of a $10 million equity financing. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the Chit1 License Agreement until July 31, 2027, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the Chit1 Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of a Chit1 Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on a Chit1 Product-by-Chit1 Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each Chit1 Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the Chit1 Know-How but not covered by any Chit1 Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to Brown under the Upstream Brown Chit1 License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay Brown any annual maintenance fees.
Under the Chit1 Agreement, Brown retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Chit1 Patents. We are responsible for reimbursing Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the Chit1 License Agreement. We will also reimburse Elkurt for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the Chit1 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Chit1 Patents licensed by us under this agreement.
Unless earlier terminated, the Chit1 License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license, will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a Chit1 Patent covering any Chit1 Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the Chit1 License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the Chit1 License Agreement for our insolvency. If the License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Chit1 Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.
Exclusive License Agreement with Elkurt for Malaria Antibodies
On February 1, 2020, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, with Elkurt, for ODA-570, ODA-611 and ODA-579. We further sub-licensed this program to our Ocean Sihoma, Inc. subsidiary on February 25, 2021. We amended the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Pursuant to the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we obtained from
148
Elkurt an exclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain patent rights, or the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents, and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license under certain protocols, data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Know-How, relating to PfGARP-1 vaccines and antibodies to Pfgarp. Under such licenses that we obtained from Elkurt, or the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses, we have the worldwide rights to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of malaria any products or services that are either covered by the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case a PfGARP/PfSEA Product. On February 1, 2020, Elkurt obtained from Rhode Island Hospital, or RIH, the necessary licenses, with the rights to sublicense, under the PfGARP/PfSEA Patents and the PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How, or the Upstream RIH License, to grant us the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses as described above. RIH and Elkurt, on behalf of RIH, retained the rights to practice the intellectual property rights sublicensed to us for academic research, educational and scholarly purposes, and to publish resulting scientific findings.
Under the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, to introduce PfGARP/PfSEA Products into the commercial market and to market PfGARP/PfSEA Products after such introduction in the market, and we must meet certain development and commercialization milestones or else failure to do so will be considered a material breach of the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Elkurt under the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, we must pay to Elkurt a non-refundable, annual license maintenance fee. For the first year of the term, we are obligated to pay Elkurt a license maintenance fee of $110,000 upon the earlier to occur of our completion of a $10 million equity financing, or October 15, 2021. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay Elkurt an annual license maintenance fee (a) of $3,000 on each anniversary of the effective date of the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement until January 1, 2028, and (b) thereafter, an annual license maintenance fee of $4,000. We are also obligated to pay to Elkurt low, single-digit royalties, on net sales of any PfGARP/PfSEA Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees. If we grant any sublicenses under the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses, we are obligated to pay to Elkurt an initial sublicense fee that is either between 5% and 15% or between 20% and 30% depending, respectively, on whether we execute the sublicense after or before the first commercial sale of a PfGARP/PfSEA Product. We are also required to pay certain milestone payments on a PfGARP/PfSEA Product-by- PfGARP/PfSEA Product basis upon the achievement of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, totaling up to $700,000 for each PfGARP/PfSEA Product. To the extent net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from any Chit1 Products that are commercialized by us or our sublicensees that incorporate or otherwise utilizes the PfGARP/PfSEA Know-How but not covered by any PfGARP/PfSEA Patents, we may reduce the applicable royalty rates and non-royalty income rates by half. These payment amounts are identical to the amounts owed by Elkurt to RIH under the Upstream RIH PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, except that Elkurt is not obligated to pay RIH any annual maintenance fees.
The PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement requires us to achieve future development milestones by certain dates. Recognizing the unpredictability of clinical development, the agreement allows us to request amendments and/or extensions to these milestones by providing Elkurt with a reasonable explanation for such requests along with plans for achieving the extended and/or amended milestones. Although Elkurt is obliged to reasonably extend or amend those milestones, it may terminate the agreement for failure to achieve development milestones after giving us reasonable opportunity to cure. The PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement sets forth the following future development milestones for the malaria vaccine program: the filing of an IND within two years after commencing IND-enabling studies; the completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial within one and a half years following the filing of an IND; and the completion of a Phase 3 clinical trial within three years following completion of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Elkurt may also terminate the agreement if we do not complete a $10 million equity financing by October 1, 2021.
149
Unless earlier terminated, the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement, including the royalty bearing license will expire upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of a PfGARP/PfSEA Patent covering any PfGARP/PfSEA Products in any country or (b) ten years. We may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity to cure such material breach. Elkurt may terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice for failure by us to meet certain milestones or the failure to achieve a certain amount of financing. Elkurt may also terminate the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement for our insolvency. If the PfGARP/PfSEA License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the PfGARP/PfSEA Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Elkurt.
Nonexclusive License Agreement with Stanford University for COVID-19-Related Technology
On June 25, 2020, we entered into a nonexclusive license agreement, or the COVID-19 License Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford, for OPS-172. We amended this agreement in order to license the program to our Ocean Promise, Inc. subsidiary on March 3, 2021. Pursuant to the COVID-19 License Agreement, we obtained from Stanford a worldwide, nonexclusive, non-sublicensable license under certain patent rights, or the Stanford Patents, to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell any product, method or service in the field of therapeutic applications for COVID-19, or a COVID-19 Product. Stanford does not have any obligations under this Agreement to furnish to us any technology or technological information or provide us with any assistance. Because the COVID-19 License Agreement is nonexclusive, we may face competitors who might enter into similar nonexclusive licensing agreements with Stanford.
Under the COVID-19 License Agreement, we are required to diligently develop and commercialize COVID-19 Products. In addition, we are obligated to initiate a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 by June 25, 2021.
In view of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, Stanford grants to us a royalty-free license and we have no obligation to pay Stanford for any other remuneration under the COVID-19 License Agreement. If our gross margin on any COVID-19 Products in any OECD countries exceed a percentage in the forties we are obligated to discuss with Stanford the possible payment of additional financial consideration to Stanford and any related terms.
Under the COVID-19 License Agreement, Stanford retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Stanford Patents. We are obligated to reimburse Stanford for a pro-rated share of costs and expenses incurred with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of such Stanford Patents. We also reimbursed Stanford for a pro-rated share of costs and expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the COVID-19 License Agreement with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Stanford Patent Rights.
Unless earlier terminated, the COVID-19 License Agreement will expire upon the first anniversary of the effective date. We have the right to request a renewal of our license by additional one-year terms so long as we meet certain milestones and the COVID-19 pandemic remains active, as determined by the World Health Organization, or WHO. If the WHO determines that the COVID-19 pandemic is no longer active, Stanford will consider in good faith any request for an extension of our license, which may include additional financial and other terms.
We may terminate the COVID-19 License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Stanford may terminate the COVID-19 License Agreement if we are not diligently developing and commercializing COVID-19 Products, if we fail to achieve a milestone, if we are in breach of the COVID-19 License Agreement or if we provide any false report.
Exclusive License Agreement with Teton for therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis
On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Teton License Agreement, with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., or Teton. We amended and restated this agreement on
150
February 25, 2021 in order to assign the program to Ocean Teton, Inc., our Ocean Teton Subsidiary, in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, we obtained from Teton an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. Under such licenses that we obtained from Teton, or the Teton Licenses, we have the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. We intend to form a subsidiary that will house this program, or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton is 100% owned by Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., our Chief Science Officer.
Under the Teton License Agreement, after the date we form the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, or the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Teton under the Teton License Agreement, after the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000. If we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, grant any sublicenses under the Teton Licenses, we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, are obligated to pay to Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration, which percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of its equity prior to the completion of a $10 million equity financing, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.
Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.
Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. We or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if we or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for our or the Ocean Teton Entitys insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.
Competition in our Industry
Competition for New Product Candidates
Our industry is intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. While we believe that our knowledge, experience, scientific resources and business model provide us with competitive advantages and may make us a partner of choice to research universities and medical centers,
151
we face substantial competition from pharmaceutical companies as well as established and venture-backed biotechnology companies worldwide. For example, other companies such as BridgeBio similarly target research universities and medical centers to identify and develop therapeutic candidates that may or may not overlap with the inventions or technologies that we may seek to develop. As a result, we may face competition from other companies that are seeking to gain access to the types of institutions that we may seek to partner with. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources. Smaller and early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. As a result, our competitors may discover, develop, license or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do.
Competition for Existing Product Candidates
As described under Our Pipeline, we face competition with respect to our current product candidates and will face competition with respect to future product candidates, from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.
If our current product candidates or our future product candidates do not offer sustainable advantages over competing products, we may otherwise not be able to successfully compete against current and future competitors.
Our competitors may obtain regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we may or may obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that limit our ability to develop or commercialize our product candidates. Our competitors may also develop drugs that are more effective, more convenient, more widely used and less costly or have a better safety profile than our products and these competitors may also be more successful than us in manufacturing and marketing their products.
In addition, we may likely need to develop certain of our product candidates in collaboration with diagnostic companies, and we will face competition from other companies in establishing these collaborations. Our competitors will also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and commercial personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.
Furthermore, we also face competition more broadly across the market for cost-effective and reimbursable treatments, Some of these competitive drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, and others are available on a generic basis. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products or specific branded products. We expect that if our product candidates are approved, they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic, including branded generic, products. As a result, obtaining market acceptance of, and gaining significant share of the market for, any of our product candidates that we successfully introduce to the market will pose challenges. In addition, many companies are developing new therapeutics, and we cannot predict what the standard of care will be as our product candidates progress through clinical development.
Oncology
The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy, including chemotherapy, hormone therapy and targeted drug therapy or a combination of such methods. There are a variety of available drug therapies marketed for cancer. In many cases, these drugs are administered in combination to enhance efficacy. While our product candidates, if any are approved, may compete with these existing drug and other therapies, to the extent they are ultimately used in combination with or as an adjunct to these therapies, our product candidates may not be competitive with them.
In oncology, two of our programs, OCX-253 and OCX-410, are targeting NSCLC as their initial indication. For NSCLC, currently marketed oncology drugs and therapeutics range from traditional cancer therapies, including chemotherapy, to immune checkpoint inhibitors targeting PD-1/PDL-1, such as Bristol Myers Squibbs, or BMS, Opdivo, Mercks Keytruda, Genentechs Tecentriq, Regenerons Libtayo, Astra
152
Zenecas Imfinzi, and targeting CTLA- 4, such as BMS Yervoy. There are also numerous compounds in clinical development for the potential treatment of NSCLC including Roches tiragolumab which targets TIGIT. Our OCX-909 is targeting GBM, for which there are no currently approved therapies that are effective in treating this disease.
Fibrosis
Our program OCF-203 in fibrotic diseases is targeting IPF and HPS. For the treatment of IPF, we are aware of two approved products: Esbriet, marketed by Roche Holding AG, and Ofev, marketed by Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. Companies currently developing product candidates in IPF in late-stage trials include Fibrogen, Galapagos, and Roche. Companies with IPF candidates in early-stage trials include AbbVie, Galecto Biotech, Indalo Therapeutics, Kadmon, Liminal BioSciences, and Pliant. For HPS, there are no marketed therapeutics and only one investigational program from Roche, which is targeting HPS patients who have an associated interstitial lung disease.
Infectious Disease
The infectious disease programs address both prophylactic and therapeutic treatment of malaria. Our malaria vaccine program, ODA-570, currently has only one marketed competitor, GSKs Mosquirix. Companies with the next most advanced vaccines are Sanaria with PfSPZ (beginning Phase 3 clinical trials) and VLP therapeutics (Phase 2 clinical trials). Additionally, there are several additional early-stage vaccine candidates in development. One application of our malaria antibody program, ODA-611, targets short-term prophylaxis. Several generic short-term prophylactic treatments are currently available, such as Atovaquone/Proguanil, chloroquine, doxycycline, mefloquine, primaquine, tafenoquine. Additionally, prophylactic anti-malarial therapies in pre-clinical or early stage development are being explored by Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), Merck, Lyndra Therapeutics, and Titan Pharmaceuticals. The NIH is currently conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial, mAb CIS43LS, which is the only direct analogous competitor to our program.
Programs ODA-611 and ODA-579 have target indications for the treatment of symptomatic malaria infection. Currently favored treatment classes include quinoline-related compounds, antifolates, artemisinin derivatives, and antimicrobials. There are a variety of treatment options within these classes available and currently marketed by MMV, Novartis, Leadiant Biosciences, GSK, Millennial Hope, Roche, Takeda, and most recently IV Artesunate from Amivas. Additionally, MMV, Merck, J&J, and Eisai have severe malaria therapeutic candidates in early stage clinical trials.
Inflammation
As of January 2021, approved COVID 19 therapies include Eli Lillys monoclonal antibody bamlanivimab, Regenerons casirivimab plus imdevimab, Gileads anti-viral Remdisivir, and dexamethasone. There are no currently available competitors that address the same mechanisms as our anti-inflammatory candidate Ang 1-7 (OPS-172).
Manufacturing
We do not have any manufacturing facilities or personnel at this time. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on CMOs for the manufacture of our product candidates undergoing preclinical testing, as well as for clinical testing and commercial manufacture if our product candidates receive marketing approval.
Our product candidates include small molecules, vaccines, and mAbs. Several contract manufacturing facilities exist that have expertise in each product type and we anticipate that our product candidates can be produced by them at scale and in a cost-effective manner. As needed, we also expect to rely on CMOs for the manufacture of companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests to identify an appropriate patient population. Depending on the technology solutions we choose, we may rely on multiple third parties to manufacture and sell a single test.
153
Commercialization
We will objectively assess and choose each programs commercialization option that maximizes potential value for patients and for our shareholders. We anticipate optimizing its commercial value through various options, including internal advancement, partnerships with established companies, and spin-outs or IPOs. If we opt to commercialize a particular candidate ourselves, we anticipate assembling a focused sales and marketing organization to sell our products. We will aim for such organization to address the community of relevant medical practitioners who are the key specialists in treating the patient populations for which our product candidates are being developed. We may also enter into distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties for any of our product candidates that obtain marketing approval.
We also plan to build a marketing and sales management organization to create and implement marketing strategies for any products that we market through our own sales organization and to oversee and support our sales force. The responsibilities of the marketing organization would include developing educational initiatives with respect to approved products and establishing relationships with researchers and practitioners in relevant fields of medicine.
Government Regulation
Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, manufacture, testing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, as well as diagnostics. Generally, before a new drug, biologic or diagnostic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved, authorized, or cleared by the applicable regulatory authority.
United States Government Regulation of Drug and Biological Products
In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and its implementing regulations and biologics under the FD&C Act and the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Both drugs and biologics also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations, such as those related to competition. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or following approval may subject an applicant to administrative actions or judicial sanctions. These actions and sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDAs refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, license revocation, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, voluntary or mandatory product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal fines or penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on our business, the market acceptance of our products and our reputation.
Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through either an NDA or a BLA before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:
|
completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with GLP requirements; |
|
submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin; |
|
approval by an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or independent ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each human trial may be initiated; |
154
|
performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, GCP requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication; |
|
preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA or BLA; |
|
a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to file the application for review; |
|
satisfactory completion of one or more FDA pre-approval or pre-license inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug or biologic will be produced to assess compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug or biologics identity, strength, quality and purity; |
|
potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA or BLA; |
|
payment of user fees for FDA review of the NDA or BLA; and |
|
FDA review and approval of the NDA or BLA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug or biologic in the United States. |
The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and the regulatory scheme for drugs and biologics is evolving and subject to change at any time. We cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all.
Preclinical Studies
Before testing any drug or biologic product candidate in humans, the product candidate must undergo rigorous preclinical testing. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, stability and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess safety and in some cases to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal and state regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies.
An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time, the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence. Additionally, the review of information in an IND application may prompt FDA to, among other things, scrutinize existing INDs or marketed products and could generate requests for information or clinical holds on other product candidates or programs.
Clinical Trials
The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsors control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical
155
trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Information about certain clinical trials, including clinical trial results, must be submitted within specific timeframes for publication on the www.clinicaltrials.gov website.
A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of an NDA or BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical trial not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.
Clinical trials generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap.
|
Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers or disease-affected patients who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the product candidate. |
|
Phase 2 clinical trials involve studies in disease-affected patients to evaluate proof of concept and/or determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted. |
|
Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve a large number of patients at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for approval and product labeling. |
Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and are commonly intended to generate additional safety data regarding use of the product in a clinical setting. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA or BLA. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting required Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of approval for products.
Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators 15 days after the trial sponsor determines the information qualifies for reporting for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must also notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction as soon as possible but in no case later than seven calendar days after the sponsors initial receipt of the information.
Phase 1, Phase 2, Phase 3 and other types of clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time
156
on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRBs requirements or if the drug or biologic has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.
FDA Review Process
Following completion of the clinical trials, data are analyzed to assess whether the investigational product is safe and effective for the proposed indicated use or uses. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA or BLA, along with proposed labeling, chemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality and other relevant data. The NDA or BLA is a request for approval to market the drug or biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety and efficacy for a drug or safety, purity and potency for a biologic. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a products use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of FDA. FDA approval of an NDA or BLA must be obtained before a drug or biologic may be marketed in the United States.
Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each NDA or BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs or BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.
The FDA reviews all submitted NDAs and BLAs to ensure they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accepting the NDA or BLA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA or BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt, and such decision could include a refusal to file by the FDA. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA or BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA targets ten months, from the filing date, in which to complete its initial review of a new molecular entity NDA or original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date of a new molecular entity NDA or original BLA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs or BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.
Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMP requirements. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with
157
GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel products or products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. The FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions on approval. The FDA likely will reanalyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. After the FDA evaluates an NDA or BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug or biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the NDA or BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require the applicant to obtain additional clinical data, including the potential requirement to conduct additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s) and/or to complete other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, or to conduct additional preclinical studies or manufacturing activities. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA or BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application or request an opportunity for a hearing. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA or BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.
Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.
Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.
If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if our product is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitors product for the same indication or disease. If we pursue marketing approval for an indication broader than the orphan drug designation we have received, we may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.
Tropical Disease Priority Review Voucher Program
The FDA has authority to award priority review vouchers, or PRVs, to sponsors of certain tropical disease product applications. The FDAs Tropical Disease Priority Review Voucher Program is designed to encourage development of new drug and biological products for the prevention and treatment of certain
158
tropical diseases affecting millions of people throughout the world. Under this program, a sponsor who receives an approval for a drug or biologic for the prevention or treatment a tropical disease that meets certain criteria may qualify for a PRV that can be redeemed to receive priority review of a subsequent NDA or BLA for a different product. The sponsor of a topical disease drug product receiving a PRV may transfer (including by sale) the voucher to another sponsor of an NDA or BLA. The FD&C Act does not limit the number of times a PRV may be transferred before the voucher is used.
For a product to qualify for a PRV, (i) the sponsor must request approval of the product for the prevention or treatment of a tropical disease listed in Section 524 of the FD&C Act, (ii) the product must otherwise qualify for priority review, and (iii) the product must contain no active ingredient (including any salt or ester of an active ingredient) that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA or BLA. Applications also must contain reports of one or more new clinical investigations (other than bioavailability studies) that were essential to the approval of the application and conducted or sponsored by the sponsor.
Expedited Development and Review Programs
A sponsor may seek to develop and obtain approval of its product candidates under programs designed to accelerate the development, FDA review and approval of new drugs and biologics that meet certain criteria. For example, the FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biologics that are intended to treat a serious or life threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. For a fast track-designated product, the FDA may consider sections of the NDA or BLA for review on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application. The sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving NDA or BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-NDA or pre-BLA meeting.
A product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development or review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Priority review means that, for a new molecular entity or original BLA, the FDA sets a target date for FDA action on the marketing application at six months after accepting the application for filing as opposed to ten months. A product is eligible for priority review if it is designed to treat a serious or life-threatening disease condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biologic designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. If criteria are not met for priority review, the application for a new molecular entity or original BLA is subject to the standard FDA review period of ten months after FDA accepts the application for filing. Priority review designation does not change the scientific/medical standard for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval.
A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval if it is designed to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates an effect on either a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the disease or condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA requires that a sponsor of a drug or biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. FDA may withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under accelerated approval if, for example, the confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product.
159
Additionally, a drug or biologic may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product candidate is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. If the FDA designates a breakthrough therapy, it may take actions appropriate to expedite the development and review of the application, which may include holding meetings with the sponsor and the review team throughout the development of the therapy; providing timely advice to, and interactive communication with, the sponsor regarding the development of the drug to ensure that the development program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable; involving senior managers and experienced review staff, as appropriate, in a collaborative, cross-disciplinary review; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor; and considering alternative clinical trial designs when scientifically appropriate, which may result in smaller trials or more efficient trials that require less time to complete and may minimize the number of patients exposed to a potentially less efficacious treatment. Breakthrough therapy designation comes with all of the benefits of fast track designation, which means that the sponsor may file sections of the BLA for review on a rolling basis if certain conditions are satisfied, including an agreement with the FDA on the proposed schedule for submission of portions of the application and the payment of applicable user fees before the FDA may initiate a review.
Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or the time period for FDA review or approval may not be shortened. Furthermore, fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval.
Pediatric Information and Pediatric Exclusivity
Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, certain NDAs and BLAs and certain supplements to an NDA or BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FD&C Act to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 clinical trial. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA generally does not apply to a drug or biologic for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.
A drug or biologic product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued Written Request for such a study.
160
Post-Approval Requirements
Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences, complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and restrictions on promoting products for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as off-label use). Although physicians may in their independent medical judgment prescribe legally available products for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including investigation by federal and state authorities. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use or first publication. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug or biologic, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA/BLA or NDA/BLA supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA or BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA or BLA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.
FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP regulations. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs or biologics are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP regulations, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA or BLA, including recall.
Once an approval is granted, the FDA may issue enforcement letters or withdraw the approval of the product if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the drug or biologic reaches the market. Corrective action could delay drug or biologic distribution and require significant time and financial expenditures. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a drug or biologic, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:
|
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the drug or biologic, suspension of the approval, complete withdrawal of the drug from the market or product recalls; |
|
fines, warning letters, untitled letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials; |
161
|
refusal of the FDA to approve applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of drug or biologic approvals; |
|
safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; |
|
mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and issuance of corrective information; |
|
drug or biologic seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; |
|
consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs; or |
|
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. |
Regulation of Companion Diagnostics
We believe that the success of certain of our product candidates may depend, in part, on the development and commercialization of a companion diagnostic. Companion diagnostics identify patients who are most likely to benefit from a particular therapeutic product; identify patients likely to be at increased risk for serious side effects as a result of treatment with a particular therapeutic product; or monitor response to treatment with a particular therapeutic product for the purpose of adjusting treatment to achieve improved safety or effectiveness. Companion diagnostics are regulated as medical devices by the FDA. In the United States, the FD&C Act and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, and post-market surveillance. Unless an exemption or FDA exercise of enforcement discretion applies, diagnostic tests generally require marketing clearance or approval from the FDA prior to commercialization. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a medical device are premarket notification, also called 510(k) clearance, and approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA.
To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, or for certain modifications to devices that have received 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or to a pre-amendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, or a predicate device, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a PMA. In making a determination that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, the FDA compares the proposed device to the predicate device or predicate devices and assesses whether the subject device is comparable to the predicate device or predicate devices with respect to intended use, technology, design and other features which could affect safety and effectiveness. If the FDA determines that the subject device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device or predicate devices, the subject device may be cleared for marketing. The 510(k) premarket notification pathway generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer.
A PMA must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDAs satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. For diagnostic tests, a PMA typically includes data regarding analytical and clinical validation studies. As part of its review of the PMA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The FDAs review of an initial PMA application is required by statute to take between six to ten months, although the process typically takes longer, and may require several years to complete. If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter,
162
which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure the final approval of the PMA. If the FDAs evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny the approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post-approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.
In August 2014, the FDA issued a final guidance document addressing the development and approval process for In Vitro Companion Diagnostic Devices. According to the guidance document, for novel therapeutic products that depend on the use of a diagnostic test and where the diagnostic device could be essential for the safe and effective use of the corresponding therapeutic product, the premarket application for the companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved or cleared contemporaneously with the therapeutic, although the FDA recognizes that there may be cases when contemporaneous development may not be possible. However, in cases where a drug or biologic cannot be used safely or effectively without the companion diagnostic, the FDAs guidance indicates it will generally not approve the product without the approval or clearance of the diagnostic device. The FDA also issued a draft guidance in July 2016 setting forth the principles for co-development of an in vitro companion diagnostic device with a therapeutic product. The draft guidance describes principles to guide the development and contemporaneous marketing authorization for the therapeutic product and its corresponding in vitro companion diagnostic.
Once cleared or approved, the companion diagnostic device must adhere to post-marketing requirements including the requirements of FDAs quality system regulation, adverse event reporting, recalls and corrections along with product marketing requirements and limitations. Like drug and biologic makers, companion diagnostic makers are subject to unannounced FDA inspections at any time during which the FDA will conduct an audit of the product(s) and the companys facilities for compliance with its authorities.
United States Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity
Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of our future product candidates, some of our United States patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the products approval date and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA or BLA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA or BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA or BLA.
Marketing exclusivity provisions under the FD&C Act also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FD&C Act provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During
163
the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FD&C Act also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.
Biosimilars and Exclusivity
Certain of our product candidates will be regulated as biologics. An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, as part of the Affordable Care Act, or ACA. This amendment to the PHSA, in part, attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times to an individual, that the product and the reference product may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product without such alternation or switch. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products as compared to small molecule drugs, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by the FDA.
A reference biological product is granted four and twelve year exclusivity periods from the time of first licensure of the product. FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after the date of first licensure of the reference product, and FDA will not approve an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until twelve years after the date of first licensure of the reference product. First licensure typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. Date of first licensure does not include the date of licensure of (and a new period of exclusivity is not available for) a biological product if the licensure is for a supplement for the biological product or for a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength, or for a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency. Therefore, one must determine whether a new product includes a modification to the structure of a previously licensed product that results in a change in safety, purity, or potency to assess whether the licensure of the new product is a first licensure that triggers its own period of exclusivity. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the first licensure of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data submitted by the sponsor.
164
Other Regulatory Matters
Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the Office of Inspector General and the Office for Civil Rights, as well as other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.
Other Healthcare Laws in the United States
Healthcare providers, and third party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers and physicians and any future arrangements with third party payers, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include: the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the False Claims Act, and the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPPA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH. The Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.
Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, drug manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act, which imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and, although the federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. The government may deem manufacturers to have caused the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Our operations, including the future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, if approved, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.
HIPAA created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control
165
or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.
We may be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, mandates, among other things, the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which require the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAAs security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities, which include certain health care providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, that create, receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity and their covered subcontractors. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties.
Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, within the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Childrens Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report annually to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, physicians, and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians, certain other healthcare professionals, and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers will also be required to report information regarding payments and other transfers of value provided during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, anesthesiologist assistants, and certified nurse-midwives. In addition, many states also govern the reporting of payments or other transfers of value, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted, and may have a more prohibitive effect than the Sunshine Act, thus further complicating compliance efforts.
Similar federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services. Such laws are generally broad and are enforced by various state agencies and private actions. Also, many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industrys voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant federal government compliance guidance, and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures.
166
In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug and biological products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, individual imprisonment, exclusion of drugs from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a companys attention from the business.
Current and Future Legislation
In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare, and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare.
For example, in March 2010, the ACA was enacted in the United States. The ACA includes measures that have significantly changed, and are expected to continue to significantly change, the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are that the ACA:
|
made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for line extensions (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. |
|
imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs to provide a 70% point-of-sale discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D beneficiaries in the |
167
coverage gap (i.e., donut hole) as a condition for a manufacturers outpatient drugs being covered under Medicare Part D. |
|
extended a manufacturers Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations. |
|
expanded the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B Drug Discount Program. |
|
established a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected. |
|
imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs. |
|
established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products. |
|
established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. |
While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, several bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law. For example, the Tax Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the individual mandate. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated Cadillac tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminated the health insurer tax. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to reduce the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the donut hole. On December 14, 2018, a United States District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, or the Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the United States Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The United States Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case, although it is unknown when a decision will be made. Further, although the United States Supreme Court has not yet ruled on the constitutionality of the ACA, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through May 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructs certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation, and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the ACA.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislations automatic reduction to several
168
government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013, following passage of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, and will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, unless additional congressional action is taken. Further, in January 2013, former President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability. Additionally, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices.
Specifically, there have been several recent United States Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. At the federal level, the Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. For example, on July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, the Trump administration announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administrations proposals. As a result, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, effective November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Medicare Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The implementation of the rule has been delayed by the Biden administration from January 1, 2022 to January 1, 2023 in response to ongoing litigation. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a new safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers, the implementation of which have also been delayed pending review by the Biden administration until March 22, 2021. On November 20, 2020, CMS issued an interim final rule implementing the Trump administrations Most Favored Nation executive order, which would tie Medicare Part B payments for certain physician-administered drugs to the lowest price paid in other economically advanced countries, effective January 1, 2021. On December 28, 2020, the United States District Court in Northern California issued a nationwide preliminary injunction against implementation of the interim final rule. It is unclear whether the Biden administration will work to reverse these measures or pursue similar policy initiatives. It is also possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Packaging and Distribution in the United States
If our products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Further, products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the United States Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.
The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.
169
The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in significant penalties, including criminal prosecution, fines, injunctions, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our managements attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.
Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.
Other United States Environmental, Health and Safety Laws and Regulations
We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.
We maintain workers compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.
In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.
European Drug Development
In the European Union, our future products also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.
Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the European Union, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the Member State regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.
170
The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. In April 2014, the EU adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014, which is set to replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. It is expected that the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 will apply following confirmation of full functionality of the Clinical Trials Information System (CTIS), the centralized EU portal and database for clinical trials foreseen by the Regulation, through an independent audit, currently expected to occur in December 2021. The new Regulation will be directly applicable in all Member States (and so does not require national implementing legislation in each Member State), and aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical studies in the EU, for instance by providing for a streamlined application procedure via a single point and strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications.
European Drug Marketing
Much like the Anti-Kickback Statue prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to induce or reward improper performance generally is usually governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, and the Bribery Act 2010 in the UK. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment. EU Directive 2001/83/EC, which is the EU Directive governing medicinal products for human use, further provides that, where medicinal products are being promoted to persons qualified to prescribe or supply them, no gifts, pecuniary advantages or benefits in kind may be supplied, offered or promised to such persons unless they are inexpensive and relevant to the practice of medicine or pharmacy. This provision has been transposed into the Human Medicines Regulations 2012 and so remains applicable in the UK despite its departure from the EU.
Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physicians employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual EU Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the EU Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.
European Drug Review and Approval
In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the Member States of the European Union plus Norway , Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a marketing authorization, or MA. There are two main types of marketing authorizations.
|
The centralized MA is issued by the European Commission through the centralized procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the EMA, and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicinal products (gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines) and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The centralized procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union. Under the centralized procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a MA application by the EMA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional |
171
written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP. Clock stops may extend the timeframe of evaluation of a MA application considerably beyond 210 days. Where the CHMP gives a positive opinion, the EMA provides the opinion together with supporting documentation to the European Commission, who make the final decision to grant a marketing authorization, which is issued within 67 days of receipt of the EMAs recommendation. Accelerated assessment might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest, particularly from the point of view of therapeutic innovation. The timeframe for the evaluation of a MA application under the accelerated assessment procedure is of 150 days, excluding stop-clocks, but it is possible that the CHMP may revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it determines that the application is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment. |
|
National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this national MA can be recognized in other Member States through the mutual recognition procedure. If the product has not received a national MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the decentralized procedure. Under the decentralized procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SmPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Concerned Member States, or CMSs) for their approval. If the CMSs raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SmPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the CMSs). |
Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.
Now that the UK (which comprises Great Britain and Northern Ireland) has left the EU, Great Britain will no longer be covered by centralized MAs (under the Northern Irish Protocol, centralized MAs will continue to be recognized in Northern Ireland). All medicinal products with a current centralized MA were automatically converted to Great Britain MAs on January 1, 2021. For a period of two years from January 1, 2021, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, the UK medicines regulator, may rely on a decision taken by the European Commission on the approval of a new marketing authorization in the centralized procedure, in order to more quickly grant a new Great Britain MA. A separate application will, however, still be required.
European Data and Marketing Exclusivity
In the EEA, innovative medicinal products qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from referencing the innovators pre-clinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization, for a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EEA. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovators data may be referenced, but no generic or biosimilar product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity period. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in
172
comparison with currently approved therapies. Even if an innovative medicinal product gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained a marketing authorization based on an application with a complete and independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.
European Orphan Designation and Exclusivity
In the EEA, the EMAs Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions which either affect not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union, or where it is unlikely that the marketing of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment in its development. In each case, no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment must have been authorized (or, if such a method exists, the product in question would be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition).
In the EEA, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following marketing approval for the orphan product. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. During the period of market exclusivity, marketing authorization may only be granted to a similar medicinal product for the same therapeutic indication if: (i) a second applicant can establish that its product, although similar to the authorized product, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior; (ii) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized product consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or (iii) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized product cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product. A similar medicinal product is defined as a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product, and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.
European Pediatric Investigation Plan
In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree upon a pediatric investigation plan, or PIP, with the EMAs Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies. The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The PDCO can grant a deferral of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults. Further, the obligation to provide pediatric clinical trial data can be waived by the PDCO when this data is not needed or appropriate because the product is likely to be ineffective or unsafe in children, the disease or condition for which the product is intended occurs only in adult populations, or when the product does not represent a significant therapeutic benefit over existing treatments for pediatric patients. Products that are granted a marketing authorization with the results of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP (even where such results are negative) are eligible for six months supplementary protection certificate extension (if any is in effect at the time of approval). In the case of orphan medicinal products, a two year extension of the orphan market exclusivity may be available. This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.
Brexit and the Regulatory Framework in the United Kingdom
In June 2016, the electorate in the UK voted in favor of leaving the EU (commonly referred to as Brexit). Thereafter, in March 2017, the country formally notified the EU of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and the UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020. A
173
transition period began on February 1, 2020, during which EU pharmaceutical law remained applicable to the UK, which ended on December 31, 2020. Since the regulatory framework in the UK covering the quality, safety and efficacy of medicinal products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of medicinal products is derived from EU Directives and Regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to products and the approval of product candidates in the UK, as UK legislation now has the potential to diverge from EU legislation. It remains to be seen how Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for product candidates and products in the UK in the long-term. The MHRA, the UK medicines and medical devices regulator, has recently published detailed guidance for industry and organizations to follow from January 1, 2021 now the transition period is over, which will be updated as the UKs regulatory position on medicinal products evolves over time.
European Data Collection
The collection and use of personal health data in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, is governed by the GDPR, which became effective May 25, 2018. The GDPR applies to any company established in the EEA and to companies established outside the EEA that process personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to data subjects in the EU or the monitoring of the behavior of data subjects in the European Union. The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for data controllers of personal data, including stringent requirements relating to the consent of data subjects, expanded disclosures about how personal data is used, requirements to conduct privacy impact assessments for high risk processing, limitations on retention of personal data, mandatory data breach notification and privacy by design requirements, and creates direct obligations on service providers acting as data processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA to countries that do not ensure an adequate level of protection, like the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the EEA Member States may result in fines up to 20 million Euros or 4% of a companys global annual revenues for the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. Moreover, the GDPR grants data subjects the right to claim material and non material damages resulting from infringement of the GDPR. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, maintaining compliance with the GDPR, will require significant time, resources and expense, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Rest of the World Regulation
For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.
If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.
Additional Laws and Regulations Governing International Operations
If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any United States individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions
174
requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.
Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-United States nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.
The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on United States exchanges for violations of the FCPAs accounting provisions.
Coverage and Reimbursement
Successful commercialization of new drug products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for those drug products will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drug products they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford a drug product. Sales of drug products depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of drugs products are paid for by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors.
A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular drug products. In many countries, the prices of drug products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of drug products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for drug products may be reduced compared with the United States.
In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new drug products are typically made by CMS, an agency within the HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new drug product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare, and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. However, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.
175
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. Any negotiated prices for any of our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.
For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to United States government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the average manufacturer price, or AMP, and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although under the current state of the law these newly eligible entities (with the exception of childrens hospitals) will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. As 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The plan for the research was published in 2012 by HHS, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures are made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidates, if any such drug or the condition that they are intended to treat are the subject of a trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitors drug could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our drugs to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our drugs after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our drugs on a profitable basis.
These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.
Outside of the United States, the pricing of pharmaceutical products and medical devices is subject to governmental control in many countries. For example, in the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular therapy to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Other
176
countries may allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control product volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Efforts to control prices and utilization of pharmaceutical products and medical devices will likely continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures.
Employees and Human Capital
As of March 31, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, including three with Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and two who are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants.
Facilities
Our research and development efforts have taken place in state-of-the-art facilities at our academic partners, principally at Brown University, which are being used under the Sponsored Research Agreements. Consistent with our lean and agile operating philosophy, we anticipate relying on these facilities going forward through sponsored research arrangements with Brown and with other university partners such as Stanford University. In addition, we expect to access laboratory facilities and resources through various CRO partners such as Lonza with whom we are currently engaged.
We believe that our access to preclinical and clinical research facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable facilities at commercially reasonable terms will be available as needed to accommodate any future expansion of our operations.
Legal proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date of this prospectus, we were not a party to any material legal matters or claims. In the future, we may become party to legal matters and claims in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which we do not anticipate would have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
177
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 9, 2021.
Name |
Age |
Position(s) |
||||
Executive Officers: |
||||||
Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D. |
56 | Founder, Executive Chairman, Director | ||||
Elizabeth Ng |
64 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||||
Jonathan Heller, Ph.D. |
46 | Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development | ||||
Gurinder Kalra Inderjote Kathuria, M.D. |
|
55
54 |
|
Chief Financial Officer Chief Strategy Officer |
||
Daniel Behr |
63 | Executive Vice President and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships | ||||
Non-Employee Directors: |
||||||
Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D. |
53 | Director | ||||
Martin D. Angle(1)(2) |
71 | Director | ||||
Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH(1)(2)(3) |
54 | Director | ||||
William Owens(1)(3) |
70 | Director | ||||
Jerome Ringo(2)(3) |
66 | Director |
(1) |
Member of the Audit Committee. |
(2) |
Member of the Compensation Committee. |
(3) |
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. |
Executive Officers
Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D., M.B.A has served as our Executive Chairman and as a member of the Companys board of directors since the Companys inception. Dr. Kathuria is an Indian-American investor, businessperson, and philanthropist. Dr. Kathuria is co-founder and serves as Chairman of UpHealth Holdings, Inc. a digital health company that announced a special purpose acquisition company transaction worth $1.35 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020. Dr. Kathuria also cofounded AIRO Group in March 2020 and serves as the Chairman of its Board of Directors, a position he has held since inception. AIRO Group offers an end-to-end solution for the next generation of avionics, manned and unmanned mobility, and multi-modal transportation for defense and commercial markets. In addition, Dr. Kathuria co-founded New Generation Power in February 2009 and American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. in March 2003. American Teleradiology NightHawks, Inc. merged with NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc. and the combined company went public on Nasdaq in October 2006. Dr. Kathuria served as a director of The X-Stream Networks Inc. from March 1998 to March 2000, an internet service provider which was sold to Liberty Surf Group S.A. and subsequently went public on the Paris Stock Exchange. Dr. Kathuria has also been involved in space exploration, and was the Founding Director of MirCorp in January 1999, the first commercial company to privately launch and fund manned space programs. Dr. Kathuria ran for U.S. Senate in Illinois, becoming the first Indian-American to run for the US Senate in US history, in a race that included eventual winner, former President Barack Obama. Dr. Kathuria received a Bachelor of Science degree and Doctor of Medicine degree from Brown University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University. We believe that Dr. Kathuria is qualified to serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors based on his historic knowledge of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. vision for company growth and his leadership and managerial experience.
Elizabeth Ng, MBA, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Companys board of directors since the Companys inception. Ms. Ng. served as Vice President/Head of Strategy and
178
Business Development at Bioelectric Devices Inc. starting in 2018. Previously, she served as Senior Director of Portfolio Strategy at BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. from 2010 to 2017 and prior to that, as Director Strategy Development Group at Merck & Co. Inc., and Director of Commercial/Portfolio Strategy at Gilead Sciences. Ms. Ng holds a B.S. in Physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Ng is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her executive experience with our company and her industry experience.
Gurinder Kalra, MBA as served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2021. Mr. Kalra has more than 25 years of investment and investment research experience. Prior to joining Ocean, he was a Senior Managing Director at Bear Stearns (now part of J.P. Morgan) from 2000 to 2008. He was also a Partner at Crosslink LLC, an investment and consulting company he founded, from 2014 to 2020. Previously, Mr. Kalra was at Morgan Stanley from 1996 to 2000, rising to Executive Director. He initially got his start in investment research at CS First Boston (now part of Credit Suisse) from 1993 to 1996. He has been recognized in the All-America Institutional Investor Research Team, and multiple times in the All-Asia Institutional Investor Research Team as well as a number of other polls for investment research. Mr. Kalra holds a B.S. in Engineering and a B.A. in Business Economics from Brown University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.
Jonathan Heller, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Science Officer and Head of Research and Development since 2019. Dr. Heller previously served as founder and Chief Executive Officer of Teton Therapeutics Inc. from 2017 to 2019. Before that, he was Executive Director and Global Head of External R&D Innovation for Rare Diseases at Pfizer from 2015 to 2017, Head of Research at Synageva BioPharma from 2013 to 2015, Director of Early Stage Programs at BioMarin Pharmaceutical from 2008 to 2013, and VP of Research Operations at Erimos Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Heller holds a B.A. from Reed College in biochemistry and molecular biology, a Ph.D. from The Johns Hopkins University, and an M.B.A. from The University of California at Berkeley.
Inderjote Kathuria, M.D., MBA has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since 2021. Prior to that he was our interim Chief Financial Officer. He is an entrepreneur and licensed physician and was the Treasurer at New Generation Power International. He has also been a Guest Lecturer for strategy, marketing & entrepreneurial courses at the University of Chicago. Dr. Kathuria holds a B.A. and M.D. from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A from the University of Chicago.
Daniel Behr, MBA has served as EVP and Head of External Innovation and Academic Partnerships since August 2019. Mr. Behr previously served as Executive Director of the Brown University Office of Industry Engagement and Commercial Venturing from July 2017 to July 2019. Mr. Behr served as the Chief Executive Officer of SLIPS Technologies, Inc. (now Adaptive Surface Technologies, Inc.) from April 2014 to April 2017. Prior to that Mr. Behr served as Executive Vice President at Access BridgeGap Ventures and as Director of Business Development at Harvard Universitys Office of Technology Development. He was also a co-founder of Arradiance, Inc., Compact Instruments, Inc. (acquired by MKS Instruments), and IN USA, Inc. (acquired by Teledyne). Mr. Behr holds a B.S. in Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
Non-Employee Directors
Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since March 2021 and serves as a member of our scientific advisory board. Dr. Kurtis is currently Chair, Department of Pathology & Lab Medicine, Brown University Medical School and Director, MD/PhD Program, Brown University. Dr. Kurtis has served as a member of the board of directors of Elkurt Pharmaceuticals since March 2020. Dr. Kurtis holds a B.A., Ph.D. and M.D. from Brown University and is board certified in pathology and clinical pathology. We believe Dr. Kurtiss experience in the biotechnology industry provides him with the qualification and skills to serve on our Board of Directors.
Martin D. Angle has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Since March 2019, Mr. Angle has served as Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Spire Healthcare Group, one of the
179
UKs largest private hospital providers with 39 hospitals and 8 clinics across England, Wales and Scotland. At Spire, Mr. Angle is also chair of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee. Mr. Angle has also served as Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Gulf Keystone Petroleum plc since July 2018. Mr. Angle has also served as a named advisor to Agile Defence LLC since July 2018. Mr. Angle has previously served on the boards of Pennon Group plc from December 2008 to December 2018, Savills Plc from January 2007 to May 2016, National Exhibition Group from December 2006 to December 2015, Severstal from January 2007 to May 2015, Dubai International Capital from November 2006 to November 2009, and Shuaa Capital from August 2009 to May 2016. He previously served as Group Finance Director of TI Group, a FTSE 100 company with worldwide engineering activities from February 1997 to December 2000. In his earlier executive career, Mr. Angle held a number of senior positions in investment banking with S.G. Warburg & Co, Morgan Stanley (where he headed UK M&A), and Kleinwort Benson. Mr. Angle has also served as Operating Managing Director at Terra Firma Capital Partners from March 2001 to January 2006, where he held a number of senior roles in its portfolio companies including Le Meridien Hotel Group (Executive Deputy Chairman and acting Chairman) and the Waste Recycling Group (Executive Chairman), then one of the leading UK waste management businesses. Mr. Angle is a chartered accountant and he holds a B.S. in Physics from University of Warwick.
Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Dr. Berrey served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Chimerix from April 2014 to February 2019, after joining Chimerix as Chief Medical Officer in November 2012. Dr. Berrey served as Chief Medical Officer for Pharmasset, Inc. from January 2007 to January 2012 when it was acquired by Gilead. Prior to that, Dr. Berrey led the clinical development of antiviral products at GlaxoSmithKline from August 1999 to January 2007. She was a Senior Fellow in Infectious Disease Medicine at the University of Washington and completed her internship and residency in internal medicine at University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Dr. Berrey currently serves on the Board and Executive Committee for the North Carolina Biotechnology Center and is on the Scientific Advisory Board for ViiV/GSK. Dr. Berrey holds an M.D. from the Medical College of Georgia and an M.P.H. from the Emory University Rollins School of Public Health.
Former Governor William Owens, has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Mr. Owens is a Senior Director at Greenberg Traurig, LLP, a US-based international law firm with 40 offices worldwide. Since April 2011, he has served on the board of Federal Signal Corporation where he is Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee. He previously served on the boards of HighPoint Resources Corporation, Key Energy Services, and Cloud Peak Energy, as well as on the boards of a number of private companies. Mr. Owens was elected to two terms as Governor of Colorado, from 1999 to 2007, and was re-elected by the largest margin in Colorado history. He was called The Best Governor in America in a cover story in National Review and was elected by his colleagues to serve as Chair of both the Western Governors Association and the Republican Governors Association. Mr. Owens was a regular participant in the national policy debate, appearing frequently on the Today Show, Good Morning America, CBS Morning News, and the Wall Street Journal Report. Prior to his election as Governor, he served as State Treasurer of Colorado for four years where he was responsible for the management of a $4 billion portfolio. He also served for four years on the board of Federal Signal Colorados $25 billion pension fund the Public Employees Retirement Association (PERA). Since April 2013, Mr. Owens has served as Chairman of the Board and Chair of the Governance/Compensation Committee of the Credit Bank of Moscow, a $50 billion (assets) bank which is Russias sixth largest bank overall and its second largest investor-owned bank. Mr. Owens graduated from Stephen F. Austin State University with a B.S. in Political Science and earned a Masters Degree in Public Affairs from the University of Texas, where he was awarded a two-year fellowship.
Jerome Ringo has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Mr. Ringo is an internationally recognized thought leader on climate change issues and has led two of the largest environmental organizations in the world, the 5-million-member National Wildlife Federation and the Apollo Alliance, a
180
19-million-member organization which was the largest coalition on green jobs in history. Since November 2021, Mr. Ringo has served as Founder and Chairman of Zoetic Global, a company focused on delivering breakthrough technologies in energy efficiency and generation for developing nations in Africa. Since July 2017, he has served as Goodwill Ambassador, Trade and Investment, for the Pan-African Parliament. Mr. Ringo served on the Environmental Defense Funds board of directors from February 2018 to February 2020, and he has served as executive and board member at various renewable energy companies. He holds an Honorary Doctorate from the Lords Place School of Theology.
Scientific Advisory Board (SAB) Members
In addition to Dr. Kurtis and Dr. Elias, we anticipate the following individuals will join on our scientific advisory board, or SAB, prior to the completion of this transaction:
Roy Herbst, M.D., Ph.D. is the Ensign Professor of Medicine (Medical Oncology) and Professor of Pharmacology at the Yale School of Medicine. He is also Chief of Medical Oncology at the Yale Cancer Center and Smilow Cancer Hospital, and serves as Associate Cancer Center Director for Translational Science. Dr. Herbst is nationally recognized for his leadership and expertise in lung cancer treatment and research. He is best known for his work in developmental therapeutics and the personalized therapy of non-small cell lung cancer, in particular the process of linking genetic abnormalities of cancer cells to novel therapies. Prior to his appointment at Yale, Dr. Herbst was the Barnhart Distinguished Professor and Chief of the Section of Thoracic Medical Oncology in the Department of Thoracic/Head and Neck Medical Oncology, at The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center (UT-MDACC) in Houston, Texas. He also served as Professor in the Department of Cancer Biology and Co-Director of the Phase 1 Clinical Trials Program. His work has led to the approval of several therapies (such as gefitinib, cetuximab, bevacizumab, axitinib), which have revolutionized the field and greatly enhanced patient survival. He and his Yale colleagues were among the first to describe the PD-1/PD-L1 adaptive immune response in early phase trials and to offer trials of PD-L1 inhibitors atezolizumab and pembrolizumab to lung cancer patients. Dr. Herbst earned his M.D. at Cornell University Medical College and his Ph.D. in molecular cell biology at The Rockefeller University. His postgraduate training included an internship and residency in medicine at Brigham and Womens Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts. His clinical fellowships in medicine and hematology were completed at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham and Womens Hospital, respectively. Subsequently, Dr. Herbst completed a M.S. degree in clinical translational research at Harvard University in Cambridge, Massachusetts. He has authored or co-authored more than 350 publications, including peer-reviewed journal articles, abstracts, and book chapters. Dr. Herbst is a Fellow of the American Society of Clinical Oncology and a member of the American Association of Cancer Research (AACR), where he serves as an elected member of its board of directors and chairs the Tobacco Task Force. In 2019 he was elected to the International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC) board of directors. He is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and an elected member of the Association of American Physicians.
William H. Koster, Ph.D. has held various leadership roles at Bristol Myers Squibb from 1991-2001 including Sr. Vice President for Drug Discovery in 8 therapeutic areas (cardiovascular, metabolic diseases, oncology, infectious diseases, neuroscience, immunology & inflammation, pain management and dermatology). Prior to that Dr. Koster contributed to the discovery of the antibiotic Azactam at The Squibb Institute for Medical Research, for which he received the Thomas Alva Edison Award from the R&D Council of New Jersey. From 2001-2008 Dr. Koster served as President and Chief Executive Officer for Neurogen Corporation where he led the pre-clinical and clinical development of a portfolio of therapeutic products for various neurological conditions including schizophrenia, pain, and Parkinsons Disease. Dr. Koster has served on the board of directors for Neurogen Corporation, Cadus Pharmaceutical Corporation, Mnemosyne Pharmaceuticals, Cadent Therapeutics and Vedantra Pharmaceuticals (Chairman). He is currently serving as Chairman of the Board for eXIthera Pharmaceuticals and for OcuTerra Therapeutics (formerly SciFluor Life Sciences). Dr. Koster completed his Ph.D. in organic chemistry at Tufts University.
181
Wafik El-Deiry, M.D., Ph.D., FACP is the Mencoff Family University Professor of Medical Science at Brown University. He is the Associate Dean for Oncologic Sciences at Browns Warren Alpert Medical School, Director of the Cancer Center at Brown University, and Director of the Joint Program in Cancer Biology at Brown University and affiliated hospitals. Dr. El-Deiry also a licensed practicing physician-scientist and Medical Oncologist with clinical privileges at The Rhode Island Hospital and The Miriam Hospital in Providence, Rhode Island. Until December, 2018, Dr. El-Deiry served as the Deputy Cancer Center Director for Translational Research, co-Leader of the Molecular Therapeutics Program, Professor of Oncology, and the William Wikoff Smith Endowed Chair in Cancer Research at Fox Chase Cancer Center in Philadelphia. From March 1, 2010 through September 30, 2014 Dr. El-Deiry was the Rose Dunlap Professor of Medicine and Chief of Hematology-Oncology at Penn State University. In 2009, Dr. El-Deiry became one of 40 active American Cancer Society Research Professors and continues to serve the ACS whenever possible. Dr. El-Deiry elucidated the genomic DNA-binding consensus sequence for the p53 tumor suppressor protein. He went on to discover cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitor p21(WAF1) as a p53 target gene and cell cycle inhibitor that explained the mammalian cell stress response. This work led to discovery and development of a new class of now FDA approved CDK inhibitor drugs. Dr. El-Deiry discovered and brought first-in-class TRAIL-pathway activating small-molecule ONC201/TIC10 into clinical trials for patients with cancer. ONC201 entered clinical trials by 2014 and has been found to have anti-tumor activity in patients with GBM (DIPG with H3K27M mutations), prostate cancer, endometrial cancer and other tumor types. Dr. El-Deiry earned MD and PhD degrees from University of Miami School of Medicine and completed internal medicine residency and medical oncology fellowship at the Johns Hopkins Hospital and the Johns Hopkins Oncology Center in Baltimore, Maryland. He has over 400 peer-reviewed publications and 5 edited books.
Erol Fikrig, M.D. is the Waldemar Von Zedtwitz Professor of Medicine (Infectious Diseases) and Professor of Epidemiology (Microbial Diseases) and of Microbial Pathogenesis at the Yale University School of Medicine, where he also serves as Section Chief for Infectious Diseases. Dr. Fikrig is most well-known for the development of the first vaccine against Lyme disease. Dr. Fikrigs lab investigates vector-borne diseases such as Lyme disease, human granulocytic ehrlichiosis, and West Nile virus. From 2008-2020 Dr. Fikrig was a Howard Hughes Medical Institute (HHMI) investigator at Yale. He completed his M.D. degree at Cornell University.
Family Relationships
Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, our Executive Chairman, and Dr. Inderjote Kathuria, our Chief Strategy Officer, are brothers.
Composition of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors consists of seven members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committees and our board of directors priority in selecting board members is to identify persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishments, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
182
Director Independence
In connection with this offering, we intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market. Nasdaqs rules applicable to newly public companies listing on Nasdaq require a majority of a listed companys board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, such rules require that (i) on the date of the initial listing, at least one member of each of a listed companys audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, (ii) within 90 days of the date of the initial listing, a majority of the members of such committees be independent and (iii) within one year of the date of the initial listing, all the members of such committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an independent director if, in the opinion of the listed companys board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
Upon consummation of this offering, we expect our independent directors, as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq, will be Dr. Jonathan Kurtis, Martin Angle, Dr. Michelle Berrey, William Owens and Jerome Ringo.
Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, and Elizabeth Ng are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria and Elizabeth Ng are not independent directors under these rules because they are currently employed as the executive chairman and chief executive officer, respectively, of our company.
Staggered Board
In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2022 for Class I directors, 2023 for Class II directors and 2024 for Class III directors.
|
Our Class I directors will be Michelle Berrey and Jerome Ringo. |
|
Our Class II directors will be William Owens and Martin Angle. |
|
Our Class III directors will be Chirinjeev Kathuria, Jonathan Kurtis and Elizabeth Ng. |
183
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.
The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our board of directors or a change in control.
Board Leadership Structure and Boards Role in Risk Oversight
Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria is our executive chairman and Elizabeth Ng is our current chief executive officer, hence the roles of lead director or chairman and the chief executive officer and president are separated. We plan to keep these roles separated following the completion of this offering. We believe that separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on setting the overall strategic direction of the company, expanding the organization to deliver on our strategy and overseeing our day-to-day business, while allowing a lead director of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing strategic advice. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our lead director, particularly as the board of directors oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated by-laws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our lead director and chief executive officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.
Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section entitled Risk Factors appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.
The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairperson of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and with Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.
Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members. We intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exception under the Nasdaq rules, which eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we
184
have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. We will be required, however, to have an audit committee with one independent director during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, we will be required to have an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors.
Audit Committee
Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, Martin D. Angle, Michelle Berrey and William Owens will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Martin D. Angle. Our board of directors has determined that each of are independent for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable Nasdaq rules, and each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Martin D. Angle as an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules. The audit committees responsibilities include:
|
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements; |
|
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us; |
|
coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting; |
|
establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns; |
|
recommending based upon the audit committees review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K; |
|
monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters; |
|
preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement; |
|
reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and |
|
reviewing quarterly earnings releases. |
Compensation Committee
Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, Martin D. Angle Michelle Berrey and Jerome Ringo will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Jerome Ringo. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation
185
committee is independent as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. The compensation committees responsibilities include:
|
annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our principal executive officer; |
|
evaluating the performance of our principal executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) determining cash compensation of our principal executive officer; and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our principal executive officer under equity-based plans; |
|
reviewing and approving or recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our other executive officers; |
|
reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy; |
|
overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans; |
|
evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules; |
|
reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards; |
|
reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors; |
|
preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and |
|
reviewing and approving the retention, termination or compensation of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters. |
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, William Owens, Michelle Berrey and Jerome Ringo will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by William Owens. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. The nominating and corporate governance committees responsibilities include:
|
developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership; |
|
establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders; |
|
reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us; |
|
identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors; |
|
recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the boards committees; |
|
developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and |
|
overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management. |
Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal
186
year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Corporate Governance
We intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at https://www.oceanbiomedical.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; |
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
Each of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also obligate us to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors and officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.
187
Overview
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans and expectations regarding our future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation that we pay and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently-planned programs that are summarized in this discussion.
The compensation provided to our named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 is detailed below. Our only named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 is our Chief Executive Officer, Elizabeth Ng, as none of our other executive officers had compensation that exceeded $100,000 for such year.
2020 Summary Compensation Table
We did not pay any employee compensation or issue any equity-based compensation to Ms. Ng during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End
As of December 31, 2020, Ms. Ng did not hold any outstanding equity awards.
Narrative Disclosures
Offer Letters in Place for Our Named Executive Officer
On July 1, 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Ng, or the July 2019 Offer Letter, who currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The July 2019 Offer Letter set forth the terms and conditions of Ms. Ngs employment, including her initial base salary, sign-on and initial public offering bonus, initial target cash bonus opportunity, initial equity grant, and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally, as well as certain severance rights. Ms. Ng did not earn, and was not paid, any compensation under the July 2019 Offer Letter nor was she granted any equity awards under the July 2019 Offer Letter.
The July 2019 Offer letter was superseded by an offer letter between the Company and Ms. Ng, dated as of February 22, 2021, or the February 2021 Offer Letter, which clarified certain terms set forth in the July 2019 Offer Letter. The February 2021 Offer Letter provides for Ms. Ngs annual base salary of $500,000, which will not be earned or paid until the successful completion of our initial public offering prior to August 31, 2021, subject to her continued employment with the Company through such payment date. In addition, the February 2021 Offer Letter provides that Ms. Ng is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 65% of her base salary, a lump sum cash bonus of $40,000 upon the completion of the Companys first capital raise equal to at least $50 million, or the First Capital Raise, subject to Ms. Ngs continued employment with the Company through the payment date, or the First Capital Raise Bonus, and a lump sum cash bonus of $500,000 upon the completion of our initial public offering prior to August 31, 2021, or the IPO, subject to her continued employment with the Company through the payment date, or the IPO Bonus. In the event that Ms. Ngs employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause or Ms. Ng resigns from the Company for good reason (each term as defined in the Companys Old 2021 Plan), she will be entitled to receive, subject to her execution and delivery of an irrevocable release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates within 60 days of such termination, (i) 12 months of base salary continuation, payable over the Companys regular payroll cycle, (ii) a prorated amount of her annual target bonus, payable over the Companys regular payroll cycle over 12 months, (iii) full and immediate accelerated vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity awards in the Company, (iv) subject to the completion of the First Capital Raise, the First Capital Raise Bonus, regardless of her continued employment through the payment date, (v) subject to the completion of the IPO, the IPO Bonus, regardless of her continued employment through the payment date, and (vi) an extension of the post-termination exercise periods for her then-outstanding options, to the extent vested
188
and exercisable as of the date of such termination, for the remainder of their terms. Ms. Ng is also eligible to participate in our benefit plans generally and is subject to our standard confidentiality, assignment and nonsolicitation agreement.
2021 Profits Interest Grants
On February 22, 2021, in lieu of the equity grant promised to Ms. Ng in the July 2019 Offer Letter, Poseidon Bio, LLC, or Poseidon, our controlling shareholder, granted Ms. Ng 306,000 profits interests. The profits interests are subject to the terms and conditions of Poseidons Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, or the LLC Agreement, and a profits interest agreement. 60% of the profits interests vest immediately upon grant and the remaining 40% vests in equal quarterly installments until the 18-month anniversary of the grant date, subject to Ms. Ngs continued employment with the Company through each applicable vesting date; provided, that in the event Ms. Ngs employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause or Ms. Ng resigns from the Company for good reason (each such term as defined in the profits interest agreement), all of Ms. Ngs then-outstanding and unvested profits interest units will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination. In addition, upon a Sale Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of Poseidon Bio, LLC where the acquiror does not assume or substitute the profits interests, subject to Ms. Ngs continued employment with the Company until the Sale Event, all of Ms. Ngs then-outstanding and unvested profits interests will immediately vest.
Employee Benefits and Equity Compensation Plans and Arrangements
Profits Interest Grants
Poseidon Bio, LLC, our controlling shareholder, has granted profits interests intended to constitute profits interests within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43 to our employees pursuant to the LLC Agreement, with terms and conditions substantially similar to those for Ms. Ng, as described above.
Public Company Equity Plan
Our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the New 2021 Plan, was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on July 9, 2021, and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The New 2021 Plan will replace our 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as our board of directors will not make additional awards under the 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan following the closing of this offering. The New 2021 Plan will provide flexibility to our compensation committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce.
We will initially reserve 2,254,000 shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the New 2021 Plan. The New 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 3% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This is referred to herein as the Annual Increase. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
The shares we issue under the New 2021 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the New 2021 Plan and the 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the New 2021 Plan.
189
The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022, and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of (i) the Annual Increase for such year or (ii) shares of common stock, in each case subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
The grant date fair value of all awards made under our New 2021 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director for services as a non-employee director in any calendar year may not exceed $1,000,000 for the first year of service and $750,000 for each year of service thereafter.
The New 2021 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the New 2021 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the New 2021 Plan will be those full or part-time employees, non-employee directors and consultants of our company and our affiliates, as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.
The New 2021 Plan will permit the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.
Our compensation committee will be able to award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights will entitle the recipient to shares of common stock or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.
Our compensation committee will be able to award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment or service relationship with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also be permitted to grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the New 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.
Our compensation committee will be able to grant cash-based awards under the New 2021 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment or service relationship with us through a specified vesting period.
The New 2021 Plan will provide that upon the effectiveness of a sale event, as defined in the New 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the New 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under our New 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award agreement, all awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions will become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions
190
relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committees discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award agreement. Upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under the New 2021 Plan will terminate to the extent not assumed, continued or substituted for. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the New 2021 Plan and outstanding awards upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to (i) the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the per share exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares subject to such outstanding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable at prices not in excess of the per share cash consideration), and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards equal to the per share cash consideration multiplied by the number of vested shares underlying such awards.
Our board of directors will be able to amend or discontinue the New 2021 Plan and our compensation committee will be permitted, at any time, to amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holders consent. The compensation committee is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for cash or other awards. Certain amendments to the New 2021 Plan will require the approval of our stockholders.
No awards will be granted under the New 2021 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the New 2021 Plan will be made prior to the date of this prospectus.
2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the Old 2021 Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved the Old 2021 Plan in February 2021. Our Old 2021 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations employees, and for the grant of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock, unrestricted stock, and restricted stock units awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and our subsidiary corporations.
Our Old 2021 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for future issuance under the Old 2021 Plan following the closing of this offering. Our Old 2021 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. We initially reserved shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the Old 2021 Plan. As of March 31, 2021, no options to purchase shares of our common stock were outstanding under the Old 2021 Plan and no shares remained available for future issuance under such plan.
Our board of directors currently administers our Old 2021 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our Old 2021 Plan, the administrator has the power to interpret and administer our Old 2021 Plan and any agreement thereunder and to determine the terms of awards (including the recipients), the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price (if any), the vesting schedule applicable to the awards together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award agreement for use under our Old 2021 Plan. The administrator may, at any time, authorize the issuance of new awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding awards with the consent of a participant under certain circumstances.
Stock options may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The
191
term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, or any subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or certain other property or other consideration acceptable to the administrator. After a participants termination of service, the participant generally may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 90 days after termination. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, until the one-year anniversary of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If termination is for cause, then an option automatically expires upon the date of the optionees termination.
Restricted stock may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeitures provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.
Unrestricted stock may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock awards may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.
Restricted stock units may be granted under our Old 2021 Plan. A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a combination of both. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment.
Our Old 2021 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards, other than, at the discretion of the administrator, by gift to an immediate family member, to trusts for the benefit of family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the exercise prices of and the number of shares subject to outstanding options, and the purchase price of and the numbers of shares subject to outstanding awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by our board of directors or stockholders.
The Old 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a sale event, as defined in the Old 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the Old 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the Old 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all options and all other unvested awards granted under the Old 2021 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options will be permitted to exercise such options (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the Old 2021 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment equal to (A) in the case of vested and exercisable options, the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options and (B) in the case of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event multiplied by the number of shares of stock subject to such stock awards (payable at the time of the sale event or upon the later vesting of the awards).
Our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under the Old 2021 Plan after the completion of the offering. Following the consummation of our initial public offering, we expect to make future awards under the 2021 Plan.
192
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2021 ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on July 9, 2021 and will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2021 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The 2021 ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 161,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. The 2021 ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2031, by the least of (i) 161,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 0.5% of the issued and outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by the administrator of the 2021 ESPP. The number of shares reserved under the 2021 ESPP will be subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week and who have completed at least such period as determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, but such period not to exceed two years, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock will not be eligible to purchase shares under the 2021 ESPP.
We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, determine when such offerings will occur, including the duration of such offerings, provided that no offering will exceed 27 months in duration. Each eligible employee will be able to elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.
Each employee who is a participant in the 2021 ESPP will be able to purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than the lower of (i) a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering or (ii) a number of shares of common stock as determined by the plan administrator in advance of the offering may be purchased by any one employee during any offering period. In addition, under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the offering period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.
The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employees rights under the 2021 ESPP will terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.
In the case of and subject to the consummation of a sale event, the plan administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions under the 2021 ESPP or with respect to any right under the 2021 ESPP or to facilitate such transactions or events: (i) to provide for either (A) termination of any outstanding option in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such option had such option been currently exercisable or (B) the replacement of such outstanding option with other options or property selected by the plan administrator in its sole discretion; (ii) to provide that the outstanding options under the 2021 ESPP shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for similar options covering
193
the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (iii) to make adjustments in the number and type of shares of common stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding options under the 2021 ESPP and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding options and options that may be granted in the future; (iv) to provide that the offering with respect to which an option relates will be shortened by setting a new exercise date on which such offering will end; and (v) to provide that all outstanding options shall terminate without being exercised and all amounts in the accounts of participants shall be promptly refunded.
The 2021 ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under the 2021 ESPP and certain other amendments will require the approval of our stockholders.
Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
On July 9, 2021, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The Bonus Plan will provide for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.
Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses, collaborations or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the companys common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.
Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period, but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan will also permit the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.
194
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we did not provide any compensation to our directors for their services on our board of directors. Our directors did not hold any outstanding equity awards on December 31, 2020.
In 2021, we have provided certain new non-employee directors with an annual retainer of $40,000, payable quarterly in arrears, as well as an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock that vests over four years, in substantially equal monthly installments, subject to the directors continued service as a member of the Board through each applicable vesting date.
On February 22, 2021, we entered into an offer letter with Chirinjeev Kathuria, or the Kathuria Offer Letter, who currently serves as our Executive Chairman. The Kathuria Offer Letter provides for Mr. Kathurias annual base salary of $250,000, which will not be earned or paid until the successful completion of our initial public offering prior to August 31, 2021, subject to his continued employment with the Company through such payment date. In addition, the Kathuria Offer Letter provides that Mr. Kathuria is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 65% of his base salary. In the event that Mr. Kathurias employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause or Mr. Kathuria resigns from the Company for good reason (each term as defined in the Companys Old 2021 Plan), he will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution and delivery of an irrevocable release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates within 60 days of such termination, (i) 12 months of base salary continuation, payable over the Companys regular payroll cycle, (ii) a prorated amount of his annual target bonus, payable over the Companys regular payroll cycle over 12 months, (iii) full and immediate accelerated vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity awards in the Company, and (iv) an extension of the post-termination exercise periods for his then-outstanding options, to the extent vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination, for the remainder of their terms. Mr. Kathuria is also eligible to participate in our benefit plans generally and is subject to our standard confidentiality, assignment and nonsolicitation agreement.
195
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
In connection with this offering, our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, to be effective as of the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The policy is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be payable quarterly in arrears and prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:
Annual Retainer for Board Membership |
||||
$35,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors |
||||
Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership |
||||
Audit Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 15,000 | ||
Audit Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 7,500 | ||
Compensation Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 10,000 | ||
Compensation Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 5,000 | ||
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 8,000 | ||
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 4,000 | ||
Additional Retainer for Chairperson of the Board: |
$ | 30,000 |
In addition, our policy will provide that, upon initial election or appointment to our board of directors, each new non-employee director will be granted a one-time grant of a non-statutory stock option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock on the date of such directors election or appointment to the board of directors, or the Director Initial Grant. The Director Initial Grant will vest in substantially equal monthly installments over three years, subject to the directors continued service as a member of the Board through each applicable vesting date. The Director Initial Grant is subject to full acceleration vesting upon the sale of our company.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director for service as a non-employee director in a calendar year period will not exceed $1,000,000 in the first calendar year such individual becomes a non-employee director and $750,000 in any other calendar year.
We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.
Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.
196
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections entitled Management and Executive and Director Compensation, and the registration rights described in the section entitled Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights, the following is a description of each transaction since our inception and each currently proposed transaction in which:
|
we have been or are to be a participant; |
|
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020; and |
|
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. |
Transaction with Teton Therapeutics, Inc.
In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by Jonathan Heller, Ph.D., the Chief Science Officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred.
Transactions with Poseidon Bio, LLC
In December 2020, Chirinjeev Kathuria, the sole shareholder of the Company, contributed 100% of his shares to a then-wholly-owned entity, Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability, or Poseidon. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 568,628 shares back to Chirinjeev Kathuria and the Companys employees and the remaining members of its management team became members of Poseidon. Poseidons sole asset is 28,431,372 shares of the Companys common stock, and voting and investment authority over those shares is controlled by Poseidons five-member board of managers, which consists of Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis.
License Agreements with Elkurt Inc.
On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Brown University. The Company amended each of the Brown License Agreements on March 21, 2021. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.
On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. The Company amended the Rhode Island License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field. See the section entitled BusinessLicensing Agreements for information regarding the terms of the Brown License Agreements and the Rhode Island License Agreement.
197
Equity Sales
In March and April 2021, the Company issued 70,076 shares of common stock to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees), at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. These transactions were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) promulgated thereunder.
Executive Officer and Director Compensation
See the sections entitled Executive Compensation and Director Compensation for information regarding compensation of our executive officers and directors.
Other Relationships
Other than as described above, since our inception, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Indemnification Agreements
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that persons status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.
Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions
Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were, or will be participants and in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.
Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration, and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction, and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer, and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.
198
In addition, under our Code of Conduct, which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:
|
the risks, costs, and benefits to us; |
|
the impact on a directors independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director, or an entity with which a director is affiliated; |
|
the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and |
|
the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally. |
The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify, or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.
199
The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2021 by:
|
each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of our capital stock; |
|
each of our directors; |
|
each of our named executive officers; and |
|
all of our current executive officers and directors as a group. |
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of our common stock, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such capital stock. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.
Percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 29,055,336 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of March 31, 2021. The table below assumes the consummation of the Concurrent Private Placement, and that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2021 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o Ocean Biomedical, Inc., 55 Claverick St., Room 325, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.
Name and address of beneficial owner |
Number of
shares beneficially owned |
Percentage
of shares beneficially owned before offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
Percentage
of shares beneficially owned after offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
|||||||||
5% or Greater Stockholders: |
||||||||||||
Poseidon Bio, LLC(1) |
28,431,372 | 97.81 | % | 87.11 | % | |||||||
Named Executive Officers and Directors: |
||||||||||||
Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D.(2) |
29,000,000 | 99.81 | % | 88.92 | % | |||||||
Elizabeth Ng |
| | | |||||||||
Gurinder Kalra |
| | | |||||||||
Jonathan Heller, Ph.D. |
| | | |||||||||
Inderjote Kathuria, M.D. |
| | | |||||||||
Daniel Behr |
| | | |||||||||
Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., Ph.D. |
| | | |||||||||
Martin D. Angle |
| | | |||||||||
Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH |
| | | |||||||||
William Owens |
| | | |||||||||
Jerome Ringo |
| | | |||||||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) |
29,000,000 | 99.81 | % | 88.92 | % |
* |
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent. |
(1) |
Voting and investment decisions with respect to securities held by Poseidon Bio, LLC are made by the managing directors of such entity, who are Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis. None of such individuals individually has the power to direct voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by Poseidon Bio, LLC. The address of Poseidon Bio, LLC is c/o Ocean Biomedical, Inc., 55 Claverick Street, Room 325, Providence RI 02903. |
(2) |
Includes 28,431,372 shares held by Poseidon Bio, LLC. |
200
Upon the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, all of which will be undesignated, and there will be 32,610,891 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. As of December 31, 2020, we had one holder of our capital stock. Upon the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, no options to purchase shares of our common stock will be outstanding and 2,415,000 shares of our common stock will be reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries of material terms and provisions and are qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Common Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue one class of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as described under Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws below, a majority vote of the holders of common stock is generally required to take action under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and no sinking fund provisions are applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, which might harm the market price of our common stock. See also Anti-takeover effects of Delaware Law and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylawsProvisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylawsUndesignated preferred stock below.
Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our companys best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.
201
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors or management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. However, we believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.
Delaware takeover statute
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
|
before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or |
|
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; |
|
any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, exchange, mortgage or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; |
|
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; |
|
subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or |
202
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
Board composition and filling vacancies. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.
No written consent of stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholder without holding a meeting of stockholders.
Meetings of stockholders. Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance notice requirements. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in our bylaws.
Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws. As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation of liability and the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if the board of directors recommends that the stockholders
203
approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.
Undesignated preferred stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.
Exclusive forum. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to the company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against our company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; provided, however, that our stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These forum provisions may impose additional costs on stockholders, may limit our stockholders ability to bring a claim in a forum they find favorable, and the designated courts may reach different judgments or results than other courts. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the federal forum provision for Securities Act claims will be enforced. It is possible that a court could rule that a forum selection provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrars address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol OCEA.
Limitations of liability and indemnification matters
For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section entitled ManagementLimitation on liability and indemnification matters.
204
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, upon completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, 32,610,891 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or qualified for an exemption from registration, such as under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
|
1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 326,109 shares immediately after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021; or |
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; |
provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under Underwriting included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.
205
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our securities (including shares issuable to the UC Regents in the Concurrent Private Placement) have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
Following the completion of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.
Equity Incentive Plans
As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options and other equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, see Executive and CompensationEmployee Benefits and Equity Compensation Plans.
206
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
a non-resident alien individual; |
|
a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or |
|
a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis. |
This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holders individual circumstances including the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code and any election to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock. This discussion also does not address any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes or any other aspect of any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:
|
insurance companies; |
|
tax-exempt or governmental organizations; |
|
financial institutions; |
|
brokers or dealers in securities; |
|
regulated investment companies; |
|
pension plans; |
|
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
|
qualified foreign pension funds, or entities wholly-owned by a qualified foreign pension fund; |
|
partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and partners and investors therein); |
207
|
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
|
persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; |
|
persons who have elected to mark securities to market; |
|
persons who have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; |
|
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; |
|
certain U.S. expatriates; and |
|
persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement under Section 451(b) of the Code. |
This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
Distributions on our common stock
Distributions, if any, on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holders investment, up to such holders tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled Backup withholding and information reporting and Withholding and information reporting requirementsFATCA.
Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holders country of residence. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding or if a non-U.S. holder does not timely provide us with the required certification, the non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.
Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holders country of residence.
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holders country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult
208
their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.
Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock
Subject to the discussions below under Backup withholding and information reporting and Withholding and information reporting requirementsFATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holders sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
|
the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed-base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in Distributions on Our Common Stock also may apply; |
|
the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holders country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or |
|
we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale of other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holders holding period, if shorter) a U.S. real property holding corporation, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. |
Backup withholding and information reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in Distributions on Our Common Stock, generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.
Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements,
209
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.
Withholding and information reporting requirements FATCA
Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a foreign financial institution, such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a foreign financial institution, such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. Currently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations provide that FATCA withholding does not apply to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce U.S. source dividends or interest; however, prior versions of the rules would have made such gross proceeds subject to FATCA withholding. Taxpayers (including withholding agents) can currently rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.
210
We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Berenberg Capital Markets LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriter |
Number
of Shares |
|||
Berenberg Capital Markets LLC |
||||
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
||||
LifeSci Capital LLC |
||||
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. |
||||
Brookline Capital Markets, a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC |
||||
Roth Capital Partners, LLC |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
||||
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares. We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 483,871 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.
Discounts and Commissions. The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.9 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $35,000 for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.
Total | ||||||||||||
Per Share |
Without
Option |
With
Option |
||||||||||
Public offering price |
||||||||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
||||||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
211
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part.
Discretionary Accounts. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Market Information. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:
|
the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete; |
|
our past and present financial information; |
|
an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; |
|
the present state of our development; and |
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours. |
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
We have applied to list of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol OCEA.
Stabilization. In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.
Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the option to purchase additional shares and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be
212
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Passive Market Making. In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market makers bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
Lock-Up Agreements. Pursuant to certain lock-up agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our other securityholders (including the UC Regents in respect of shares issuable in the Concurrent Private Placement), have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to, and will not cause or direct any of its affiliates to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into, or announce the intention to enter into, any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) that transfers, is designed to transfer or reasonably could be expected to transfer (whether by the stockholder or someone other than the stockholder) that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering.
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) issue common stock or options pursuant to employee benefit plans, (b) issue common stock upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or (c) file registration statements on Form S-8. The exceptions permit parties to the lock-up agreements, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) make certain gifts, (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers to any stockholders, partners, members of, or owners of similar equity interests in, the party, if such transfer is not for value, (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers in connection with the sale or transfer of all of the partys capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the partys assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreement, (d) enter into transactions relating to shares of our common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of the offering, provided that no public announcement or filing is required to be made regarding such transaction during the 180-day lock-up period, and (e) enter into a
213
10b5-1 trading plan, provided that such plan does not permit the sale of any common stock during the 180-day lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is made regarding such plan during the 180-day lock-up period. In addition, the lock-up provision will not restrict broker-dealers from engaging in market making and similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.
Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, in its sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC will consider, among other factors, the holders reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Relationships. The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
Canada. The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
214
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland. The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.
European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Member State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions:
A. |
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
B. |
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or |
C. |
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
United Kingdom. No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:
(a) |
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
(b) |
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
(c) |
in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA. |
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of
215
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression UK Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
Hong Kong. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the SFO) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the CO), or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore. Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:
A. |
to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; |
B. |
to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or |
C. |
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. |
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
A. |
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
B. |
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (however described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i) |
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
(ii) |
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
216
(iii) |
where the transfer is by operation of law; |
(iv) |
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
(v) |
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018. |
Singapore SFA Product ClassificationIn connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Australia. This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australias Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:
You confirm and warrant that you are either:
|
a sophisticated investor under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act; |
|
a sophisticated investor under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountants certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or |
|
a professional investor within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act. |
To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.
You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.
PRC. This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and no securities may be offered or sold, or will be offered or sold, to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.
217
The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York. Legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, New York, New York.
The financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to our ability to continue as a going concern). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SECs website at www.sec.gov. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available via the SECs website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.oceanbiomedical.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering.
218
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page | ||||
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019: |
||||
F-2 | ||||
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-7 - F-19 | ||||
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited): |
||||
F-20 | ||||
F-21 | ||||
F-22 | ||||
F-23 | ||||
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-24 to F-34 |
F-1
REPORT OF REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholder and the Board of Directors of Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders deficit, and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from January 2, 2019 (date of inception) through December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from January 2, 2019 (date of inception) through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Companys anticipated losses from operations and its need to obtain additional capital raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Managements plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 5, 2021 (July 13, 2021 as to the effects of the forward stock split discussed in Note 11)
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2020.
F-2
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
December 31,
2019 |
December 31,
2020 |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Deferred offering costs |
$ | | $ | 386 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
| 386 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | | $ | 386 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and stockholders deficit |
||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 232 | $ | 2,188 | ||||
Accrued expenses-related party |
| 83 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
232 | 2,271 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4) |
| | ||||||
Stockholders deficit |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 48,000,000 shares authorized,
|
| |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(232 | ) | (1,885 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders deficit |
(232 | ) | (1,885 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders deficit |
$ | | $ | 386 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-3
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
For the Period
from Inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2020 |
|||||||
Revenue |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||
Research and development |
35 | 49 | ||||||
General and administrative |
197 | 1,603 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
232 | 1,652 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating loss |
(232 | ) | (1,652 | ) | ||||
Other (expense) |
| (1 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
$ | (232 | ) | $ | (1,653 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
29,000,000 | 29,000,000 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
$ | 0.00 | $ | (0.06) | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-4
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Deficit
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Common
Stock Shares |
Common
Stock Amount |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders Deficit |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 2, 2019 (inception) |
| | | | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
29,000,000 | $ | | $ | | |||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (232 | ) | $ | (232 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 |
29,000,000 | | | (232 | ) | (232 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (1,653 | ) | (1,653 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2020 |
29,000,000 | $ | | $ | | $ | (1,885 | ) | $ | (1,885 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-5
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
For the
Period from Inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2020 |
|||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (232 | ) | $ | (1,653 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities |
||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
232 | 1,589 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
| (64 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Investing activities |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Financing activities |
||||||||
Expenses paid by related parties |
| 64 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
| 64 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase in cash |
| | ||||||
Cashbeginning of year |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cashend of year |
$ | | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-cash financing activities |
||||||||
Deferred offering costs not yet paid |
386 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-6
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations
Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, was founded on January 2, 2019. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company that is focused on discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation.
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, including, but not limited to, risks related to the successful development and commercialization of product candidates, fluctuations in operating results and financial risks, the ability to successfully raise additional funds when needed, protection of proprietary rights and patent risks, patent litigation, compliance with government regulations, dependence on key personnel and prospective collaborative partners, and competition from competing products in the marketplace.
Going Concern Considerations
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
The Company had no cash inflows from operating activities for the period of inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Companys current operating plan indicates it will incur losses from operations and generate negative cash flows from operating activities, given anticipated expenditures related to research and development activities and its lack of revenue generating ability at this point in the Companys lifecycle. These events and conditions raise substantial doubt about the Companys ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued.
The Company will need to raise funds in order to advance its research and development programs, operate its business, and meet its future obligations as they come due. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (IPO) of its common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO the Company will seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution, or licensing arrangements. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining such additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into collaborations or other arrangements. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its research and development programs, which could adversely affect its business prospects and its ability to continue operations.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might results from the outcome of this uncertainty.
COVID-19 Pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2020 (COVID-19) outbreak a pandemic. As of February 2021, the Companys operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its financial condition and operations, including planned pre-clinical activities. The impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak on the financial performance of the Company will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of COVID-19 on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly
F-7
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations (Continued)
uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Companys results may be materially adversely affected.
In March 2020, the U.S. government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which includes modifications to the limitation on business interest expense and net operating loss provisions and provides a payment delay of employer payroll taxes during 2020 after the date of enactment. In December 2020, the U.S. government added and expanded provisions in the CARES Act. At this time, the Company does not expect the CARES Act to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and stated in U.S. dollars. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification and Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).
Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements includes the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. The subsidiaries were formed to organize and segment the Companys therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each programs value. A new wholly-owned subsidiary was formed in February 2021. The Company operates and manages the business as one reportable and operating segment. The subsidiaries formed are:
|
Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc., a Delaware corporationJanuary 15, 2019Fibrosis program (one license with Elkurt/Brown University) |
|
Ocean Chitorx, Inc., a Delaware corporationJanuary 15, 2019Oncology programs (three licenses with Elkurt/Brown University) |
|
Ocean Sihoma, Inc., a Delaware corporationJanuary 15, 2019Malaria disease program (one license with Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital) |
|
Ocean Promise, Inc., a Delaware corporationFebruary 12, 2021Inflammation-COVID-19 program (one license with Stanford University (Stanford)) |
Segments
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation. The chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (CODM), reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating and evaluating financial performance.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of
F-8
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis the Company evaluates its estimates, as applicable, including those related to accrued expenses, the fair values of the Companys common stock, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates using Company forecasts and future plans, current economic conditions, and information from third-party professionals that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and recorded amounts of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate.
The Companys results can also be affected by economic, political, legislative, regulatory, or legal actions. Economic conditions, such as recessionary trends, inflation, interest, changes in regulatory laws and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can have a significant effect on operations. The Company could also be affected by civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative actions, claims, or proceedings.
Cash, Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value and may include money market funds, U.S. Treasury and U.S. government-sponsored agency securities, corporate debt, commercial paper, and certificates of deposit. The Company had minimal cash or cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Off-balance Sheet Risk
The Company has held minimal cash and cash equivalents since its inception and certain of its expenses have been paid for by the Companys Founder and Executive Chairman. The Company has no significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Companys future results of operations involve several other risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Companys future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations. Such factors include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Companys product candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Companys product candidates, competition from other products, securing and protecting intellectual property, strategic relationships and dependence on key employees and research partners.
The Companys product candidates require Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and other non-U.S. regulatory agencies approval prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that any product candidates will receive the necessary approvals. If the Company was denied approval, if approval was delayed, if approval was unable to be maintained, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.
Revenue
The Company has not generated any revenue from any sources since its inception, including from product sales. The Company does not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If the Companys development efforts for its product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, or license agreements with third parties, the Company may generate revenue
F-9
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
in the future from product sales. However, there can be no assurance as to when revenue will be generated, if at all.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for research activities, including the development of product candidates. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred for services agreements.
Payments associated with licensing agreements to acquire exclusive licenses to develop, use, manufacture and commercialize products that have not reached technological feasibility and do not have alternate commercial use are expensed as incurred.
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs, consisting of direct legal fees directly related to the proposed IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to additional paid in capital upon completion of an IPO. The Company deferred $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020, which is recorded as current assets in the Balance Sheet. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
Income Taxes and Tax Credits
Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse, and net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and research and development tax credit (R&D Credit) carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred income tax assets to zero. In the event the Company were to determine that it would be able to realize some or all its deferred income tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred income tax asset valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit would more likely than not be realized assuming examination by the taxing authority. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no liability for income tax associated with uncertain tax positions. The Company would recognize any corresponding interest and penalties associated with its income tax positions in income tax expense. There was no income tax interest or penalties incurred for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
F-10
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Net Loss Per Share
Net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributed to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, the weighted-average number of potential shares of common stock. The Company is owned by one shareholder since inception.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company has had no unrealized gains or losses for the period from inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Emerging Growth Company Status
The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company, or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended, with guidance regarding the accounting for and disclosure of leases. The update requires lessees to recognize the liabilities related all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months on the balance sheet. This update also requires lessees and lessors to disclose key information about their leasing transactions. This guidance became effective for public companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. In May 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 that deferred these dates one year for all other entities, including emerging growth companies. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets. In April 2020, the FASB issued clarification to ASU 2016-13 within ASU 2020-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This guidance is effective for public business entities that meet the definition of a Securities and Exchange Commission filer, excluding eligible smaller reporting companies, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
F-11
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception. Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of ASU 2017-11 became effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In August 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure FrameworkChanges to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU removed the following disclosure requirements: (1) the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; (2) the policy for timing of transfers between levels; and (3) the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. Additionally, this update added the following disclosure requirements: (1) the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income and loss for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period; and (2) the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information (such as the median or arithmetic average) in lieu of the weighted average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2019-13 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2020-12 eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. As of January 2, 2019 (inception), the Company adopted this ASU which did not have an impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
F-12
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
3. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
As of December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2020 | |||||||
Accounting and legal fees |
$ | 197 | $ | 2,085 | ||||
Research and development |
35 | 50 | ||||||
Other |
0 | 53 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 232 | $ | 2,188 | ||||
|
|
|
|
4. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings and is not aware of any pending or threatened claims. From time to time, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities.
Leases
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company is not a party to any leasing agreements.
License Fees
The Company entered into license agreements with its academic research institution partners. Under these license agreements, the Company is required to make annual fixed license maintenance fee payments. The Company is also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events such as achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future milestone payments are not known, the Company has not included these fees in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. See Note 8 License Agreements.
Contingent Compensation
Under the management employment agreements, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $5.2 million. Of this amount, $2.8 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, $1.9 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Companys first capital raise equal to at least $50 million. These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of the Companys control, the Company has not included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements.
F-13
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
5. Common Stock
The holders of common stock are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had 48 million authorized shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. The Companys sole stockholder was issued 29,000,000 shares of the Companys common stock (Founders Shares) upon the formation of the Company on January 2, 2019.
6. Net Loss Per Share
There were no outstanding potentially dilutive (anti-dilutive) securities excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share.
7. Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes
There is no provision for income taxes because the Company has incurred operating losses and capitalized certain items for income tax purposes since its inception and maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. The reported amount of income tax expense for the period differs from the amount that would result from applying the federal statutory tax rate to net loss before taxes primarily because of the change in valuation allowance.
For the
Period from Inception January 2, 2019 to December 31, 2019 |
For Year
Ended December 31, 2020 |
|||||||
Statutory federal income tax rate |
21.0 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||
Change in valuation allowance |
(21.0 | %) | (21.0 | %) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income tax provision (benefit) |
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
The significant components of the Companys net deferred tax asset are as follows (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets and valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets reflect the tax effects of net operating losses, tax credit carryovers, and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Companys deferred tax assets are organizational start-up costs capitalized for income tax purposes but expensed for financial reporting. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had no U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards.
December 31,
2019 |
December 31,
2020 |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Organization and start-up costs |
$ | 49 | $ | 347 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred income tax assets |
49 | 347 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(49 | ) | (347 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance |
$ | | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-14
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
7. Income Taxes (Continued)
The Company may be entitled to claim federal and state income tax credits for its 2019 and 2020 R&D activities, but these amounts have not yet been determined. Any R&D Credits generated by the Company in 2019 and 2020 would result in an additional deferred tax asset that would be subject to a full valuation allowance. Future changes in ownership may limit the utilization of R&D Credits due to Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar provisions.
8. License Agreements
Stanford Agreement
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology (the Stanford Agreement) with Stanford University (Stanford). Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanfords rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanfords consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Companys business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. The license agreement has been assigned to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc.
Elkurt/Brown License Agreements
On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements (the Brown License Agreements) with Elkurt Inc. (the Licensor), a licensee of Brown University. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.
For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, due within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or May 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until July 31,
F-15
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. License Agreements (Continued)
2027, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.
The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application (IND), or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $65,312.
The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after May 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.
Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement
On January 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the Rhode Island License Agreement) with the Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.
For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due in May 2021 and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until July 31, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.
The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.
The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by May 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least
F-16
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. License Agreements (Continued)
$10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.
Teton Therapeutics, Inc.
On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the Teton License Agreement) with Teton Therapeutics, Inc. (Teton). On February 25, 2021, the Company amended and restated the Teton License Agreement with Teton. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. The Company has the right to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. Under the license agreement, the Company will form a new subsidiary, Ocean Teton, Inc. and the Teton License Agreement will be assigned to the subsidiary.
Under the Teton License Agreement and after the date Ocean Teton, Inc. is formed and the assignment of the license to Ocean Teton, Inc. is completed, Ocean Teton, Inc. will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.
In consideration for the rights under the license agreement and after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc., Ocean Teton, Inc. is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the assignment date, which expenses are $42,000. In addition, for any sublicense income, the Company will pay Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration. The percentage will differ based on whether the sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. After its formation, Ocean Teton, Inc. is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of equity in the range of 5-15%.
Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. Ocean Teton, Inc. is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the assignment date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.
Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if the Company or Ocean Teton, Inc. notifies Teton that it has elected not to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days notice if Ocean Teton, Inc. fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to Ocean Teton, Inc. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for the Company or Ocean Teton, Inc.s insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.
F-17
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. CMO Agreement
On December 31, 2020, the Company executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG (Lonza). The Company engaged Lonza pursuant to the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with the assistance in developing the product OCX-253. The agreement outlines the pricing for services and raw materials as incurred and payment terms. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $50 thousand has been incurred. The payment terms require payment in British pounds (GBP). The Company converts the invoice amount to US dollars (USD) upon receipt of invoice and at the end of the year. Any realized or unrealized gain or loss is recorded in Other income (expense) as foreign currency gain or loss.
The Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2025. Either party may terminate the agreement within 60 days after it becomes apparent to either party that it will not be possible to complete the services for a scientific or technical reason after a good faith effort is made to resolve such problems. The agreement may be terminated by either party, immediately for any uncured material breach, insolvency, or liquidation. In the event of termination, the Company will pay Lonza all costs incurred through the date of termination.
10. Related Party Transactions
In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by an employee and officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred. Such fees will be expensed as incurred as research and development expenses.
In July 2020, the Company entered into five Exclusive License Agreements with Elkurt, Inc. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Elkurt is the Licensor of Brown University and Rhode Island Hospital. Dr Jonathan Kurtis is also is a board member on the Companys Board of Directors. Elkurt/Brown represent four of the Exclusive License Agreements and Elkurt/Rhode Island Hospital represent one of the Exclusive License Agreements. License fees are expensed as incurred as research and development expenses. In 2020, Elkurt, Inc. paid for patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $18,657 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accrued expenses-related parties on the consolidated balance sheets.
In December 2020, Chirinjeev Kathuria, the sole shareholder of the Company, contributed 100% of his shares to a then-wholly-owned entity, Poseidon Bio, LLC, a Delaware limited liability, or Poseidon. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 568,628 shares back to Chirinjeev Kathuria and the Companys employees and the remaining members of its management team became members of Poseidon. Poseidons sole asset is 28,431,372 shares of the Companys common stock, and voting and investment authority over those shares is controlled by Poseidons five-member board of managers, which consists of Chirinjeev Kathuria, Elizabeth Ng, Daniel Behr, Jack Elias and Jonathan Kurtis.
In 2019 and 2020, the Companys Founder and Executive Chairman, Chirinjeev Kathuria, paid for legal fees in the amount of $16,278, patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $46,656 and patent reimbursement expenses to Stanford in the amount of $1,280 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accrued expenses-related parties on the consolidated balance sheets and as a cash inflow from financing activities in the statement of cash flows.
F-18
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
11. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 5, 2021, the date that these consolidated financial statements were issued and July 13, 2021, the date these consolidated financial statements were reissued to reflect the stock split noted below. Except for the matters disclosed below, no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.
In February 2021, the Company has amended an exclusive license agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation. (See Note 8 License Agreements and Note 10Related Party Transactions).
In February 2021, the Company amended compensation agreements with the executive team and certain employees (See Note 4Commitments and Contingencies).
In February 2021, the Companys board of directors and owner approved the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Stock Option Plan that reserves approximately 10% of unissued, but authorized common stock shares. To date, no stock options have been granted.
In February 2021, the Company formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary Ocean Promise, Inc., to organize and segment the Companys Inflammation-COVID-19 program with Stanford.
On July 13, 2021, the Company implemented a 1-for-4 forward stock split of the Companys common stock. All share and per share data shown in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retroactively revised to reflect the forward stock split.
F-19
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
December 31,
2020 |
March 31,
2021 |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | | $ | 785 | ||||
Deferred offering costs |
386 | 946 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
386 | 1,731 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 386 | $ | 1,731 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and stockholders deficit |
||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,188 | $ | 3,685 | ||||
Accrued expenses-related party |
83 | 141 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
2,271 | 3,826 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4) |
| | ||||||
Stockholders deficit |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 48,000,000 shares authorized, 29,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 29,055,336 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 |
||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
| 43,729 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,885 | ) | (45,824 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders deficit |
(1,885 | ) | (2,095 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders deficit |
$ | 386 | $ | 1,731 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-20
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2020 |
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2021 |
|||||||
Revenue |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||
Research and development |
25,413 | |||||||
General and administrative |
12 | 18,526 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating expenses |
12 | 43,939 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating loss |
(12 | ) | (43,939 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
$ | (12) | $ | (43,939) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share basic and diluted |
29,000,000 | 29,009,228 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss per share basic and diluted |
$ | (0.00) | $ | (0.06) | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-21
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Deficit
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share amounts)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020
Common
Stock Shares |
Common
Stock Amount |
Additional
Paid-in Amount |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders Deficit |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2020 |
29,000,000 | $ | | $ | | $ | (232 | ) | $ | (232 | ) | |||||||||
Net loss |
| | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2020 |
29,000,000 | $ | | $ | | $ | (244 | ) | $ | (244 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
Common
Stock Shares |
Common
Stock Amount |
Additional
Paid-in Amount |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders Deficit |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2021 |
29,000,000 | $ | | $ | | $ | (1,885 | ) | $ | (1,885 | ) | |||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
55,336 | 808 | 808 | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
42,921 | 42,921 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (43,939 | ) | (43,939 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2021 |
29,055,336 | $ | | $ | 43,729 | $ | (45,824 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-22
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2020 |
For the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2021 |
|||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (12 | ) | $ | (43,939 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities |
||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| 42,921 | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
(12 | ) | 901 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
| (117 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Investing activities |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Financing activities |
||||||||
Expenses paid by related parties |
| 94 | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs |
808 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
| 902 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase in cash |
| 785 | ||||||
Cash - beginning of year |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash - end of year |
$ | | $ | 785 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-cash financing activities |
||||||||
Deferred offering costs not yet paid |
$ | | $ | 946 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-23
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations
Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, was founded on January 2, 2019. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company that is focused on discovering and developing therapeutic products in oncology, fibrosis, infectious diseases and inflammation.
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, including, but not limited to, risks related to the successful development and commercialization of product candidates, fluctuations in operating results and financial risks, the ability to successfully raise additional funds when needed, protection of proprietary rights and patent risks, patent litigation, compliance with government regulations, dependence on key personnel and prospective collaborative partners, and competition from competing products in the marketplace.
Going Concern Considerations
The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
In March 2021, the Company approved the issuance of 70,076 shares of common stock to certain persons consisting of friends and family of our employees, at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company issued 55,336 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. The Company had no cash inflows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The Companys current operating plan indicates it will incur losses from operations and generate negative cash flows from operating activities, given anticipated expenditures related to research and development activities and its lack of revenue generating ability at this point in the Companys lifecycle. These events and conditions raise substantial doubt about the Companys ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued.
The Company will need to raise additional funds in order to advance its research and development programs, operate its business, and meet its future obligations as they come due. The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (IPO) of its common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company will seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution, or licensing arrangements. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining such additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into collaborations or other arrangements. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its research and development programs, which could adversely affect its business prospects and its ability to continue operations.
The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
COVID-19 Pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2020 (COVID-19) outbreak a pandemic. As of May 2021, the Companys operations have not been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its financial condition
F-24
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
1. Organization, Description of Business, and Going Concern Considerations (Continued)
and operations, including planned pre-clinical activities. The impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak on the financial performance of the Company will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of COVID-19 on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Companys results may be materially adversely affected.
In March 2020, the U.S. government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which includes modifications to the limitation on business interest expense and net operating loss provisions and provides a payment delay of employer payroll taxes during 2020 after the date of enactment. In December 2020, the U.S. government added and expanded provisions in the CARES Act.
In March 2021, the U.S. government enacted the American Rescue Plan Act that added and expanded similar provisions in the CARES Act. The Company does not expect the CARES Act or the American Rescue Plan Act to have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and stated in U.S. dollars. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification and Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).
The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions. The subsidiaries were formed to organize and segment the Companys therapeutic programs in order to optimize multiple commercialization options and to maximize each programs value.
The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, which has been derived from audited financial statements, and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2021, and for the first quarters ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, all accounting entries and adjustments (including normal, recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods have been made. Operating results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. For further information, including a description of the significant accounting policies of the Company, refer to the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
F-25
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis the Company evaluates its estimates, as applicable, including those related to accrued expenses, the fair values of the Companys common stock, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates using Company forecasts and future plans, current economic conditions, and information from third-party professionals that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and recorded amounts of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources and adjusts those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate.
The Companys results can also be affected by economic, political, legislative, regulatory, or legal actions. Economic conditions, such as recessionary trends, inflation, interest, changes in regulatory laws and monetary exchange rates, and government fiscal policies, can have a significant effect on operations. The Company could also be affected by civil, criminal, regulatory or administrative actions, claims, or proceedings.
3. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2020 |
March 31,
2021 |
|||||||
Accounting and legal fees |
$ | 2,085 | $ | 3,236 | ||||
Research and development |
50 | 395 | ||||||
Other |
53 | 54 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,188 | $ | 3,685 | ||||
|
|
|
|
4. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings and is not aware of any pending or threatened claims. From time to time, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities.
Leases
As of March 31, 2021, the Company is not a party to any leasing agreements.
License Fees
The Company entered into license agreements with its academic research institution partners. Under these license agreements, the Company is required to make annual fixed license maintenance fee payments. The Company is also required to make payments upon successful completion and achievement of certain milestones as well as royalty payments upon sales of products covered by such licenses. The payment obligations under the license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events
F-26
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
4. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
such as achievement of specified development, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As the timing of these future milestone payments are not known, the Company has not included these fees in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 or as of March 31, 2021. See Note 8, License Agreements.
Contingent Compensation
Under the management employment agreements, as of December 31, 2020, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $5.2 million. Of this amount, $2.8 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, $1.9 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Companys first capital raise equal to at least $50 million.
Under the management employment agreements, as of March 31, 2021, the Company has salaries and bonuses that are contingently payable upon financing, collectively called contingent compensation, in the amount of $6.2 million. Of this amount, $3.7 million are salaries contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, $2.0 million are bonus payments to certain members of senior management contingent upon the successful completion of the Companys IPO, and $0.5 million are bonuses contingent upon the completion of the Companys first capital raise equal to at least $50 million.
These amounts will not be paid if the contingencies do not occur. Since the payment of obligations under the employment agreements are contingent upon these future events, which are not considered probable as such future events are deemed outside of the Companys control, the Company has not included these amounts in its condensed consolidated balance sheets.
5. Common Stock
The holders of common stock of the Company are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 48 million authorized shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. The Companys founder and sole stockholder was issued 29,000,000 shares of the Companys common stock (Founders Shares) upon the formation of the Company on January 2, 2019.
In December 2020, the sole stockholder of the Company contributed 100% of his Founders Shares to Poseidon Bio, LLC (Poseidon), which became the sole stockholder of the Company. In February 2021, Poseidon transferred 568,628 shares of the Companys common stock back to the Companys founder.
In February 2021, Poseidon amended and restated its operating agreement to allow additional members into Poseidon by issuing Class A units and Class B units in which the Companys founder is the sole Class A unit holder who holds 100% of the voting power of Poseidon. In addition, certain executives and employees of the Company were granted Class B unit profit interests in Poseidon. These profit interests grants in the Companys controlling shareholder were deemed to be transactions incurred by the shareholder and within the scope of FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. As a result, the related transactions by the shareholder were pushed down into the Companys condensed consolidated interim financial statements. As of March 31, 2021, the Companys founder held 100% of the voting power and 69% of the equity interests in Poseidon. See Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon section below.
F-27
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
5. Common Stock (Continued)
In March 2021, the Company authorized the issuance of 70,076 shares of common stock in the Company to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of the Companys employees) at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has issued 55,336 shares of common stock at an aggregate offering price of $0.8 million of the total amounts approved. As of March 31, 2021, a total of 29,055,336 shares of common stock of the Company have been issued and Poseidon held 98% of the voting power of the Company.
Stock-Based Compensation for Profit Interests in Poseidon
The Company recognizes compensation costs related to profit interests granted to employees, nonemployees and directors based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. The Company estimates the grant date fair value and the resulting stock-based compensation expense using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the profit interests in Poseidon are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods but accelerated to the extent that grants vest sooner than on a straight-line basis. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
On February 22, 2021, 3,080,000 Class B profit interests were granted. The estimated fair value of a Class B profit interest in Poseidon at February 22, 2021, the grant date of the profit interests, was $22.26 per interest and was determined using an option-pricing model under which interests are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class, adjusted for a discount for the lack of marketability to account for a lack of access to an active public market.
The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the profits interests that were granted on February 22, 2021:
Risk-free interest rate |
0.11 | % | ||
Fair value of common stock of the Company |
$ | 59.63 | ||
Expected dividend yield |
| |||
Expected terms in years |
2 | |||
Expected volatility |
75 | % |
As of March 31, 2021, there was $42.9 million of recognized compensation costs and $25.6 million of unrecognized compensation that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average periods of 1.6 years related to profit interests grants.
The stock-based compensation allocation was based upon the grantees vested interests and the amount of time spent in their respective operating department. The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation for the Profit Interests in Poseidon for the three months ended March 31, 2021:
Amount
(in thousands) |
||||
Research and development expense |
$ | 25,069 | ||
General and administrative expense |
$ | 17,852 | ||
|
|
|||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 42,921 | ||
|
|
Stock Options
In February 2021, the Companys board of directors approved the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan (2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan) that reserves approximately 10% of unissued but authorized common stock shares. The 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan permits the
F-28
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
5. Common Stock (Continued)
granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors, officers, and consultants. As of March 31, 2021, no such options, awards or units have been issued.
6. Net Loss Per Share
There were approximately 1.2 million of non-vested profit interests grants outstanding of potentially dilutive (anti-dilutive) securities that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share.
7. Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets. Based on its history of operating losses, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021.
8. License Agreements
Stanford University Agreement
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Nonexclusive License Agreement for COVID-19 Related Technology, or the Stanford Agreement, with Stanford University, or Stanford. Under the Stanford Agreement, Stanford grants to the Company a nonexclusive license to Stanfords rights in a licensed patent related to therapeutic applications for COVID-19 to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell, and sell licensed product. Under the Stanford Agreement, the Company is responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. To date, the Company has reimbursed Stanford for patent costs in the amount of $1,280. There are no license or royalty fees under the Stanford Agreement, unless the Company exceeds a gross margin of 40% on the sale of licensed product in one or more Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, countries. At such time as the gross margin on the sale of licensed product in any OECD country exceeds 40% in a single calendar quarter, the parties will meet and determine appropriate additional financial consideration for Stanford, as well as the terms associated with such consideration. The Company may not sublicense under the Stanford Agreement. The contract term is one year from June 25, 2020, with a potential one-year extension with Stanfords consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, if the Company is meeting its milestone commitments. Milestone commitments include the Company diligently developing, manufacturing, and selling licensed product, diligently developing markets for licensed product, and initiating a Phase 2/3 or Phase 3 clinical trial for angiotensin 1-7 within twelve months after the effective date of the Stanford Agreement. Either party may terminate the Stanford Agreement in certain situations, including Stanford being able to terminate the Stanford Agreement if the Company is not diligently developing and commercializing licensed product or misses a milestone commitment. In addition, in the event of a change of control to that part of the Companys business that exercises all of the rights granted under the Stanford Agreement, or if the Stanford Agreement is assigned to a third party, the Company will pay Stanford $100,000. On March 3, 2021, the Stanford Agreement was amended and restated so that Companys subsidiary, Ocean Promise, Inc., is now the party to the license agreement instead of Company, or the Restated Stanford Agreement. Under the Restated Stanford Agreement, the contract term is one year from March 3, 2021.
F-29
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. License Agreements (Continued)
Elkurt/Brown License Agreements
On July 31, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., or the Licensor, a licensee of Brown University. On March 21, 2021, the Company and the Licensor amended each of the Brown License Agreements. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, the Licensor grants to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields.
For each of the Brown License Agreements, the Company is required to pay the Licensor a maintenance fee of $60,000, if paid by June 15, 2021, or $67,000, if paid after June 15, 2021 due in either case within fifteen days of an equity financing of at least $10 million, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. Upon successful commercialization, the Company is required to pay the Licensor between 0.5% to 1.5% of net sales based on the terms under the Brown License Agreements. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor, under each of the Brown License Agreements, 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%.
The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments for each of the Brown License Agreements ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an Investigational New Drug Application (IND), or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States. The Company is also responsible for reimbursement of patent costs. The Company records reimbursement of patent costs as general and administrative costs in the statements of operations as incurred. To date, the Company has total reimbursed patent costs expenses to Brown University in the amount of $101,238.
The contract term for each of the Brown License Agreements continues until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or ten years. Either party may terminate each of the Brown License Agreements in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the Brown License Agreements at any time and for any reason after October 1, 2021 if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. For the oncology programs, three of the license agreements have been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitorx, Inc., and for the Fibrosis program, one license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Chitofibrorx, Inc.
Elkurt/Rhode Island Agreement
On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Licensor, a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. In April 1, 2021, the Company and Licensor amended the Rhode Island License Agreement Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field.
F-30
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. License Agreements (Continued)
For the Rhode Island License Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Licensor $110,000, due within 45 days of an equity financing of at least $10 million or October 15, 2021, whichever comes first, and an additional $3,000 annual maintenance fee thereafter, until January 1, 2028, at which point the annual maintenance fee will become $4,000 per year. The Company is also required to pay the Licensor 1.5% of net sales under the Rhode Island License Agreement. In addition, the Company must pay the Licensor 25% of all non-royalty sublicense income prior to the first commercial sale, and 10% of non-royalty sublicense income thereafter, in the event that the Company enters into sublicenses for the subject intellectual property. If net sales or non-royalty sublicense income are generated from know-how products, the amounts otherwise due (royalty or non-royalty sublicense income) shall be reduced by 50%. The Company will also pay the Licensor developmental and commercialization milestone payments under the Rhode Island Agreement, ranging from $50,000 for the filing of an IND, or the equivalent outside of the United States, to $250,000 for enrollment of the first patient in a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States or the equivalent outside of the United States.
The contract term for the Rhode Island License Agreement began February 1, 2020 and will continue until the later of the date on which the last valid claim expires or fifteen years. Either party may terminate the License Agreement in certain situations, including the Licensor being able to terminate the license agreement at any time and for any reason by October 1, 2021, if the Company has not raised at least $10 million in equity financing by then. Currently, the Rhode Island License Agreement is still in effect and the license agreement has been sublicensed to the Companys subsidiary, Ocean Sihoma, Inc.
Teton Therapeutics, Inc.
On April 15, 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the Teton License Agreement) with Teton Therapeutics, Inc. (Teton). In February 25, 2021, the Company amended and restated this agreement in order to assign the program to a new subsidiary in the future. Pursuant to the Teton License Agreement, the Company obtained from Teton an exclusive license under certain patent rights, or the Teton Patents, and under certain data, expression and purification methods, information and other know-how, or the Teton Know-How, in each case relating to therapies for neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis. Under such licenses that the Company obtained from Teton, or the Teton Licenses, the Company has the right to make, has made, market, offer for sale, use and sell in the field of therapeutics for each of neurofibromatosis type 1 and 2 and schwannomatosis on a worldwide basis any products or services that are either covered by the Teton Patents or incorporates or otherwise utilizes any Teton Know-How, or any materials that are sold in conjunction with any such products or services, in each such case, a Teton Product. The Company intends to form a subsidiary that will house this program, or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary.
Under the Teton License Agreement, after the date the Company forms the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, or the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary will develop and commercialize Teton Products in accordance with the development and commercialization plan, which will be mutually agreed upon with Teton.
In consideration for the rights conveyed by Teton under the Teton License Agreement, after the Ocean Teton Assignment Date, the Ocean Teton Subsidiary is obligated to reimburse Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Teton before the Teton Assignment Date, which expenses are $42,000. If the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, grant any sublicenses under the Teton Licenses, the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, are obligated to pay to Teton sublicense fees that are calculated on a tiered basis as a percentage of sublicense income including royalties and non-cash consideration, which percentage will differ based on whether the
F-31
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. License Agreements (Continued)
sublicense is executed prior to the fifth anniversary, between the fifth and eighth anniversary, or after the eighth anniversary of the effective date of the Teton License, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is also required to issue to each of Teton and a certain group of its research personnel a percentage of its equity prior to the completion of a $10 million equity financing, with the percentage in each case in the low-double digits.
Under the Teton License Agreement, Teton retains control of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Teton Patents. The Ocean Teton Subsidiary is responsible for reimbursing Teton for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing such patent-related activities after the Teton Assignment Date but during the term of the Teton License Agreement.
Unless earlier terminated, the Teton License Agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last to expire valid claim of the Teton Patents covering any Teton Product, or (b) 20 years. The Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary, as applicable, may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety at any time for convenience. Either party may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety for the other partys uncured material breach after an opportunity for the other party to cure such material breach. Teton may terminate the Teton License Agreement in its entirety immediately upon notice if the Company or the Ocean Teton Subsidiary notifies Teton that it has not elected to pursue development of the licensed rights or upon 30 days notice if the Ocean Teton Subsidiary fails to commence certain studies within a certain number of years after the assignment date to the Ocean Teton Subsidiary. Teton may also terminate the Teton License Agreement for the Companys or the Ocean Teton Entitys insolvency. If the Teton License Agreement is terminated by either party for any reason, the Teton Licenses will terminate and the all rights thereunder will revert to Teton.
9. CMO Agreement
On December 31, 2020, the Company executed a Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement with Lonza AG and affiliate Lonza Sales AG (Lonza). The Company engaged Lonza pursuant to the development and manufacture of certain products and services along with the assistance in developing the product OCX-253. The agreement outlines the pricing for services and raw materials as incurred and payment terms. As of March 31, 2021, approximately $0.4 million has been incurred.
The Development and Manufacturing Services Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2025. Either party may terminate the agreement within 60 days after it becomes apparent to either party that it will not be possible to complete the services for a scientific or technical reason after a good faith effort is made to resolve such problems. The agreement may be terminated by either party, immediately for any uncured material breach, insolvency, or liquidation. In the event of termination, the Company will pay Lonza all costs incurred through the date of termination.
10. Related Party Transactions
Transaction with Teton Therapeutics, Inc.
In April 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Teton Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is 100% owned by an employee and officer of the Company. In February 2021, the license agreement was amended. To date, there have been no license fees incurred. See Note 8, License Agreements.
License Agreements with Elkurt, Inc.
In July, 2020, the Company entered into four separate Exclusive License Agreements, or the Brown License Agreements, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Brown University. The Company amended each of the
F-32
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)
Brown License Agreements on March 21, 2021. Elkurt, Inc., is a company formed by the Companys scientific co-founders Jack A. Elias, M.D., former Dean of Medicine and current Special Advisor for Health Affairs to Brown University, and Jonathan Kurtis, M.D., PhD, Chair of the Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Brown. Under the Brown License Agreements, Elkurt, Inc. grant to the Company exclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to patent rights and nonexclusive, royalty-bearing licenses to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in certain fields. License fees are expensed as incurred as research and development expenses. Patent reimbursement fees are expensed as incurred as general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2021, Elkurt, Inc., expensed and paid for patent reimbursement expenses to Brown University in the amount of $47,557 on behalf of the Company. The amounts are included in accounts payable-related party on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
In January 2021, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement, or the Rhode Island License Agreement, with Elkurt Inc., a licensee of Rhode Island Hospital. The Company amended the Rhode Island License Agreement on April 1, 2021. Under the Rhode Island License Agreement, Elkurt, Inc. grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to patent rights and a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license to know-how, solely to make, have made, market, offer for sale, use, and sell licensed products for use in a certain field. To date, there have been no license fees incurred.
Transactions with Founder and Executive Chairman
As of March 31, 2021, the Companys Founder and Executive Chairman had paid for certain general and administrative expenses totaling $93,769 on behalf of the Company. The amounts were recorded as accounts payable-related parties on the interim condensed consolidated balance sheets.
11. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 9, 2021, the date that these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were issued and July 13, 2021, the date these consolidated financial statements were reissued to reflect the stock split noted below. Except for the matters disclosed below, no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
In April 2021, the Company issued the remaining 14,740 shares of common stock to certain persons consisting of friends and family of the Companys employees, at an aggregate offering price of $0.2 million.
On July 13, 2021, the Company implemented a 1-for-4 forward stock split of the Companys common stock. All share and per share data shown in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retroactively revised to reflect the forward stock split.
F-33
3,225,806 Shares
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
Common Stock
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
, 2021
Berenberg | Oppenheimer & Co. |
LifeSci Capital
|
Ladenburg Thalmann |
Brookline Capital Markets
|
Roth Capital Partners | |||
a division of Arcadia Securities, LLC |
Through and including , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
Amount
Paid or to Be Paid |
||||
SEC registration fee |
$10,910 | |||
FINRA filing fee |
$15,500 | |||
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee |
$170,000 | |||
Printing and mailing |
175,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
1,031,757 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
474,928 | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
4,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$1,882,095 | |||
|
|
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.
We have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
II-1
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
|
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and |
|
we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions. |
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that persons services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such directors or officers services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we will agree in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.
We will maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
In the period preceding the filing of this registration statement from January 2, 2019 (the date of our inception), we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.
(a) Issuances of Capital Stock
On January 2, 2019, we issued 29,000,000 shares to Chirinjeev Kathuria at par value, resulting in the initial shareholder holding 29,000,000 shares of common stock. These shares were subsequently contributed to Poseidon Bio, LLC.
In March and April 2021, the Company issued 70,076 shares of common stock to certain persons who were accredited investors (consisting of friends and family of our employees), at an aggregate offering price of $1.0 million. These transactions were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) promulgated thereunder.
The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan, or the UC Regents, has agreed to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the aggregate cash price paid by the underwriters in this offering,
II-2
at a price per share equal to 90% of the initial public offering price, in a private placement transaction that would close concurrently with, and be contingent and conditioned upon consummation of, this offering, or the Concurrent Private Placement. The sale of such shares to the UC Regents will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and these shares will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to applicable securities laws and are subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters in this offering. The closing of the offering is not conditioned upon the closing of the Concurrent Private Placement.
(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options and Restricted Stock
None.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
II-3
+ |
Previously filed. |
* |
To be filed by amendment. |
|
Certain confidential portions (indicated by brackets and hash marks) have been omitted from this exhibit. |
# |
Represents management compensation plan, contract or arrangement. |
(b) Financial statement schedules.
None.
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Providence, Rhode Island, on the 14th of July, 2021.
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Elizabeth Ng |
|
Elizabeth Ng | ||
Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Elizabeth Ng Elizabeth Ng |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | July 14, 2021 | ||
/s/ Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D. Chirinjeev Kathuria, M.D. |
Founder and Executive Chairman | July 14, 2021 | ||
/s/ Gurinder Kalra Gurinder Kalra |
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
July 14, 2021 | ||
* Jonathan Kurtis |
Director | July 14, 2021 | ||
* Martin D. Angle |
Director | July 14, 2021 | ||
* Michelle Berrey, M.D., MPH |
Director | July 14, 2021 |
II-5
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
Ocean Biomedical, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Corporation), hereby certifies as follows:
1. The name of the Corporation is Ocean Biomedical, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on January 2, 2019.
2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Certificate) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 2, 2019, as amended, (the Amended and Restated Certificate), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL).
3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 1000 North King Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Corporation Guarantee and Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 310,000,000, of which (i) 300,000,000 shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Common Stock), and (ii) 10,000,000 shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Undesignated Preferred Stock).
Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.
A. COMMON STOCK
Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):
(a) the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the Directors) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;
(b) dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and
2
(c) upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.
B. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.
ARTICLE V
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
1. Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article V, Section 1.
2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
1. General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
3
2. Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (the Bylaws) shall so provide.
3. Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The Board of Directors shall assign Directors into classes at the time the classification becomes effective. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the filing of this Certificate, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the filing of this Certificate, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the filing of this Certificate. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VI, Section 3.
4. Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI, Section 3 hereof, determine the
4
class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.
5. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.
ARTICLE VII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Article VII.
5
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
1. Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.
2. Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided therein, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise required by this Certificate or by law, whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.
[End of Text]
6
Exhibit 3.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
(the Corporation)
ARTICLE I
Stockholders
SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these Bylaws as an Annual Meeting) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporations last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these Bylaws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.
SECTION 2. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this By-law to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below)
thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this By-law and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this By-law. To be timely, a stockholders written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding years Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as Timely Notice). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholders notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholders Timely Notice shall set forth:
(A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (iv) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominees potential service on the Board of Directors, (vi) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders, and (vii) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);
2
(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text, if any, of any resolutions or By-law amendment proposed for adoption, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);
(C) (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporations books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as Material Ownership Interests) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;
3
(D) (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s), or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporations capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and
(E) a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the Solicitation Statement).
For purposes of this Article I of these Bylaws, the term Proposing Person shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these Bylaws, the term Synthetic Equity Interest shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called stock borrowing agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.
4
(3) A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this By-law shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).
(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholders notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(b) General.
(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.
5
(2) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.
(4) For purposes of this By-law, public announcement shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.
SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these Bylaws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these Bylaws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these Bylaws shall govern such special meeting.
6
SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments.
(a) A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporations stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).
(b) Unless otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.
(c) Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
(d) The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these Bylaws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders notice under this Article I of these Bylaws.
(e) When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the Certificate) or these Bylaws, is entitled to such notice.
7
SECTION 5. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies. Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.
SECTION 7. Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.
SECTION 8. Stockholder Lists. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporations transfer agent or other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting as provided in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Section 219 of the DGCL (or any successor provision). The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.
8
SECTION 9. Presiding Officer. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairperson of the Board or the Chairperson of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Lead Director, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Lead Director or the Lead director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.
SECTION 10. Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.
ARTICLE II
Directors
SECTION 1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.
SECTION 2. Number and Terms. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.
9
SECTION 3. Qualification. No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.
SECTION 4. Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.
SECTION 5. Removal. Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.
SECTION 6. Resignation. A director may resign at any time by electronic transmission or by giving written notice to the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.
SECTION 7. Regular Meetings. The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date as the Annual Meeting unless a different date is chosen by the Board of Directors. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.
SECTION 8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.
SECTION 9. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed or electronically transmitted before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
10
SECTION 10. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.
SECTION 11. Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws.
SECTION 12. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.
SECTION 13. Manner of Participation. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these Bylaws.
SECTION 14. Presiding Director. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, then the Lead Director, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, and the Lead Director, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 15. Committees. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but
11
unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.
SECTION 16. Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
Officers
SECTION 1. Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, a Lead Director, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.
SECTION 2. Election. At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.
SECTION 3. Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.
SECTION 4. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
SECTION 5. Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written or electronically transmitted resignation to the Corporation addressed to the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.
SECTION 6. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
12
SECTION 7. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.
SECTION 8. Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 9. President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 10. Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 11. Lead Director. The Lead Director, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 12. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 13. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
SECTION 14. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
SECTION 15. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
13
SECTION 16. Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
ARTICLE IV
Capital Stock
SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporations officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporations stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.
SECTION 2. Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.
SECTION 3. Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.
14
SECTION 4. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
SECTION 5. Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
ARTICLE V
Indemnification
SECTION 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article:
(a) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Corporate Status shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such persons activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;
(b) Director means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;
15
(c) Disinterested Director means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;
(d) Expenses means all attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;
(e) Liabilities means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;
(f) Non-Officer Employee means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;
(g) Officer means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;
(h) Proceeding means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and
(i) Subsidiary shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.
SECTION 2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
(a) Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.
(1) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such
16
Director or Officer or on such Directors or Officers behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Directors or Officers Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
(2) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Directors or Officers behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Directors or Officers Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.
(3) Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
(4) Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officers or Directors rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
SECTION 3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employees behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be
17
made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employees Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
SECTION 4. Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.
(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Directors Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce such Directors rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws.
(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof,
18
independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.
(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
SECTION 6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.
(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.
(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
SECTION 7. Contractual Nature of Rights.
(a) The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such persons past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.
(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof,
19
independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.
(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
SECTION 8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.
SECTION 9. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such persons Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.
SECTION 10. Other Indemnification. The Corporations obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the Primary Indemnitor). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.
20
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous Provisions
SECTION 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.
SECTION 3. Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.
SECTION 4. Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Lead Director, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation (including with regard to voting and actions by written consent), or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.
SECTION 5. Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.
SECTION 6. Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 7. Certificate. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.
SECTION 8. Exclusive Jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a
21
claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine (the Delaware Forum Provision). The Delaware Forum Provision shall not apply to any claims arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). In addition, unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any action asserting a claim arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.
SECTION 9. Amendment of Bylaws.
(a) Amendment by Directors. Except as provided otherwise by law, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
(b) Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise required by these Bylaws or by law, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these Bylaws, by the affirmative vote of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these Bylaws, or other applicable law.
SECTION 10. Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
SECTION 11. Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
Adopted July [●], 2021, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the Corporations Registration Statement on Form S-1 for its initial public offering.
22
Exhibit 5.1
Goodwin Procter LLP 620 Eighth Ave New York, NY 10018 goodwinlaw.com +1 212 813 8800 |
July 14, 2021
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
55 Claverick St., Room 325
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
Re: |
Securities Registered under Registration Statement on Form S-1 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to you in connection with your filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-256950) (as amended or supplemented, the Registration Statement) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), relating to the registration of the offering by Ocean Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company) of up to 12,903,224 shares (the Shares) of the Companys Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share, including Shares purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company. The Shares are being sold to the several underwriters named in, and pursuant to, an underwriting agreement among the Company and such underwriters (the Underwriting Agreement).
We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.
The opinion set forth below is limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Company Shares have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption Legal Matters in the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
July 14, 2021
Page 2
Very truly yours, |
/s/ Goodwin Procter LLP |
GOODWIN PROCTER LLP |
Exhibit 10.1
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION |
1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS |
The name of the plan is the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company) and its Affiliates upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Companys welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Companys behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company or one of its Affiliates.
The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Administrator means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.
Affiliate means, at the time of determination, any parent or subsidiary of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which parent or subsidiary status is determined within the foregoing definition.
Award or Awards, except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights.
Award Agreement means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Cash-Based Award means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.
Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.
Consultant means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Act.
Dividend Equivalent Right means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on ordinary cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.
Effective Date means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 19.
Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Fair Market Value of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Stock is listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ), NASDAQ Global Market, The New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or traded on any established market, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value shall be the Price to the Public (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Companys initial public offering.
Incentive Stock Option means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
Option or Stock Option means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.
Registration Date means the date upon which the registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed by the Company with respect to its initial public offering is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Restricted Shares means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Companys right of repurchase.
Restricted Stock Award means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.
2
Restricted Stock Units means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.
Sale Event shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Companys outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Companys outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.
Sale Price means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.
Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
Service Relationship means any relationship as an employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate. Unless as otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event a grantees status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or a grantees status changes from employee to Consultant or Non-Employee Director or vice versa, provided that there is no interruption or other termination of Service Relationship in connection with the grantees change in capacity.
Stock means the Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.
Stock Appreciation Right means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Agreement) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.
Subsidiary means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.
Ten Percent Owner means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.
Unrestricted Stock Award means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.
3
SECTION |
2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS |
(a) Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.
(b) Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:
(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;
(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;
(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;
(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Agreements;
(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;
(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5(c) or 6(d), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, respectively, may be exercised; and
(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.
(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards. Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, all or part of the Administrators authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not members of the delegated committee. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrators delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.
4
(d) Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event the Service Relationship terminates.
(e) Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Companys articles or bylaws or any directors and officers liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.
(f) Non-U.S. Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be incorporated into and made part of this Plan); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.
SECTION |
3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION |
(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,254,000 shares (the Initial Limit), plus on January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by three percent of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as approved by the Administrator, in all cases subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3(c) (the Annual Increase). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each
5
January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 2,254,000 shares of Stock, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c). For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any awards under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock of the Company underlying the Companys 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the shares of Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company. Awards that may be settled solely in cash shall not be counted against the share reserve, nor shall they reduce the shares of Stock authorized for grant to a grantee in any calendar year.
(b) Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director for services as a Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed: (i) $1,000,000 in the first calendar year an individual becomes a Non-Employee Director and (ii) $750,000 in any other calendar year. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.
(c) Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(d) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Companys capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares subject to Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of
6
outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.
(d) Mergers and Other Transactions. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent that the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Agreement, all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights with time-based vesting conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrators discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Agreement. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Sale Price, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee. The Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Stock under such Awards.
SECTION |
4. ELIGIBILITY |
Grantees under the Plan will be such employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided that Awards may not be granted to employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants who are providing services only to any parent of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Act, unless (i) the stock underlying the Awards is treated as service recipient stock under Section 409A or (ii) the Company has determined that such Awards are exempt from or otherwise comply with Section 409A.
7
SECTION |
5. STOCK OPTIONS |
(a) Award of Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.
Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionees election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.
(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Options may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant or (iii) if the Stock Option is otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A.
(c) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.
(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the date of grant. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.
(e) Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award Agreement:
(i) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;
8
(ii) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;
(iii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or
(iv) With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a net exercise arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.
Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any taxes that the Company or an Affiliate is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
(f) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for incentive stock option treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
SECTION |
6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS |
(a) Award of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Agreement) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.
9
(b) Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights. The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant or (iii) if the Stock Appreciation Right is otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A.
(c) Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.
(d) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined on the date of grant by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.
SECTION |
7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS |
(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.
(b) Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of vesting conditions, any dividends paid by the Company shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the vesting conditions are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.
(c) Restrictions. Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in
10
the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantees employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantees legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other Service Relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.
(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Companys right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed vested.
SECTION |
8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS |
(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the Award Agreement) upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
(b) Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.
11
(c) Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the stock units underlying his or her Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.
(d) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantees right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantees termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason.
SECTION |
9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS |
Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock. The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.
SECTION |
10. CASH-BASED AWARDS |
Grant of Cash-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified performance goals, including continued employment (or other Service Relationship). The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.
SECTION |
11. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS |
(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Agreement. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the
12
Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.
(b) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantees rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantees termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason.
SECTION |
12. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS |
(a) Transferability. Except as provided in Section 12(b) below or otherwise determined by the Administrator, during a grantees lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantees legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantees incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.
(b) Administrator Action. Notwithstanding Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Agreement regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or Non-Employee Director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.
(c) Family Member. For purposes of Section 12(b), family member shall mean a grantees child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantees household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.
(d) Designation of Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by the Company and valid under applicable law, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantees death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantees estate or legal heirs.
13
SECTION |
13. TAX WITHHOLDING |
(a) Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for tax purposes, pay to the Company or any applicable Affiliate, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company or any applicable Affiliate with respect to such income. The Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee or to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations by any other method of withholding that the Company and its Affiliates deem appropriate. The Companys obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.
(b) Payment in Stock. The Administrator may cause any tax withholding obligation of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due; provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the grantees. The Administrator may also require any tax withholding obligation of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to any Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company or any applicable Affiliate in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
SECTION |
14. SECTION 409A AWARDS |
Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A to the greatest extent possible and to otherwise comply with Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A (a 409A Award), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantees separation from service, or (ii) the grantees death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any
14
409A Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in the Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The grantee shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A.
SECTION |
15. TERMINATION OF SERVICE RELATIONSHIP, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC. |
(a) Termination of Service Relationship. If the grantees Service Relationship is with an Affiliate and such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated his or her Service Relationship for purposes of the Plan.
(b) For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of a Service Relationship:
(i) a transfer to the Service Relationship of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another; or
(ii) an approved leave of absence, if the employees right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.
SECTION |
16. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION |
The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall materially and adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holders consent. The Administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or effect the repricing of such Awards through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, or to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by Company stockholders. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit the Administrators authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) or 3(d).
SECTION |
17. STATUS OF PLAN |
With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Companys obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.
15
SECTION |
18. GENERAL PROVISIONS |
(a) No Distribution. The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.
(b) Issuance of Stock. To the extent certificated, stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantees last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantees last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic book entry records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any evidence of book entry or certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. Any Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate or notations on any book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.
(c) Stockholder Rights. Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 18(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.
(d) Other Incentive Arrangements; No Rights to Continued Service Relationship. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional incentive arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any grantee any right to continued employment or other Service Relationship with the Company or any Affiliate.
16
(e) Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Companys insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.
(f) Clawback Policy. Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Companys clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.
(g) Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or nay rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.
SECTION |
19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN |
This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the Registration Date subject to prior stockholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Companys bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules. No grants of Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.
SECTION |
20. GOVERNING LAW |
This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.
DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: July 9, 2021
DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: July 9, 2021
17
Exhibit 10.2
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The purpose of the Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan) is to provide eligible employees of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company) and each Designated Company (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Companys common stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the Common Stock). 161,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate have been approved and reserved for this purpose, plus on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter until the Plan terminates pursuant to Section 20, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the least of (i) 161,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 0.5% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, and (iii) such lesser number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator (as defined in Section 1).
The Plan includes two components: a Code Section 423 Component (the 423 Component) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (the Non-423 Component). It is intended for the 423 Component to constitute an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and the 423 Component shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent. Under the Non-423 Component, which does not qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, options will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to comply with appliable laws to achieve tax, and other objectives for eligible employees. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Administrator, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms in this Plan shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section 11.
1. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the Administrator) appointed by the Companys Board of Directors (the Board) for such purpose. The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including to accommodate the specific requirements of applicable laws, regulations and procedures for jurisdictions outside the United States; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.
2. Offerings. The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (Offerings). The Administrator may, in its discretion, determine when each Offering shall occur, including the duration of any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed 27 months in duration. Unless as otherwise determined by the Administrator, Participants will only be permitted to participate in one Offering at a time.
3. Eligibility. All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Company are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the Offering Date) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Company for more than 20 hours a week and have been employed for such period as determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, with such period not to exceed two years; provided further, that employees who are employed for 20 hours or less a week may be eligible to participate in the Plan if required by applicable law or regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company for purposes of the Companys or applicable Designated Companys payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Company and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Company on the Companys or Designated Companys payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment or subplan to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.
4. Participants. An eligible employee who is not a Participant in any prior Offering may participate in a subsequent Offering by submitting an enrollment form to the Company or an agent designated by the Company (in the manner described in Section 4(c)) at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).
(a) Enrollment. The enrollment form (which may be in an electronic format or such other method as determined by the Company in accordance with the Companys practices) will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employees Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10. An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate. Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participants deductions or contributions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.
2
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.
5. Employee Contributions. Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions or contributions at a minimum of 1 percent up to a maximum of 15 percent of such employees Compensation for each pay period or such other maximum as may be specified by the Administrator in advance of an Offering. The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions or contributions made by each Participant for each Offering Period. No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions or contributions, except as may be required by applicable law. If payroll deductions or contributions for purposes of the Plan are prohibited or otherwise problematic under applicable law (as determined by the Administrator in its discretion), the Administrator may require Participants to contribute to the Plan by such other means as determined by the Administrator. Any reference to payroll deductions or contributions in this Section 5 (or in any other section of the Plan ) will similarly cover contributions by other means made pursuant to this Section 5.
6. Deduction Changes. Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction or contribution during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction or contributions with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering). The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction or contributions during an Offering.
7. Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Company or an agent designated by the Company (in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Administrator). The Participants withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day. Following a Participants withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individuals entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal). Partial withdrawals are not permitted. Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.
8. Grant of Options. On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (Option) to purchase, on the last day of such Offering (the Exercise Date) and at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participants accumulated payroll deductions or contributions on such Exercise Date by the Option Price (as defined herein), (b) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing $25,000 by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date for such Offering; or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below. Each Participants Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such
3
Participants accumulated payroll deductions or contributions on the Exercise Date. The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the Option Price) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 11) of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an Option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the Option was granted, would be treated as owning stock possessing 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant. In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time. The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.
9. Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares. Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions or contributions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, any amount remaining in a Participants account after the purchase of shares on an Exercise Date of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participants account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.
10. Issuance of Certificates. Certificates or book-entries at the Companys transfer agent representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.
11. Definitions.
The term Affiliate means any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under the common control with, the Company.
The term Compensation means the amount of base pay, prior to salary reduction (such as pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code), but excluding overtime, commissions, incentive or bonus awards, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains related to Company stock options or other share-based awards, and similar items. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine the application of this definition to Participants outside the United States.
4
The term Designated Company means any present or future Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan. The Administrator may so designate any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and may further designate such companies or Participants as participating in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component. The Administrator may also determine which Affiliates or eligible employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan, to the extent consistent with Section 423 of the Code or as implemented under the Non-423 Component, and determine which Designated Company or Companies will participate in separate Offerings (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings). For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component will not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component. The current list of Designated Companies is attached hereto as Appendix A.
The term Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.
The term Initial Public Offering means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its Common Stock.
The term New Exercise Date means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering then in progress.
The term Parent means a parent corporation with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
The term Participant means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.
The term Registration Date means the date on which the registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed by the Company with respect to its Initial Public Offering is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC).
The term Sale Event means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization, statutory share exchange, consolidation, or similar transaction pursuant to which the holders of
5
the Companys outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Common Stock to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Companys outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company, or (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
The term Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
12. Rights on Termination or Transfer of Employment. If a Participants employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction or contributions will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participants account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participants death, if permitted by the Administrator and valid under applicable law, to his or her designated beneficiary or to the legal representative of his or her estate as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7. An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Company, ceases to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Participant whose employment transfers between, or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by, Designated Companies or a Designated Company and the Company will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; provided, however, that if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participants Option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent that such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Participants Option will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. Further, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of this Section 12, if the employee is on an approved leave of absence where the employees right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.
13. Special Rules and Sub-Plans. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules or sub-plans applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Company, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Company has employees, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of payroll deductions or contributions by other means, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions, payment of
6
interest, conversion of local currency, obligation to pay payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements; provided that if such special rules or sub-plans are inconsistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code, the employees subject to such special rules or sub-plans will participate in the Non-423 Component.
14. Optionees Not Stockholders. Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions or contributions from his or her pay shall result in such Participant becoming a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.
15. Rights Not Transferable. Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participants lifetime only by the Participant.
16. Application of Funds. All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose, unless otherwise required under applicable law.
17. Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock. In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan or to facilitate such transactions or events:
(a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding Option in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option had such Option been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding Option with other options or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
(b) To provide that the outstanding Options under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for similar options covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices.
(c) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding Options and Options that may be granted in the future.
7
(d) To provide that the Offering with respect to which an Option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Sale Event. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participants Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participants Option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering as provided in Section 7 hereof.
(e) To provide that all outstanding Options shall terminate without being exercised and all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.
18. Amendment of the Plan. The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the 423 Component of the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423(b) of the Code.
19. Insufficient Shares. If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions or contributions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.
20. Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded. Unless terminated earlier, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the ten year anniversary of the Effective Date.
21. Governmental Regulations. The Companys obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to applicable laws and the completion of any registration or qualification of the Common Stock under any U.S. or non-U.S. local, state or federal securities or exchange control law, or under rulings or regulations of the SEC or of any other governmental regulatory body, and to obtaining any approval or other clearance from any U.S. and non-U.S. local, state or federal governmental agency, which registration, qualification or approval the Company shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable. The Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Common Stock with the SEC or any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of such stock.
22. Governing Law. This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.
8
23. Issuance of Shares. Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.
24. Tax Withholding. Participation in the Plan is subject to any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state or local tax withholding requirements on income the Participant realizes in connection with the Plan. Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from a Participants wages, salary or other compensation at any time the amount necessary for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or disposition of Common Stock by such Participant. In addition, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or use any other method of withholding that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f) with respect to the 423 Component. The Company will not be required to issue any Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
25. Notification Upon Sale of Shares Under the 423 Component. Each Participant agrees, by entering the 423 Component of the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased or within one year after the date such shares were purchased.
26. Effective Date and Approval of Stockholders. The Plan shall take effect on the date immediately preceding the Registration Date, subject to prior approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.
9
Appendix A
Designated Companies
10
Exhibit 10.3
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
1. |
Purpose |
This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the Incentive Plan) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).
2. |
Covered Executives |
From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Compensation Committee) may select certain key executives (the Covered Executives) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in the Incentive Plan does not change the at will nature of a Covered Executives employment with the Company.
3. |
Administration |
The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.
4. |
Bonus Determinations |
(a) Corporate Performance Goals. A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the Corporate Performance Goals), including the following: developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Companys common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Companys common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention, and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or
post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive and from performance period to performance period.
(b) Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals. At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Companys financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.
(c) Target; Minimum; Maximum. Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a target (i.e., 100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a minimum hurdle and/or a maximum amount.
(d) Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.
(e) Individual Target Bonuses. The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.
(f) Employment Requirement. Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executives employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.
2
5. |
Timing of Payment |
(a) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Companys financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.
(b) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Companys financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than two and one-half months after the end of the relevant fiscal year.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than two and one-half months after the last day of such fiscal year.
6. |
Amendment and Termination |
The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.
3
Exhibit 10.4
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY
The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the Policy) of Ocean Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries (Outside Directors). This Policy will become effective as of the effective time of the registration statement for the Companys initial public offering of equity securities (the Effective Date). In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all Outside Directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:
I. |
Cash Retainers |
(a) Annual Retainer for Board Membership: $35,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors, to be paid quarterly in arrears, pro-rated based on the number of actual days served by the director during such calendar quarter. No additional compensation for attending individual Board of Directors meetings.
(b) Additional Annual Retainers for Committee Membership:
Audit Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 15,000 | ||
Audit Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 7,500 | ||
Compensation Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 10,000 | ||
Compensation Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 5,000 | ||
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson: |
$ | 8,000 | ||
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member (other than Chairperson): |
$ | 4,000 |
(c) Additional Retainer for Chairperson of the Board: $30,000 to acknowledge the additional responsibilities and time commitment of the Chairperson role.
II. |
Equity Retainers |
All grants of equity retainer awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Value. For purposes of this Policy, Value means with respect to (i) any award of stock options the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted stock and
restricted stock units the product of (A) the average closing market price on the Nasdaq Global Market (or such other market on which the Companys Common Stock is then principally listed) of one share of the Companys Common Stock over the trailing 30-day period ending on the last day immediately prior to the grant date or if the Companys Common Stock has been listed and traded for less than 30 days prior to such date, then the average closing market price on the Nasdaq Global Market (or such other market on which the Companys Common Stock is then principally listed) of one share of the Companys Common Stock over the total trailing period ending on the day immediately prior to the grant date and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.
(b) Sale Event Acceleration. In the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Companys 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the 2021 Plan)), the equity retainer awards granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy shall become 100% vested and exercisable.
(c) Initial Grant. Upon initial election to the Board of Directors, each new Outside Director will receive an initial, one-time grant of a non-statutory stock option to purchase 50,000 shares of the Companys Common Stock (the Initial Grant) with an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Companys Common Stock on the date of grant and a term of ten years, that vests in substantially equal monthly installments over three years; provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the Outside Director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. This Initial Grant applies to Outside Directors who are first elected to the Board of Directors effective as of or subsequent to the Companys initial public offering.
III. |
Expenses |
The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Outside Directors in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof.
IV. |
Maximum Annual Compensation |
The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any Outside Director for service as an Outside Director in a calendar year period shall not exceed (i) $1,000,000 in the first calendar year an individual becomes an Outside Director and (ii) $750,000 in any other year (or in each case, such other limits as may be set forth in Section 3(b) of the 2021 Plan or any similar provision of a successor plan). For this purpose, the amount of equity compensation paid in a calendar year shall be determined based on the grant date fair value thereof, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or its successor provision, but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
Date Policy Approved: July 9, 2021
Exhibit 10.6
February 22, 2021
Delivered via Email
Chirinjeev Kathuria
Dear Chirinjeev:
On behalf of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. (the Company), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The terms and conditions of your employment are set forth below.
1. Position. Your initial position with the Company will be Executive Chairman reporting to the Board of Directors. This is a full-time position, and you are expected to devote your full business time and best efforts to the Company, and you may not engage in outside business activities without the Companys prior written consent.
2. Start Date. Your employment began on January 1, 2020 (the Start Date).
3. Salary. The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $250,000 (two hundred fifty thousand Dollars) per year, payable in accordance with the Companys standard payroll schedule and subject to applicable deductions and withholdings. This salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustments at the Companys discretion. Payment of any salary deferred since the Start Date will be upon the successful completion of the initial public offering of the Companys common stock prior to August 31, 2021 (the IPO), subject to your continued employment with the Company through such payment date.
4. Bonus. In addition to your salary, beginning in calendar year 2021 you may be eligible to receive an annual bonus, targeted at 65% of your base salary (the Target Bonus). The decision to award a bonus for any particular calendar year and the amount thereof are subject to the Companys discretion, and may depend in part on the Companys evaluation of your performance and the Companys performance. Annual bonuses, if any, will be paid no later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year to which such bonus relates, and you must remain employed by the Company through date of payment to earn any portion of such bonus.
5. Severance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause (as defined in the Companys 2021 Stock Option and Grant Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan)) or you resign from the Company with Good Reason (as defined in the Plan), you will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, subject to your execution and delivery of an irrevocable release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates within sixty (60) days of such termination: (a) continuation of your then-current base salary for twelve (12) months, payable in accordance with the Companys
regular payroll cycle; (b) a pro-rata portion of your then-current Target Bonus, based on the number of days you were employed by the Company in the year of termination, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Companys regular payroll cycle over twelve (12) months; (c) full and immediate accelerated vesting of any and all of your then- outstanding and unvested equity awards in the Company; (d) subject to the completion of the First Capital Raise, the First Capital Raise Bonus, payable in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the completion of such First Capital Raise, regardless of your continued employment with the Company through the payment date; (e) subject to the completion of the IPO, the IPO Bonus, payable in a lump sum immediately upon completion of such IPO, regardless of your continued employment with the Company through the payment date; and (f) extended post-termination exercise periods for your then-outstanding options, to the extent vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination, for the remainder of their terms.
6. Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the employee benefits and insurance programs generally made available to its full-time employees. Details of these benefits programs, including any employee contributions, will be made available to you when you start. Beginning in 2021, you will also be eligible for four weeks of paid vacation per full calendar year (prorated for partial years) in accordance with the Companys vacation policy. Vacation time shall be subject to Company policy in all respects, including with respect to the accrual and use of vacation time.
7. Other Offer Letters. This Offer Letter shall be deemed to amend and restate and supersede in its entirety any other offer letters entered into by and between you and the Company (the Prior Offer Letters). By executing this Offer Letter you hereby release the Company and each of its affiliates from any obligations arising under any Prior Offer Letters.
8. Representation Regarding Other Obligations. You also will be required to sign, as a condition of your employment, a Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed in Exhibit A. This offer is conditioned on your representation that you are not subject to any confidentiality, non-competition or other agreements that restricts your employment activities or that may affect your ability to devote full time and attention to your work at the Company. If you have entered into any agreement that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company, please provide me with a copy of the agreement as soon as possible. You further represent that you have not used and will not use or disclose any trade secret or other proprietary right of any previous employer or any other party.
9. |
Taxes. |
A. |
Withholding Taxes. All forms of compensation referred to in this Offer Letter are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You hereby acknowledge that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its board of directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation. |
B. |
Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Offer Letter to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Offer Letter that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and which is designated under this Offer Letter as payable upon your termination of employment shall be payable only upon your separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (a Separation from Service) and, except as otherwise provided under this paragraph, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following your Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to you during the sixty (60) day period immediately following your Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to you on the sixtieth (60th) day following your Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Offer Letter. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a specified employee for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which you are entitled under this Offer Letter is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such portion of your benefits shall not be provided to you prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of your death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to you (or your estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to you under this Offer Letter shall be paid as otherwise provided herein. To the extent that any reimbursements under this letter agreement are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements payable to you shall be paid to you no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and your right to reimbursement under this letter agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Your right to receive any installment payments under this Offer Letter, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section l.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). |
10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement. This Offer Letter and the Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights Agreement constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company, including, without limitation, the Original Letter. The terms of this Offer Letter and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Offer Letter or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this Offer Letter, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the Disputes) will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of Rhode Island in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.
11. Other Terms. Your employment with the Company will be on an at will basis. In other words, you or the Company may terminate your employment for any reason and at any time, with or without cause. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Companys benefit plans and personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the at will nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than yourself).
As with all employees, our offer to you is contingent on your submission of satisfactory proof of your identity and your legal authorization to work in the United States.
We are excited about the prospect of having you join the Company. We look forward to receiving a response from you within one week acknowledging, by signing below, that you have accepted this offer of employment.
Very truly yours, | ||
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Chirinjeev Kathuria |
|
Name: Chirinjeev Kathuria | ||
Title: Executive Chairman |
I have read and accept this employment offer: |
/s/ Chirinjeev Kathuria |
Signature |
Dated: February 22, 2021 |
Exhibit A
Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights Agreement
Exhibit 10.7
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
[FORM OF] DIRECTOR AND OFFICER
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (Agreement) is made as of [ ] by and between Ocean Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and [ ] (Indemnitee).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and in effect from time to time, the Charter) permits, and the Bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the Bylaws) of the Company require, indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL);
WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Companys stockholders;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by entities other than the Company which Indemnitee intends to be secondary to the
1
primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Companys acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitees willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, as applicable. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.
Section 2. Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a) Change in Control shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Companys outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Companys outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.
(b) Corporate Status describes the status of a person as a current or former director or officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(c) Enforcement Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(d) Enterprise shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.
2
(e) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(f) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(g) The term Proceeding shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director or officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term Proceeding shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitees rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.
Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be
3
indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the Delaware Court) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.
Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6. Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
4
Section 7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a) to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c);
(b) to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of such securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (SOX);
(c) to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(c) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or
(d) to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).
Section 8. Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as incurred, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitees (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses of covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitees right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.
5
Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.
(b) In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Companys election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitees expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.
(c) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.
Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one
6
of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsels written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
7
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
8
American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
9
Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by an entity other than the Company, including any entity named on Schedule A hereto and certain of such entitys affiliates (collectively, the Secondary Indemnitors). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought
10
indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Secondary Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Companys obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.
Section 14. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
11
Section 16. Enforcement.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, as applicable, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company, as applicable.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.
Section 18. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.
Section 19. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
(a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
12
(b) If to the Company to:
Ocean Biomedical, Inc.
55 Claverick St., Room 325
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
Attention: [ ]
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 20. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.
Section 21. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 23. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
13
Section 24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. |
By: |
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
INDEMNITEE |
Signature: |
|
Name: |
Schedule A
Secondary Indemnitor(s)
16
Exhibit 10.14
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made as of June 23, 2021, by and between Ocean Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan (Purchaser).
RECITALS
The Company is planning to issue and sell shares of the common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of the Company (the Common Stock) in an underwritten initial public offering (the IPO) pursuant to the Companys registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-256950) (the Registration Statement) and an underwriting agreement (the Underwriting Agreement) by and among the Company and Berenberg Capital Markets LLC (Berenberg) and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters listed therein (together, the Underwriters).
Purchaser desires to purchase, and the Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions stated herein, shares of Common Stock at a price per share in cash equal to ninety percent (90%) of the price at which the Common Stock is issued and sold to the public in the IPO (the Per Share Purchase Price) for an aggregate cash purchase price of the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) ten percent (10%) of the aggregate cash price paid by the Underwriters for the Stock (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) prior to any deduction for any fees of the Underwriters (the Subscription Amount) contingent upon and concurrently with the closing of the IPO.
The Company and Purchaser are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (codified at 15 U.S.C. Sec. 77a et seq., and hereinafter the Securities Act), and Rule 506 of Regulation D (Regulation D) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the Securities Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Purchaser hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated in this Section 1.1:
Closing Date means the third (3rd) trading day after the trading day on which the Underwriting Agreement has been executed and delivered by all parties thereto.
Company Covered Person means, with respect to the Company as an issuer for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).
Companys Knowledge means the knowledge of the executive officers (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, after due inquiry, assuming the diligent exercise of such officers duties.
Key Person Event means (i) Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria is no longer the Chairman of the Company, or (ii) two or more of the following individuals are no longer employed or engaged as a consultant by the Company: Elizabeth Ng, Dr. Jake Kurtis, Gurinder Kalra and Daniel Behr.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property, or results of operations of the Company.
Material Contract means any contract of the Company that has been filed or was required to have been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Item 601(b)(4) or Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.
Preliminary Prospectus means the most recent preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
Prospectus means the final prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act relating to the IPO.
Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.
Transaction Documents means this Agreement and the Lock-up Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE
2.1 Closing.
(a) Amount. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, such number of shares of Common Stock (the Shares) equal to the quotient resulting from dividing (i) the Subscription Amount by (ii) the Per Share Purchase Price, with any fraction of a share rounded down to the nearest whole share.
(b) Closing. The Closing shall be contingent on the IPO and take place concurrently with the Closing Date and remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures or at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree upon, orally or in writing (which time and place are designated as the Closing).
(c) Payment of Subscription Amount. Payment by Purchaser of the Subscription Amount to the Company shall be made at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds equal to the aggregate purchase price for the Shares to an account specified in writing by the Company. Payment of the Subscription Amount for the Shares shall be made against delivery to Purchaser of the Shares, which Shares shall be uncertificated and shall be registered in the name of Purchaser on the books of the Company by the Companys transfer agent.
2.2 Delivery. At the Closing, upon payment in cash of the Subscription Amount (if applicable, as reduced by operation of Section 2.1(a)) by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company or by such other methods as may be designated by the Company in writing to Purchaser no later than three (3) business days before the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser evidence of the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser via book-entry format, in the form of a screen shot of the records of the
2
Companys transfer agent, and the Companys transfer agent shall confirm such issuance telephonically. Confirmation from the Companys transfer agent, or by such other means as mutually agreed, that the Shares have been issued as provided by this Section 2.3 shall be sufficient evidence at the Closing that the Shares have been issued to Purchaser. The Company shall deliver to Purchaser a share balance statement from the Companys transfer agent evidencing the issuance of the Shares to Purchaser at the Closing no later than the business day immediately following the Closing.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be made as of such date), to Purchaser that:
(a) Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by the Companys Board of Directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into the Transaction Documents, and to issue the Shares at the Closing, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Documents to be performed as of the Closing, and the issuance and delivery of the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or any other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.
(c) Valid Issuance of Shares.
(i) The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Documents, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of Purchaser in Section 3.2 and subject to the filings described in Section 3.1(d), the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
(ii) As of the Closing Date, the Shares that are being purchased by Purchaser hereunder will conform to the description of the Common Stock contained in the Prospectus. As of the Closing Date, the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption Description of Capital Stock, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Companys capital stock, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.
3
(iii) No bad actor disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of Regulation D (a Disqualification Event) is applicable to the Company or, to the Companys Knowledge, any Company Covered Person, except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii)(iv) or (d)(3) is applicable.
(d) Governmental Consents and Filings. Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by Purchaser in Section 3.2, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.
(e) Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage, (iv) under any Material Contract, or (v) to the Companys Knowledge, of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, the violation of which statute, rule or regulation would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement; or (ii) an event which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.
(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement as of the date when it is declared effective by the Commission will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus as of the date hereof does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date and as of the date of the closing of the IPO, will not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
(g) Brokers and Finders. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company.
3.2 Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be made as of such date) to the Company as follows:
(a) Authorization. Purchaser has requisite corporate power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or any other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
4
(b) Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with Purchaser in reliance upon Purchasers representation to the Company, which by Purchasers execution of this Agreement, Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by Purchaser will be acquired for investment for Purchasers own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, Purchaser further represents that Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares.
(c) Restricted Securities. Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Purchasers representations as expressed herein. Purchaser understands that the Shares are restricted securities under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of Purchasers control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company filed the Registration Statement in connection with the IPO. Purchaser understands that this transaction is not intended to be part of the IPO, and that Purchaser will not be able to rely on the protection of Section 11 of the Securities Act with respect to the Shares and the transaction contemplated hereunder.
(d) Legends. Purchaser understands that the Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Shares, may be notated with one or all of the following legends:
(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
(ii) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Documents.
(iii) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by the certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.
(e) Qualified Institutional Buyer. Purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act.
(f) Bad Actor Status. Purchaser is not a Company Covered Person .
5
(g) No General Solicitation. Neither Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, or agents, has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement, in each case, in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.
(h) Access to Information. Purchaser acknowledges that it has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the Company and its respective financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment. Neither such inquiries nor any other investigation conducted by or on behalf of Purchaser or its representatives or counsel shall limit, modify, amend or affect the Companys representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents or Purchasers right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of such representations and warranties or of the Registration Statement.
(i) Brokers and Finders. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or any Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of Purchaser.
ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING
4.1 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Purchaser to Purchase Shares at the Closing. The obligation of Purchaser to acquire Shares at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to Purchasers satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by Purchaser in writing:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties which are qualified as to materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.
(b) Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing and shall have obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the purchase and sale of the Shares described herein.
(c) Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be duly obtained and effective as of the Closing, other than (i) the filing pursuant to Regulation D and (ii) the filings required by applicable state blue sky securities laws, rules and regulations.
6
(d) IPO Shares. The Underwriters shall have purchased, concurrent with the purchase of the Shares by Purchaser hereunder, the Stock (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) at the purchase price per share set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
(e) No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
4.2 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Company to Sell Shares at the Closing. The Companys obligation to sell and issue the Shares to Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by the Company in writing:
(a) Subscription Amount. Purchaser shall have paid the Subscription Amount to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds as specified in Section 1(c) of this Agreement;
(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Purchaser in Section 3.2 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.
(c) IPO Shares. The Underwriters shall have purchased, concurrent with the purchase of the Shares by Purchaser hereunder, the Stock (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) at the purchase price per share set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
(d) No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS
5.1 Exchange Act Filings. The Company will timely file with the Commission all reports required by the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to enable Purchaser to resell its Shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act upon the termination of the Lock-up Agreement.
5.2 Lock-Up. Purchaser shall, as required by the Underwriters, enter into a customary lock-up agreement with respect to the Shares (the Lock-up Agreement), substantially consistent with such agreements entered into by other shareholders of the Company in connection with the proposed IPO.
5.3 Registration Rights. The Company hereby grants Purchaser one (1) demand registration right and up to three (3) piggyback registration rights with respect to the Shares, in each case on such terms as are (i) described on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (ii) otherwise substantially consistent with the related registration rights terms and conditions as set forth in the form of investors rights agreement generally available at www.nvca.org (collectively, the Registration Rights). The Registration Rights may be invoked after the termination of any restrictive period under the Lock-up Agreement, but in no event earlier than 180 days following the Closing Date, and shall be invoked by Purchaser only in the event that the Company fails to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 5.1 above.
7
5.4 Put Right. For a period of 180 days from the Closing Date, in the event during such period a Key Person Event occurs, the Company shall provide Purchaser with written notice thereof no later than 2 days following such Key Person Event (the Notice). Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, upon its delivery of written notice to the Company (a Put Notice) no later than 15 days following Purchasers receipt of the Notice, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares at a price per share equal to the greater of (i) the Per Share Purchase Price, and (ii) the preceding five (5) day trading average of the Common Stock. The Company agrees to use its commercial best efforts to repurchase the Shares indicated by Purchaser on the Put Notice, and deliver the applicable purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account designated by Purchaser in the Put Notice, no later than 2 business days following the Companys receipt of the Put Notice.
5.5 Use of Proceeds. The Subscription Amount shall be used by the Company for the continued pre- and post-clinical development of the Companys drug product candidates and/or business development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes.
ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS
6.1 Removal of Legends. It is understood and agreed by the Company that the restrictive legends and stop transfer instructions described in Section 3.2(e) will be removed at the time the Shares purchased hereunder are registered under the Securities Act and sold pursuant to such registration, or are sold or to be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or otherwise with a transfer pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
6.2 Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the written consent of the Company and Purchaser, (ii) the withdrawal by the Company of the Registration Statement, (iii) following the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the termination of such Underwriting Agreement in accordance with its terms, or (iv) the Registration Statement shall not have been declared effective by the Commission by 11:59 P.M. (Eastern Time) on July 9, 2021.
6.3 Entire Agreement. The Transaction Documents, together with the Schedules hereto, contain the complete understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior understandings and writings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules. At or after the Closing, and without further consideration, the Company and Purchaser will execute and deliver to the other such further documents as may be reasonably requested in order to give practical effect to the intention of the parties under the Transaction Documents.
6.4 Notices. All notices, instructions and other communications required or permitted hereunder or in connection herewith shall be in writing, shall be sent to the address of the relevant party set forth below and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, or (iii) sent by e-mail, with a confirmation copy to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Any such notice, instruction or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered upon receipt if delivered by hand and two (2) business days after it is sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service. Either party may change its address by giving notice to the other party in the manner provided above.
8
To the Company: |
Ocean Biomedical, Inc. 55 Claverick Street, Room 325 Providence, RI 02903 Attention: Dr. Chirinjeev Kathuria, Chairman & Elizabeth Ng, Chief Executive Officer E-mail: ckathuria@oceanbiomedical.com & eng@oceanbiomedical.com |
|
With a copy to: |
Goodwin Procter LLP The New York Times Building 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Attention: Kristopher Brown & James Xu E-mail: kbrown@goodwinlaw.com & jxu@goodwinlaw.com |
|
To Purchaser: |
The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan Attn: Office of the Chief Investment Officer 111 Franklin, 9th Floor Oakland, CA 94607-9828 Attention: Jagdeep Bachher, Chief Investment Officer E-mail: cio.jb@ucop.edu |
|
With a copy to: |
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP 2600 El Camino Real, Ste 400 Palo Alto, CA 94306 Attention: John W. Rockwell E-mail: john.rockwell@wilmerhale.com |
6.5 Amendment and Waiver. No provision in this Agreement shall be supplemented, deleted or amended except in a writing executed by an authorized representative of each of the Company and Purchaser.
6.6 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
6.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
6.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.
9
6.9 Execution. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In addition, this Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF and such facsimile or PDF signature shall be deemed to be an original.
6.10 Severability. Should one or more provisions of this Agreement be or become invalid, then the parties hereto will attempt to agree upon valid provisions in substitution for the invalid provisions, which in their economic effect come so close to the invalid provisions that it can be reasonably assumed that the parties would have accepted this Agreement with those new provisions. If the parties are unable to agree on such valid provisions, the invalidity of such one or more provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity of the Agreement as a whole, unless the invalid provisions are of such essential importance for this Agreement that it may be reasonably presumed that the parties would not have entered into this Agreement without the invalid provisions.
6.11 Expenses. Each party shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
6.12 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or waiver of or acquiescence in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any partys part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such partys part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
6.13 Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, Purchaser and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under the Transaction Documents. Each of the parties acknowledges that the rights of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognizes and affirms that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by any party, money damages may be inadequate and the non-breaching party may have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, such non-breaching party shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor at law or in equity, to enforce its rights and the other partys obligations hereunder not only by an action or actions for damages but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security). Each of the parties agrees that it shall not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and hereby waives (i) any defenses in any action for an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, including the defense that the other parties have an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity, and (ii) any requirement under law to post a bond, undertaking or other security as a prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief.
6.14 Indemnification; Limitations on Liability. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, and damages, together with all reasonable costs and expenses related thereto (including, without limitation, reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses), which would not have been incurred if (i) all of the representations and warranties of the
10
Company in Section 3.1 had been true and correct pursuant to the terms of this Agreement when made and at the time of the Closing, as applicable, and (ii) all of the covenants and agreements of the Company in this Agreement had been duly and timely complied with and performed; provided, however, that the aggregate liability of the Company to Purchaser under this Section 5.14 shall not exceed the amount paid by Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.2(a); and provided, further, however, that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1(f) shall survive the Closing until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, whereupon they shall expire and any claim for liabilities, losses or damages arising out of or relating to a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1(f) must be brought prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
[signatures to follow]
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Common Stock Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.
COMPANY: | ||
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Chirinjeev Kathuria |
Name: | Chirinjeev Kathuria | |
Title: | Executive Chairman |
[Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Common Stock Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.
PURCHASER: | ||
THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, AS TRUSTEE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA RETIREMENT PLAN | ||
By: |
/s/ Jagdeep Bachher |
Name: | Jagdeep Bachher | |
Title: | Chief Investment Officer |
[Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement]
Schedule A
OCEAN BIOMEDICAL, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT TERMS SUMMARY
(capitalized terms not otherwise defined below shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement to which this Schedule is attached (the Agreement))
Provision |
Terms |
|
Who are the Holders that will receive registration rights? | The Regents of the University of California, as Trustee of the University of California Retirement Plan, together with its successors and assigns as approved by the Company, provided that such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the case of assignments to affiliates. | |
What are the Registrable Securities that will be covered by the registration rights? | All Shares received pursuant to the Agreement or as a dividend or distribution on such Shares. Shares acquired by the Holder in other contexts (e.g., public or other private purchases) will not be entitled to registration rights. | |
What registration rights will the Holder be entitled to for its Registrable Securities? |
Resale Shelf Registration: If requested by the Holder, at any time after the expiration of the lock-up period applicable to Holder under the Lock-up Agreement, the Company must file as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 30 days, a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Commission, registering all Registrable Securities for resale from time to time by the Holder. To be covered by the shelf registration statement, Holder must provide the Company with a completed questionnaire and will be listed by name in the publicly filed document. Once the shelf registration statement is declared effective by the Commission, the Holder can generally freely resell their Shares in the public markets at the time and in the amount of their choosing. The resale shelf registration statement (or one or more replacements) must be kept up to date and effective by the Company for so long as there remain unsold Registrable Securities.
Underwritten Secondary Offering: The Holder may elect to sell all or a portion of their Shares in an underwritten public offering coordinated by the Company; provided, that each offering must be for at least $5 million worth of securities of the Company, and that no more than two (2) such underwritten offerings can be requested per calendar year, and no more than three (3) in total. |
|
Piggyback Registration Rights: If, after the IPO, the Company embarks on one or more public offering of shares of its securities for its own account or for the account of any of its securityholders, then the Holder may request to have all or some of its Registrable Securities included for sale in the offering; provided, that these piggyback rights are only available (i) if the resale shelf registration statement described above has lapsed or is otherwise unavailable for use, an (ii) a minimum of $5 million worth of Registrable Securities are to be sold, in the aggregate, by the Holder in the offering. |
14
Procedures for Underwritten Offerings |
In any underwritten offering in which Holder seeks to participate per its registration rights described above:
the Company chooses the underwriter(s) at its sole discretion;
the underwriters, in their sole discretion, can require pro rata cutbacks in offered securities as necessary to ensure the success of the offering, provided Holder shall not be cutback until any other selling stockholder has been cutback 100%; and
the Company will not be required to commence any underwritten public offering within 120 days of a prior underwritten offering in which the Holder participated, or within any unexpired lock-up period applicable to Holder. |
|
Blackout Periods: |
Notwithstanding any of the registration rights described above, the Company may postpone the filing of any registration statement or offering, or instruct the Holder to not sell any shares thereunder, for so long as the Company reasonably determines is necessary, if:
the offer or sale of shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed acquisition, corporate reorganization or other comparable material (non financing) transaction involving the Company; or
the offer or sale of shares would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law and the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such information.
The Companys blackout rights cannot be exercised more than two (2) times, or for more than an aggregate of 45 days, in any rolling 12-month period. |
|
Who Pays for Registration and Offering Expenses? |
Company will pay expenses relating to:
preparation and distribution of the registration statement, including amendments and supplements, and registration and filing fees;
securities and blue sky compliance;
printing;
internal expenses (including salaries and legal and accounting duties) |
15
listing fees/expenses;
fees of independent accountants; and
counsel for the Holder (in addition to California counsel).
Company will not pay expenses relating to:
underwriting or brokerage discounts or commissions;
out-of-pocket expenses of the Holder. |
||
When do shares cease to be Registrable Securities? |
(i) the Shares have been sold to non-affiliates of the Company;
or
(ii) the Shares held by the Holder can all be sold in one transaction pursuant to Rule 144 without being subject to volume and manner of sale restrictions or current public information requirements.
When there are no longer any Registrable Securities left, the registration rights agreement terminates. |
|
Permitted Transfers: | The Holder may not otherwise transfer its rights, other than to an affiliate, without the written consent of the Company in its sole discretion. | |
Indemnification: |
The Company indemnifies the Holder against any losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising from material untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement, prospectus, or preliminary prospectus (including amendments and supplements), except material untrue statements or omissions included in reliance on information furnished in writing to the Company by the Holder.
The Holder indemnifies the Company, the underwriters against any losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising from information relating to the selling Holder which Holder provides to the Company in writing and expressly for use, and is relied on by the Company, for any registration statement, prospectus, or preliminary prospectus (including amendments and supplements). The Holders indemnification cannot exceed the net proceeds actually received by such selling Holder. |
|
Amendment: | Any amendment requires the written agreement of the Company and the Holder. |
16
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement No. 333-256950 on Form S-1 of our report dated March 5, 2021 (July 13, 2021, as to effects of the forward stock split discussed in Note 11) relating to the financial statements of Ocean Biomedical, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Chicago, Illinois
July 13, 2021